Document:

Amendment No. 17 to Transfer Agreement

 Exhibit 10-BBL 

AMENDMENT NUMBER 17 TO 
 TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT 
 AMENDMENT NUMBER 17 TO TRANSFER AND
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of December 13, 2011 among TECH DATA CORPORATION, a Florida corporation (“Tech Data”), as collection agent (in such capacity, the “Collection
Agent”), TECH DATA FINANCE SPV, INC., a Delaware corporation headquartered in California, as transferor (in such capacity, the “Transferor”), LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP., a Delaware corporation,
(“Liberty”), CHARIOT FUNDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as successor by merger to Falcon Asset Securitization Company LLC (“Falcon” and collectively with Atlantic and Liberty, the “Class
Conduits”), THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of Canada, acting through its New York Agency (“Scotia Bank”), as a Liberty Bank Investor and as agent for Liberty and the
Liberty Bank Investors (in such capacity, the “Liberty Agent”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, N.A.), a national banking association (“JPMorgan Chase”), as a Falcon Bank Investor and as
agent for Falcon and the Falcon Bank Investors (in such capacity, the “Falcon Agent”) and BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (“Bank of America”), as agent for Liberty, Falcon, the
Liberty Bank Investors, and the Falcon Bank Investors (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), and as a SUSI Issuer Bank Investor and Lead Arranger, amending that certain Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of
May 19, 2000, among the Transferor, the Collection Agent, the Class Conduits (as defined thereunder) and the Bank Investors (as amended to the date hereof, the “Original Agreement” and said agreement as amended hereby, the
“Agreement”). 
 WHEREAS, the Transferor has requested that the term of the Original Agreement be extended;

 WHEREAS, the Agent, the Class Conduits, the Class Agents and the Bank Investors on the terms and conditions set forth herein,
consent to such extension; 
 WHEREAS, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the
Original Agreement; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, the parties
hereto agree as follows: 
 SECTION 1. Amendment to Original Agreement. The Original Agreement is hereby amended,
effective as of the Effective Date, to incorporate the 

 
changes set forth in Exhibit A hereto, wherein deletions to the Original Agreement are marked as stricken text and additions are marked as double-underscored text. No exhibits or schedules or the
like are attached to Exhibit A hereto. 
 SECTION 2. Affirmations. All parties hereto agree and acknowledge that with
respect to each Bank Investor party hereto, each Bank Investor has a Commitment and such Commitment of such Bank Investor shall be the dollar amount set forth opposite such Bank Investor’s signature on the signature page hereto, which may be
different from the Original Agreement. 
 SECTION 3. Conditions Precedent. This Amendment shall not become effective
until the later of (i) December 13, 2011 and (ii) the day on which the Administrative Agent shall have received the following: 
 (a) A copy of this Amendment executed by each party hereto; 
 (b) A copy of the
Resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Transferor and Tech Data certified by its Secretary approving this Amendment and the other documents to be delivered by the Transferor and Tech Data hereunder; 

(c) A Certificate of the Secretary of the Transferor and Tech Data certifying (i) the names and signatures of the officers
authorized on its behalf to execute this Amendment and any other documents to be delivered by it hereunder (on which Certificates the Class Conduits, the Class Agents, the Administrative Agent and the Bank Investors may conclusively rely until such
time as the Administrative Agent shall receive from the Transferor and Tech Data a revised Certificate meeting the requirements of this clause (b)(i)) and (ii) a copy of the Transferor’s and Tech Data’s By-Laws; and 

(d) The Renewal Fee shall have been received by each Class Agent pursuant to the Fee Letter, dated as of December 13, 2011, among
the parties hereto. 
 SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties. The Transferor hereby makes to the Class Investors, the
Class Agents and the Administrative Agent, on and as of the date hereof, all of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1 of the Original Agreement. In addition, the Collection Agent hereby makes to the Class Investors, the
Class Agents and the Administrative Agent, on the date hereof, all the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.3 of the Original Agreement. 
 SECTION 5. Successors and Assigns. This Amendment shall bind, and the benefits hereof shall inure to the parties hereof and their respective successors and permitted assigns; 

 SECTION 6. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRANSFEROR HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW
YORK FOR PURPOSES OF ALL LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 SECTION 7. Severability; Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be
deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Any provisions of this Amendment which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to
the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other
jurisdiction. 
 SECTION 8. Captions. The captions in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only and shall not
define or limit any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 9. Ratification. Except as expressly affected by the
provisions hereof, the Original Agreement as amended by this Amendment shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and ratified and confirmed by the parties hereto. On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Original
Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “herein” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Original Agreement as amended by this Amendment. 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the
date first written above. 
  

					
	TECH DATA FINANCE SPV, INC.,
	 as Transferor

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles V. Dannewitz

		 	Name:	 	Charles V. Dannewitz
		 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Treasurer
	
	TECH DATA CORPORATION,
	 as Collection Agent

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles V. Dannewitz

		 	Name:	 	Charles V. Dannewitz
		 	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Treasurer

							
	 	 	LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP.
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Jill A. Russo

		 	Name:	 	Jill A. Russo
		 	Title:	 	Vice President
		
		 	CHARIOT FUNDING LLC
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Laura V. Chittick

		 		 	Name:	 	Laura V. Chittick
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President
		
	 Commitment

$136,680,000
	 	BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent and as a SUSI Issuer Bank Investor
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Robert R. Wood

		 	Name:	 	Robert R Wood
		 	Title:	 	Director
		
	 Commitment

$135,660,000
	 	THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as Liberty Agent and as a Liberty Bank Investor
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Diane Emanuel

		 	Name:	 	Diane Emanuel
		 	Title:	 	Managing Director
		
	 Commitment

$135,660,000
	 	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A, as Falcon Agent and as a Falcon Bank Investor
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Laura V. Chittick

		 		 	Name:	 	Laura V. Chittick
		 		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 Exhibit A 

 
  
 TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT 
 among 

YC SUSI TRUST, 

LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP., 
 FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION COMPANY LLC, 
 CHARIOT FUNDING
LLC, 
 TECH DATA FINANCE SPV, INC., 
 as Transferor 
 and 

TECH DATA CORPORATION, 
 as Collection Agent 
 THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, 

as a Liberty Bank Investor 
 JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., 
 as a Falcon Bank Investor 

and 
 BANK OF
AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, 
 as Administrative Agent, an SUSI Issuer Bank Investor and Lead Arranger 

Dated as of May 19, 2000 
 (composite through Amendment 1617, dated as of August 31December 13, 2011) 

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE I	  
	
	DEFINITIONS	  
			
	 Section 1.1
	 	 Certain Defined Terms
	  	 	2	  
	 Section 1.2
	 	 Other Terms
	  	 	29	  
	 Section 1.3
	 	 Computation of Time Periods
	  	 	29	  
			
		 	ARTICLE II	  			
			
		 	PURCHASES AND SETTLEMENTS	  			
			
	 Section 2.1
	 	 Facility
	  	 	29	  
	 Section 2.2
	 	 Transfers; Certificates; Eligible Receivables
	  	 	30	  
	 Section 2.3
	 	 Selection of Tranche Periods and Tranche Rates
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.4
	 	 Discount, Fees and Other Costs and Expenses
	  	 	37	  
	 Section 2.5
	 	 Non-Liquidation Settlement and Reinvestment Procedures
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.6
	 	 Liquidation Settlement Procedures
	  	 	38	  
	 Section 2.7
	 	 Fees
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 2.8
	 	 Protection of Ownership Interest of the Class Investors
	  	 	40	  
	 Section 2.9
	 	 Deemed Collections; Application of Payments
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 2.10
	 	 Payments and Computations, Etc.
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.11
	 	 Reports
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.12
	 	 Collection Account
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 2.13
	 	 Sharing of Payments, Etc.
	  	 	43	  
	 Section 2.14
	 	 Rights of Set-off
	  	 	43	  
	
	 ARTICLE III
	   

	
	 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
	   

			
	 Section 3.1
	 	 Representations and Warranties of the Transferor
	  	 	44	  
	 Section 3.2
	 	 Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties by the Transferor
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 3.3
	 	 Representations and Warranties of Tech Data, as Collection Agent
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 3.4
	 	 Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties by Tech Data, as Collection Agent
	  	 	52	  
	
	 ARTICLE IV
	   

	
	 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	   

			
	 Section 4.1
	 	 Conditions to Closing
	  	 	52	  

  

							
	ARTICLE V	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	 Section 5.1
	 	 Affirmative Covenants of Transferor
	  	 	54	  
	 Section 5.2
	 	 Negative Covenants of Transferor
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 5.3
	 	 Affirmative Covenants of Tech Data
	  	 	60	  
	 Section 5.4
	 	 Negative Covenants of Tech Data
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 5.5
	 	 Financial Covenants of the Collection Agent
	  	 	65	  
	
	ARTICLE VI	  
	
	ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTIONS	  
			
	 Section 6.1
	 	 Appointment of Collection Agent
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 6.2
	 	 Duties of Collection Agent
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 6.3
	 	 Rights After Designation of New Collection Agent
	  	 	68	  
	 Section 6.4
	 	 Responsibilities of the Transferor and Tech Data
	  	 	69	  
	
	ARTICLE VII	  
	
	TERMINATION EVENTS	  
			
	 Section 7.1
	 	 Termination Events
	  	 	69	  
	 Section 7.2
	 	 Termination
	  	 	72	  
	
	ARTICLE VIII	  
	
	INDEMNIFICATION; EXPENSES; RELATED MATTERS	  
			
	 Section 8.1
	 	 Indemnities by the Transferor
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 8.2
	 	 Increased Cost and Reduced Return
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 8.3
	 	 Other Costs, Expenses and Related Matters
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 8.4
	 	 Reconveyance Under Certain Circumstances
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 8.5
	 	 Indemnities by Tech Data
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 8.6
	 	 Accounting Based Consolidation Event
	  	 	76	  
	
	ARTICLE IX	  
	
	THE CLASS AGENTS	  
			
	 Section 9.1
	 	 Authorization and Action
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 9.2
	 	 Class Agent’s Reliance, Etc.
	  	 	78	  
	 Section 9.3
	 	 Credit Decision
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 9.4
	 	 Indemnification of the Class Agents
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 9.5
	 	 Successor Class Agent
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 9.6
	 	 Payments by the Class Agents
	  	 	80	  

  

					
	ARTICLE X
	
	THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT; BANK COMMITMENT
			
	 Section 10.1
	 	 Authorization and Action
	  	 80

	 Section 10.2
	 	 Administrative Agent’s Reliance, Etc.
	  	 81

	 Section 10.3
	 	 Credit Decision
	  	 82

	 Section 10.4
	 	 Indemnification of the Administrative Agent
	  	 82

	 Section 10.5
	 	 Successor Administrative Agent
	  	 83

	 Section 10.6
	 	 Payments by the Administrative Agent
	  	 83

	 Section 10.7
	 	 Bank Commitment; Assignment to Bank Investors
	  	 83

	
	ARTICLE XI
	
	MISCELLANEOUS
			
	 Section 11.1
	 	 Term of Agreement
	  	 87

	 Section 11.2
	 	 Waivers; Amendments
	  	 88

	 Section 11.3
	 	 Notices
	  	 89

	 Section 11.4
	 	 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Integration
	  	 91

	 Section 11.5
	 	 Severability; Counterparts
	  	 92

	 Section 11.6
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 92

	 Section 11.7
	 	 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality
	  	 94

	 Section 11.8
	 	 Confidentiality Agreement
	  	 95

	 Section 11.9
	 	 No Bankruptcy Petition Against any Class Conduit
	  	 95

	 Section 11.10
	 	 No Recourse Against Stockholders, Officers or Directors
	  	 95

	 Section 11.11
	 	 Characterization of the Transactions Contemplated by the Agreement
	  	 96

	 Section 11.12
	 	 Optional Reconveyance of All Receivables
	  	 96

	 Section 11.13
	 	 Mandatory Reconveyance of Certain Receivables
	  	 97

 TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT 

TRANSFER AND ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of May 19, 2000 among TECH DATA
CORPORATION, a Florida corporation (“Tech Data”), as collection agent (in such capacity, the “Collection Agent”), TECH DATA FINANCE SPV, INC., a Delaware corporation headquartered in California, as transferor (in
such capacity, the “Transferor”), YC SUSI TRUST, a Delaware statutory trust (“SUSI Issuer” (assignee of RECEIVABLES CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“RCC”)), LIBERTY STREET FUNDING
CORP., a Delaware corporation, (“Liberty”), FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION COMPANYCHARIOT FUNDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (formerly known, as successor by merger to
Falcon Asset Securitization Corporation)LLC, (“Falcon” and collectively with SUSI Issuer, and Liberty, the “Class Conduits”), THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, a banking corporation organized and
existing under the laws of Canada, acting through its New York Agency (“Scotia Bank”), as a Liberty Bank Investor and as agent for Liberty and the Liberty Bank Investors (in such capacity, the “Liberty Agent”),
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (successor by merger to Bank One, NA), a national banking association (“JPMorgan”), as a Falcon Bank Investor and as agent for Falcon and the Falcon Bank Investors (in such capacity, the “Falcon
Agent”) and BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (“Bank of America”), as agent for SUSI Issuer, Liberty, Falcon, the SUSI Issuer Bank Investors, the Liberty Bank Investors, and the Falcon
Bank Investors (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), as an SUSI Issuer Bank Investor, as agent for SUSI Issuer and the SUSI Issuer Bank Investors (in such capacity, the “SUSI Issuer Agent”) and Lead
Arranger, 
 PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS 

WHEREAS, Tech Data Finance, Inc., the Collection Agent, Enterprise Funding Corporation, Atlantic, Liberty and Bank of
America, Credit Lyonnais and Scotia Bank, as agents and bank investors, have terminated that certain Second Amended and Restated Transfer and Administration Agreement, dated as of February 10, 1999, among Tech Data, as collection agent, Tech
Data Finance, Inc., a California corporation, as transferor, Enterprise, Atlantic, Liberty, Bank of America, Credit Lyonnais and Scotia Bank, as amended to the date hereof (the “Existing Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to provide, among other things, for the transfer of
certain accounts receivable from the Transferor to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Class Conduits and the Bank Investors, as applicable; 

  
 1 

 NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 
 Section 1.1 Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Administrative Agent” means Bank of America, National Association, in its capacity as agent for the
Class Investors, and any successors thereto and permitted assigns appointed pursuant to Article X. 

“Adverse Claim” means a lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance, or other right or claim in, of
or on any Person’s assets or properties in favor of any other Person (including any UCC financing statement or any similar instrument filed against such Person’s assets or properties). 

“Affected Assets” means, collectively, the Receivables and the Related Security, Collections and
Proceeds relating thereto. 
 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or
cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled Person, whether through ownership of voting stock, by contract or otherwise. 
 “Affiliated Obligor” means any Obligor which is an Affiliate of another Obligor. 
 “Aggregate Facility Limit” means the sum of the Facility Limits for each Class, which shall not exceed $306408,000,000. 

“Aggregate Maximum Net Investment” means the sum of the Maximum Net Investments for each Class, which
shall not exceed $300400,000,000. 
 “Aggregate Net Investment” means
the sum of the Net Investments for each Class. 
 “Aggregate Percentage Factor” means the sum
of the Percentage Factors for each Class. 

  
 2 

 “Aggregate Unpaids” means, with respect to each Class
Investor, as applicable, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate accrued and unpaid Discount payable to such Class Investor with respect to all Tranche Periods of such Class Investor at such time, (ii) such Class
Investor’s Net Investment at such time and (iii) all other amounts owed (whether due or accrued) hereunder by the Transferor (or the Collection Agent) to the Class Investors at such time. 

“Assignment Amount” means with respect to each Class and with respect to each Bank Investor in such
Class at any time an amount equal to the lesser of (i) such Bank Investor’s Pro Rata Share of the Net Investment for the related Class at such time, (ii) such Bank Investor’s unused Commitment and (iii) such other amount as
may be separately agreed by a Class Conduit and each applicable Bank Investor, pursuant to a Liquidity Provider Agreement. 
 “Assignment and Assumption Agreement” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G attached hereto. 

“Average Collection Period” means at any time a period of days equal to the product of (i) a
fraction the numerator of which shall be the amount set forth in the most recent Investor Report as the “Beginning Balance” of the Receivables and the denominator of which shall be the Collections as set forth in the most recent Investor
Report and (ii) thirty (30). 
 “Bank Investor” means (i) with respect to the Class
of which SUSI Issuer is a member, the SUSI Issuer Bank Investors, (ii) with respect to the Class of which Liberty is a member, the Liberty Bank Investors, (iii) with respect to the Class of which Falcon is a member, the Falcon Bank
Investors, and (iv) with respect to any other Class, the financial institutions specified as such in any supplement hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 

“Base Rate” or “BR” means, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) the prime
rate of interest announced by the Administrative Agent from time to time, changing when and as said prime rate changes (such rate not necessarily being the lowest or best rate charged by the Administrative Agent); (ii) sum of (a) 1.50% and
(b) the rate equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for
the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent
from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it; and (iii) the one-month LIBOR Rate plus 1.00%. 
 “Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA in respect of which the Transferor or any ERISA Affiliate of the Transferor, is or at any time
during the immediately preceding six years was, an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA. 

  
 3 

 “BR Tranche” means, with respect to a Class, a Tranche of
such Class as to which Discount is calculated at the Base Rate. 
 “BR Tranche Period” means,
with respect to a BR Tranche, either (i) prior to the Termination Date for the applicable Class, a period of up to 30 days requested by the Transferor and agreed to by the applicable Class Agent commencing on a Business Day requested by the
Transferor and agreed to by such Class Agent, or (ii) after such Termination Date, a period of one day. If such BR Tranche Period would end on a day which is not a Business Day, such BR Tranche Period shall end on the next succeeding Business
Day. 
 “Business Day” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banks in
New York, New York, Charlotte, North Carolina, San Francisco, California, Clearwater, Florida or Chicago, Illinois are authorized or required by law to close, and, when used with respect to the determination of any Eurodollar Rate or any notice with
respect thereto, any such day which is also a day for trading by and between banks in United States dollar deposits in the London interbank market. 
 “Capitalized Lease” of a Person means any lease of property by such Person as lessee which would be capitalized on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. 
 “Certificate” means the certificate issued to the
Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Class Investors pursuant to Section 2.2(d) hereof. 

“Class” means each of the following groups of Class Investors: (i) SUSI Issuer and the SUSI Issuer
Bank Investors, (ii) Liberty and the Liberty Bank Investors, (iii) Falcon and the Falcon Bank Investors, or (iv) any other Class consisting of a multi-seller commercial paper conduit, its related Bank Investors and its respective
assigns and participants, as added from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Transferor as set forth in Section 11.2(b) hereof. 

“Class A Obligor”, “Class B Obligor”, “Class C Obligor” and
“Class D Obligor”, respectively, shall mean, as of any date of determination, an Obligor having a short-term rating or unsecured long-term debt rating or both a short-term rating and an unsecured long-term rating from either of
Moody’s or S&P in accordance with the definition of “Class of Obligor” as determined in the following manner: 
  

					
	 Class of Obligor
	  	 Short-Term Rating
	  	 Long-Term Rating of Obligor

	 Class A Obligor
	  	 A-1/P-1 or higher
	  	 A-/A3 or higher

	 Class B Obligor
	  	 A-2/P-2
	  	 BBB+/Baa1 or BBB/Baa2

	 Class C Obligor
	  	 A-3/P-3
	  	 BBB-/Baa3

	 Class D Obligor
	  	 Lower than A-3/P-3 or not rated
	  	 Below BBB-/Baa3 or not rated

  
 4 

 “Class Agent” means (i) with respect to the Class of
which SUSI Issuer is a member, the SUSI Issuer Agent, (ii) with respect to the Class of which Liberty is a member, the Liberty Agent, (iii) with respect to the Class of which Falcon is a member, the Falcon Agent, and (iv) with respect
to any other Class, the financial institution or other Person specified as such in any amendment or supplement hereto for such Class. 
 “Class Conduit” shall mean, with respect to any Class, the member in such Class which is a multi-seller commercial paper conduit (and if more than one member in such Class is a
multi-seller commercial paper conduit, “Class Conduit” shall mean such members collectively). 

“Class Investors” means (i) with respect to the Class of which SUSI Issuer is a member, SUSI Issuer
and the SUSI Issuer Bank Investors, (ii) with respect to the Class of which Liberty is a member, Liberty and the Liberty Bank Investors, (iii) with respect to the Class of which Falcon is a member, Falcon and the Falcon Bank Investors, and
(iv) with respect to any other Class, the related Class Conduit and the related Bank Investors. 

“Class of Obligor” for any Obligor shall be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows:
(i) the short-term rating issued by S&P for such Obligor shall be used to determine the “Class of Obligor”; provided, however, that if such short-term rating is unavailable, the long-term unsecured rating issued by
S&P for the Obligor shall be used, (ii) concomitantly with (i), the short-term rating issued by Moody’s for such Obligor shall be used to determine the “Class of Obligor”; provided, however, that if such
short-term rating is unavailable, the long-term unsecured rating issued by Moody’s for the Obligor shall be used, and (iii) only if there is a difference between the “Class of Obligor” indicated in (i) and (ii), determined
concomitantly, then the Obligor shall be deemed a member of the lower of the determined “Class of Obligor”. 
 “Class Percentage” means, with respect to any Class and at any time of determination, the Net Investment with respect to such Class expressed as a percentage of the aggregate Net
Investment with respect to all Classes, each as of such time of determination. 
 “Closing
Date” means May 19, 2000. 
 “Collateral Agent” means with respect to any Class,
the Class Agent for such Class, as collateral agent for any Liquidity Provider, any Credit Support Provider, the holders of Commercial Paper and certain other parties. 

“Collection Account” means the account, established by the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
Class Investors pursuant to Section 2.12. 

  
 5 

 “Collection Agent” means at any time the Person then
authorized pursuant to Section 6.1 to service, administer and collect Receivables. 
 “Collection
Agent Account” means the account, established by the Collection Agent, for the benefit of the Class Investors pursuant to Section 2.8(b). 
 “Collection Agent Default” shall mean the Collection Agent shall violate any of the covenants set forth in Section 5.5. 

“Collections” means, with respect to any Receivable, all cash collections and other cash proceeds of
such Receivable, including, without limitation, all Finance Charges, if any, insurance proceeds, and cash proceeds of Related Security with respect to such Receivable and any Deemed Collections of such Receivable. 

“Commercial Paper” means the promissory notes issued by one or all, as applicable, of the Class Conduits
(or by such Class Conduit’s related commercial paper issuer if the Class Conduit does not itself issue commercial paper) in the commercial paper market. 
 “Commitment” means (i) with respect to each Bank Investor party hereto, the commitment of such Bank Investor to make acquisitions from the Transferor or its related Class Conduit in
accordance herewith in an amount not to exceed the dollar amount set forth opposite such Bank Investor’s signature on the signature page hereto under the heading “Commitment”, minus the dollar amount of any Commitment or
portion thereof assigned pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement plus the dollar amount of any increase to such Bank Investor’s Commitment consented to by such Bank Investor prior to the time of determination, (ii) with
respect to any assignee of each Bank Investor party hereto taking pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the commitment of such assignee to make acquisitions from the Transferor or the related Class Conduit, as applicable, not to exceed
the amount set forth in such Assignment and Assumption Agreement minus the dollar amount of any Commitment or portion thereof assigned pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement prior to such time of determination plus the
dollar amount of any increase to such assignee’s Commitment consented to by such assignee prior to the time of determination and (iii) with respect to any assignee of an assignee referred to in clause (ii), the commitment of such assignee
to make acquisitions from the Transferor or the related Class Conduit not to exceed the amount set forth in an Assignment and Assumption Agreement between such assignee and its assign minus the dollar amount of any Commitment or portion
thereof assigned pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement plus the dollar amount of any increase to such assignee’s Commitment consented to by such assignee prior to the time of determination. 

“Commitment Termination Date” means, with respect to each Class, the earlier of (i) the date on or
after the Termination Date which the Transferor has designated in a written notice to the Administrative Agent as the “Commitment Termination Date” provided that all 

  
 6 

 
Aggregate Unpaids have been paid on or prior to such date or (ii) August 29December 11, 2012, or such later date to which such Commitment Termination Date may be
extended by Transferor, the related Class Agent and the related Bank Investors not later than 30 days prior to the then current Commitment Termination Date for such Class, provided, however, that the Transferor hereby agrees that unless it notifies
each Class Agent and all related Bank Investors to the contrary prior to the commencement of such 30-day period in each year, it shall automatically be deemed to have requested an extension of the then current Commitment Termination Date to the date
364 days following the then current Commitment Termination Date, and if such consent is given the Transferor shall be deemed to have agreed, without any further acts or amendments, to an extension of the Commitment Termination Date to the date 364
days from the then current Commitment Termination Date, provided always that such date as extended shall not be later than December 31, 20122013. 

“Concentration Factor” means (I) for any Designated Obligor or Financing Party as of any date of
determination, for the Obligors comprising each Class of Obligor specified in the table below, on an individual basis, a percentage not to exceed the corresponding “Individual Obligor Percentage” as set forth below: 

 

					
	 Class of Obligor
	  	Individual Obligor
Percentage	 
	 Class A
	  	 	6.00	% 
	 Class B
	  	 	4.00	% 
	 Class C
	  	 	3.00	% 
	 Class D
	  	 	2.40	% 

 or such other greater amount determined by the Administrative Agent in the
reasonable exercise of its good faith judgment and with the consent of all of the Class Agents and disclosed in a written notice delivered to the Transferor and the Collection Agent and (II) for each Special Obligor, the Special Concentration Limit
(which is expressed as a percentage) applicable to such Special Obligor of the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables at such time, provided, however, that any such Special Concentration Limit may be revoked at any time effective upon three
Business Days’ written notice from the Agent or any Class Agent to the Transferor, the Collection Agent, the Agent (if the Agent did not deliver such notice) and the Class Agents, such notice to be given in good faith and based on reasonable
criteria. 
 “Concentration Reserve Floor” means the percentage calculated as of the last day
of each month equal to the greater of (i) 12.0%; (ii) the highest Special Concentration Limit in effect at any time during such month or (iii) the Loss Reserve Percentage. 

“Conduit Assignee” means, with respect to a Class Conduit, any commercial paper conduit that finances
its activities directly or indirectly through asset backed commercial paper and is administered by the Class Agent with respect to such Class Conduit or any of its Affiliates and designated by such Class Agent from time to time to accept an
assignment from such Class Conduit of all or a portion of the Net Investment held by such Class Conduit. 

  
 7 

 “Contract” means an agreement or invoice in substantially
the form of one of the forms set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto or otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent, pursuant to or under which an Obligor shall be obligated to pay for merchandise purchased or services rendered. 

“Contractual Dilution Ratio” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) computed as of the last day of
each calendar month by dividing (i) the aggregate amount of contractual rebates granted to any Obligor during such month as required under the terms of any Contract or any other written agreement or exchange of writings evidencing an agreement
between the Seller and the applicable Obligor, by (ii) the aggregate amount of sales by the Seller giving rise to Receivables in the month that occurs two months prior to the month of determination. 

“Corporate Services Provider” means, (i) with respect to SUSI Issuer, Amacar Investments LLC, and
(ii) with respect to Liberty, Global Securitization Services, LLC. 
 “CP Rate” for each
Class Conduit listed below, shall have the meaning specified in the Annex set forth below for such Class Conduit: 
  

			
	 Class Conduit
	 	 Annex

	 SUSI Issuer
	 	 Annex 1

	 Falcon
	 	 Annex 2

	 Liberty
	 	 Annex 3

 “CP Tranche” means, with respect to a Class, a Tranche of such Class as
to which Discount is calculated at the CP Rate. 
 “CP Tranche Period” means, with respect to a
CP Tranche, a period of days not to exceed 90 days commencing on a Business Day requested by the Transferor and agreed to by the applicable Class Agent pursuant to Section 2.3, or if applicable, such a period selected by the applicable Class
Agent. If a CP Tranche Period would end on a day which is not a Business Day, such CP Tranche Period shall end on the next succeeding Business Day. 
 “Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2000, between Tech Data and the Transferor. 

“Credit and Collection Policy” shall mean Tech Data’s and the Transferor’s credit and
collection policy or policies and practices, relating to Contracts and Receivables existing on the date hereof and referred to in Exhibit B attached hereto, as modified from time to time in compliance with Section 5.2(c). 

  
 8 

 “Credit Support Agreement” means with respect to each Class
Conduit, any agreement between such Class Conduit (or any related commercial paper issuer that finances the Class Conduit) and a Credit Support Provider evidencing the obligation of such Credit Support Provider to provide credit support to such
Class Conduit (or such related issuer) in connection with the issuance by such Class Conduit (or such related issuer) of its Commercial Paper. 
 “Credit Support Provider” means, with respect to each Class, the Person or Persons who provides credit support to the related Class Conduit (or any related commercial paper issuer that
finances the Class Conduit), in connection with the issuance by such Class Conduit (or such related issuer) of Commercial Paper. 
 “Current Receivable” means any Receivable with respect to which no payment is outstanding beyond the date on which such payment was due. 

“Dealer Fee” means, with respect to each Class, the fee, if any, payable by the Transferor to the
Administrative Agent on behalf of the related Class Conduit, pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof, the terms of which are set forth in the Fee Letter. 
 “Deemed Collections” means any Collections on any Receivable deemed to have been received pursuant to Section 2.9(a) or (b) hereof. 

“Default Ratio” for any calendar month means the quotient, calculated as of the last day of each month
and expressed as a percentage, of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables which became Defaulted Receivables during such month (such amount shall exclude credits), divided by (b) the aggregate amount of sales by the
Seller giving rise to Receivables in the month that occurs four months prior to the month of determination. 

“Defaulted Receivable” means a Receivable: (i) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains
unpaid for 91 days or more from the original due date for such Receivable; (ii) as to which an Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to the Obligor thereof; (iii) which has been identified by the Collection Agent as uncollectible;
or (iv) which, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, has been or should be written off the Transferor’s books as uncollectible. 
 “Defaulting Bank Investor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof. 
 “Deficit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof. 

  
 9 

 “Delinquency Ratio” for any calendar month means the
quotient, calculated as of the last day of each month and expressed as a percentage, of (a) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all outstanding Receivables as to which on the date of determination, any payment or part thereof, remains unpaid
for more than 30 days from the original due date for such Receivable and which is not a Defaulted Receivable, divided by (b) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables as of such date less Defaulted Receivables as of such date.
For purposes of this calculation, any credits shall be excluded. 
 “Delinquent Receivable”
means a Receivable: (i) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than 60 days from the original due date for such Receivable and (ii) which is not a Defaulted Receivable. 

“Designated Obligor” means, at any time, each Obligor; provided, however, that any Obligor
shall cease to be a Designated Obligor upon notice from the Administrative Agent to the Transferor and the Collection Agent, delivered at any time in good faith and based upon reasonable criteria. 

“Dilution Horizon Ratio” means, at any time, the result of (I) the quotient, expressed as a
percentage, of (a) the aggregate amount of sales by the Seller giving rise to Receivables in the two month period ending on the last day of the most recent month, divided by (b) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of Eligible
Receivables at the last day of the most recent month, multiplied by (II) 0.75. 
 “Dilution
Ratio” means, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing (i) the aggregate amount of credits, rebates, discounts, disputes, warranty claims, repossessed or returned goods,
charge back allowances and other dilutive factors, and any other billing or other adjustment by the Transferor or the Collection Agent, provided to Obligor in respect of Receivables during the current month, by (ii) the aggregate amount of
sales by the Seller giving rise to Receivables in the month that occurs two months prior to the month of determination. 
 “Dilution Reserve Floor” means: the greater of (i) the product computed as of the last day of each calendar month as 

EDR x DHR 
 Where 
  

					
	 EDR
	 	 =
	    	 the Expected Dilution Ratio at such time; and

  
 10 

					
	 DHR
	 	 =
	    	 the Dilution Horizon Ratio at such time; and

 (ii) 3.0%. 

“Dilution Reserve Percentage” means the percentage computed as of the last day of each calendar month
as: 
 [(2.25 x EDR) - ECDR] + [(DS - EDR) x (DS /EDR)] x DHR 

Where 
  

					
	 DS
	 	 =
	    	 the Dilution Spike at such time;

			
	 EDR
	 	 =
	    	 the Expected Dilution Ratio at such time;

			
	 ECDR
	 	 =
	    	 the Expected Contractual Dilution Ratio at such time; and

			
	 DHR
	 	 =
	    	 the Dilution Horizon Ratio at such time.

 “Dilution Spike” means, at any time, the highest average of the Dilution
Ratios for any two consecutive months occurring in the twelve months ending on the last day of the most recent calendar month. 
 “Discount” means, with respect to any Tranche Period: 
 (TR x TNI
x AD) 

                     360

 Where: 
  

					
	 TR
	 	 =
	    	 the Tranche Rate applicable to such Tranche Period.

			
	 TNI
	 	 =
	    	 the portion of the Net Investment for the applicable Class allocated to such Tranche Period.

			
	 AD
	 	 =
	    	 the actual number of days during such Tranche Period.

  
 11 

 provided, however, that no provision of this Agreement shall require the
payment or permit the collection of Discount in excess of the maximum amount permitted by applicable law; and provided, further, that Discount shall not be considered paid by any distribution if at any time such distribution is
rescinded or must be returned for any reason. For any Discount computed by reference to the CP Rate with respect to any Class Conduit that utilizes “pool” funding, the applicable Tranche Rate shall be determined by the applicable Class
Agent on or prior to the fifth Business Day of the calendar month following the applicable Tranche Period. For any Discount computed by reference to a Tranche Rate that is calculated on more than one occasion during the Tranche Period, the
aggregate Discount for such Tranche Period shall be calculated as the sum of each portion of the Discount computed for each such calculated Tranche Rate for each of the actual days on which such Tranche Rate applied. 

“Early Collection Fee” means, with respect to any Tranche and for any Tranche Period (such Tranche
Period to be determined without regard to the last sentence in Section 2.3(a) hereof) during which the portion of the Net Investment that was allocated to such Tranche Period is reduced for any reason whatsoever, the excess, if any, of
(i) the additional Discount that would have accrued during such Tranche Period if such reductions had not occurred, minus (ii) the income, if any, received by the recipients of such reductions from investing the proceeds of such
reductions. 
 “Eligible Investments” means any of the following: (a) negotiable
instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered or in book-entry form which evidence (i) obligations fully guaranteed by the United States of America; (ii) time deposits in, or bankers acceptances issued by,
any depositary institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by Federal or state banking or depositary institution authorities;
provided, however, that at the time of investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the certificates of deposit or short-term deposits, if any, or long-term unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligation whose rating
is based on collateral or on the credit of a Person other than such institution or trust company) of such depositary institution or trust company shall have a credit rating from Moody’, S&P and Fitch of at least “P-1”,
“A-1” and “F-1”, respectively, in the case of the certificates of deposit or short-term deposits, or a rating not lower than one of the two highest investment categories granted by Moody’s, S&P and by Fitch;
(iii) certificates of deposit having, at the time of investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch of at least “P-1”, “A-1” and “F-1”, respectively; or
(iv) investments in money market funds rated in the highest investment category or otherwise approved in writing by the applicable rating agencies, (b) demand deposits in any depositary institution or trust company referred to in (a)(ii)
above; (c) commercial paper (having original or remaining maturities of no more than 30 days) having, at the time of investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a credit rating from Moody’s, S&P and Fitch of at least
“P-1”, “A-1” and “F-1”, respectively; (d) Eurodollar time deposits having a credit rating from Moody’s, S&P and Fitch of at least “P-1”, “A-1” and “F-1”, respectively; and
(e) repurchase agreements involving any of the Eligible Investments described in clauses (a)(i), (a)(iii) and (d) hereof so long as the other party to the repurchase agreement has at the time of investment therein, a rating from
Moody’s, S&P and Fitch of at least “P-1”, “A-1” and “F-1”, respectively. 

  
 12 

 “Eligible Receivable” means, at any time, any Receivable:

 (i) which has been transferred by Tech Data to the Transferor pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement and to which the Transferor has good title thereto, free and clear of all Adverse Claims; 
 (ii) the Obligor of which is a United States resident, is a Designated Obligor at the time of the initial creation of an interest therein hereunder, is not an Affiliate or employee of any of the parties
hereto, and is not a government or a governmental subdivision or agency; 
 (iii) which is not a
Defaulted Receivable at the time of the initial creation of an interest of the Administrative Agent therein hereunder; 
 (iv) which is not a Delinquent Receivable at the time of the initial creation of an interest of the Administrative Agent therein; 

(v) which, (A) arises pursuant to a Contract that contains an obligation to pay a specified sum of
money and with respect to which each of the Seller and the Transferor has performed all obligations required to be performed by it thereunder, although payment under such Receivable may be contingent only upon the shipment of the merchandise and/or
the performance of the services purchased thereunder; (B) has been billed; and (C) according to the Contract related thereto, is required to be paid in full within (x) 60 days of the original billing date therefor (it being understood
that a Receivable payable in accordance with “no terms” does not satisfy this criteria) or (y) for Receivables with respect to which the Obligor or Financing Party has been designated as a Special Obligor and until three
(3) Business Days after such designation may be revoked by the Agent or any Class Agent, such longer period approved by the Agent and the Class Agents at the time such Obligor or Financing Party was designated a Special Obligor; 

(vi) which is an “eligible asset” as defined in Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended; 
 (vii) a purchase of which with the proceeds of Commercial Paper would
constitute a “current transaction” within the meaning of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; 
 (viii) which is an “account” or “chattel paper” within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC of all applicable jurisdictions; 

  
 13 

 (ix) which is denominated and payable only in United States
dollars in the United States; 
 (x) which, arises under a Contract that together with the
Receivable related thereto, is in full force and effect and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the related Obligor enforceable against such Obligor in accordance with its terms and, to the best knowledge of the Collection Agent
or the Transferor is not subject to any litigation, dispute, offset, counterclaim or other defense at such time, it being understood that if the Transferor or the Seller owes an amount (whether or not then due) to an Obligor, the amount(s) payable
by the Transferor and the Seller shall be subtracted from the amount of any Receivable due from such Obligor for the purposes of calculating the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables; 

(xi) which, together with the Contract related thereto, does not contravene in any material respect any
laws, rules or regulations applicable thereto (including, without limitation, laws, rules and regulations relating to truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy)
and with respect to which no part of the Contract related thereto is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation in any material respect; 
 (xii) which (A) satisfies, in all material respects, all applicable requirements of the applicable Credit and Collection Policy and (B) is assignable without the consent of, or notice to, the
Obligor or Financing Party thereunder unless such consent has been obtained and is in effect or such notice has been given; 
 (xiii) which was generated in the ordinary course of Tech Data’s business; 
 (xiv) the Obligor or Financing Party of which has been directed to make all payments to a specified account of the Collection Agent with respect to which there shall be a Lock-Box Agreement in effect;

 (xv) which has not been compromised, adjusted or modified (including by the extension of time
for payment or the granting of any discounts, allowances or credits); provided, however, that only such portion of such Receivable that is the subject of such compromise, adjustment or modification shall be deemed to be ineligible
pursuant to the terms of this clause (xv); 

  
 14 

 (xvi) the assignment of which under the Purchase Agreement
by the Seller to the Transferor and hereunder by the Transferor to the Administrative Agent does not violate, conflict or contravene any applicable Law or any contractual or other restriction, limitation or encumbrance; 

(xvii) which is not subject to any Adverse Claim and with respect to which no financing statement has
been filed except as permitted by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; and 

(xviii) with respect to the Obligor thereof, not more than 25% of the Receivables (as of the preceding
month-end) owed by such Obligor are Defaulted Receivables. 
 “ERISA” means the U.S. Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder. 
 “ERISA Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of
the Code (as in effect from time to time, the “Code”)) as such Person; (ii) a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code) with such Person; or
(iii) a member of the same affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(n) of the Code) as such Person, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above.

 “Eurodollar Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Tranche Period, a rate which is
2.50% in excess of (provided, however, that if no Termination Event shall have occurred and provided that the only portion of the Transferred Interest which is funded by reference to the Eurodollar Rate is the portion thereof held by
the Bank of America as a SUSI Issuer Bank Investor, the margin applicable to that portion of the Transferred Interest held by Bank of America as a SUSI Issuer Bank Investor shall be 0.0%) a rate per annum equal to the sum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) of (A) the rate obtained by dividing (i) the applicable LIBOR Rate by (ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the reserve percentage used for determining the maximum reserve requirement as
specified in Regulation D (including, without limitation, any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserves) that is applicable to the Administrative Agent during such Eurodollar Tranche Period in respect of eurocurrency or eurodollar
funding, lending or liabilities (or, if more than one percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentage for those days in such Eurodollar Tranche Period during which any such percentage shall be applicable) plus (B) the
then daily net annual assessment rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) as estimated by the Administrative Agent for determining the current annual assessment payable by the Administrative Agent to the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation in respect of eurocurrency or eurodollar funding, lending or liabilities. 

  
 15 

 “Eurodollar Tranche” means, with respect to a Class, a
Tranche of such Class as to which Discount is calculated at the Eurodollar Rate. 
 “Eurodollar Tranche
Period” means, with respect to a Eurodollar Tranche, prior to the applicable Termination Date, a period of one month, commencing on a Business Day requested by the Transferor and agreed to by the applicable Class Agent; provided, however,
that if such Eurodollar Tranche Period would expire on a day which is not a Business Day, such Eurodollar Tranche Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided, further, that if such Eurodollar Tranche Period would expire on
(a) a day which is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Eurodollar Tranche Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day or (b) a Business Day for which there
is no numerically corresponding day in the applicable subsequent calendar month, such Eurodollar Tranche Period shall expire on the last Business Day of such month. 

“Event of Bankruptcy”, means, with respect to any Person, (i) that such Person (a) shall
generally not pay its debts as such debts become due or (b) shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally or (c) shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) any proceeding shall be instituted
by or against such Person seeking to adjudicate it as bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or any substantial part of its property or (iii) if such Person is a
corporation, such Person or any Subsidiary shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth in the preceding clauses (i) or (ii). 
 “Existing Law” means (a) the final rule titled “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines; Capital Adequacy Guidelines; Capital Maintenance: Regulatory Capital; Impact of Modifications to
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; Consolidation of Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Programs; and Other Related Issues,” adopted by the United States bank regulatory agencies on December 15, 2009 (the “FAS 166/167 Capital
Guidelines”); (b) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd Frank Act”); (c) the revised Basel Accord prepared by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision as set out in the publication
entitled: “International Convergence of Capital Measurements and Capital Standards: a Revised Framework,” as updated from time to time (“Basel II”); or (d) any rules, regulations, guidance, interpretations, directives
or requests from any Governmental Authority relating to, or implementing the FAS 166/167 Capital Guidelines, the Dodd-Frank Act or Basel II (whether or not having the force of law). 

“Expected Contractual Dilution Ratio” means, at any time, the average of the Contractual Dilution Ratios
for the twelve consecutive months ending on the last day of the most recent calendar month. 

  
 16 

 “Expected Dilution Ratio” means, at any time, the average
of the Dilution Ratios for the twelve consecutive months ending on the last day of the most recent calendar month. 
 “Facility Fee” means, with respect to each Class, the fee payable by the Transferor to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to the Class Investors, pursuant to Section 2.7
hereof, the terms of which are set forth in the Fee Letter. 
 “Facility Limit” means
(i) with respect to the Class of which SUSI Issuer is a member, $102,000136,680,000; provided that such amount may not at any time exceed the aggregate Commitments with respect to the SUSI Issuer Bank Investors,
(ii) with respect to the Class of which Liberty is a member, $102,000135,660,000; provided that such amount may not at any time exceed the aggregate Commitments with respect to the Liberty Bank Investors, in each case,
at any time in effect, (iii) with respect to the Class of which Falcon is a member, $102,000135,660,000; provided that such amount may not at any time exceed the aggregate Commitments with respect to the Falcon Bank
Investors, in each case, at any time in effect, and (iv) with respect to any other Class, the amount specified as such in any supplement hereto for such Class; provided that, with respect to any other Class, the Facility Limit for such Class
shall not at any time exceed the aggregate Commitments for the Bank Investors in such Class. 

“Falcon” means Chariot Funding LLC, as successor by merger to Falcon Asset Securitization
Company LLC, and its successors and assigns. 
 “Falcon Agent” means JPMorgan, in its
capacity as agent for Falcon and the Falcon Bank Investors, and any successor thereto appointed pursuant to Article IX. 
 “Falcon Bank Investors” shall mean JPMorgan and its successors and assigns who are or become parties to this Agreement as such pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement.

 “Fee Letter” means the letter agreement dated August 31December
13, 2011 among the Transferor, the Collection Agent, the Class Conduits, the Administrative Agent, and the Class Agents with respect to the fees to be paid by the Transferor hereunder, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 “Finance Charges” means, with respect to a Contract, any finance, interest, late or similar
charges owing by an Obligor pursuant to such Contract. 
 “Financing Party” means a third-party
who receives an invoice from the Company billed to an Obligor with respect to the provision goods and services to such Obligor under a Contract whereby the Financing Party remits payment to the Company on behalf of such Obligor in connection with a
financing of the goods and/or services covered under such Contract. 

  
 17 

 “Fitch” means Fitch, Inc. 

“Fluctuation Factor” means 1.2. 

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America and any political
subdivisions thereof, whether state or local, and the government of Canada and any political subdivisions thereof, whether provincial or municipal, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity
exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government. 
 “Governmental Rules” means any and all laws, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, ordinances, orders, writs, decrees and injunctions, of any Governmental Authority and any and all legally
binding conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements and judgments of any Governmental Authority. 

“Incremental Transfer” means a Transfer which is made pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof.

 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s (i) obligations
for borrowed money, (ii) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of property other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of such Person’s business on terms customary in the trade, (iii) obligations, whether
or not assumed, secured by liens or payable out of the proceeds or production from property now or hereafter owned or acquired by such Person, (iv) obligations which are evidenced by notes, acceptances, or other instruments,
(v) Capitalized Lease obligations and (vi) obligations for which such Person is obligated pursuant to a Guaranty. 
 “Indemnified Amounts” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1 hereof. 
 “Indemnified Parties” has the meaning specified in Section 8.1 hereof. 
 “Interest Component” shall mean, (A) with respect to any Class Conduit (or any related commercial paper issuer that finances the Class Conduit) not utilizing “pool” funding
(i) with respect to any Commercial Paper issued on an interest-bearing basis, the interest payable on such Commercial Paper at its maturity (including any dealer commissions) and (ii) with respect to any Commercial Paper issued on a
discount basis, the portion of the face amount of such Commercial Paper representing the discount incurred in respect thereof (including any dealer commissions) and (B) with respect to any Class Conduit (or any related commercial paper issuer
that finances the Class Conduit) utilizing “pool funding,” the aggregate Discount accrued and to accrue through the end of the current Tranche Period for the portion of Net Investment accruing Discount calculated by reference to the CP
Rate at such time (determined for such purpose using the CP Rate most recently determined by the applicable Class Agent, multiplied by the Fluctuation Factor). 

  
 18 

 “Investor Report” means a report, in substantially the form
attached hereto as Exhibit E or in such other form as is mutually agreed to by the Transferor and the Administrative Agent, furnished by the Collection Agent pursuant to Section 2.11. 

“JPMorgan” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. , a national banking association, and its successors and
assigns. 
 “Law” means any law (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty,
regulation, rule, ordinance, order, injunction, writ, decree or award of any Official Body. 
 “Lease
Agreement” means the Sublease Agreement, effective as of the date of the effectiveness of this Agreement, between the Transferor, David G. Cartwright and David R. Kelly. 

“Liberty Agent” means The Bank of Nova Scotia, a banking corporation organized and existing under
the laws of Canada, acting through its New York Agency, in its capacity as agent for Liberty and the Liberty Bank Investors, and any successor thereto appointed pursuant to Article IX. 

“Liberty Bank Investors” shall mean The Bank of Nova Scotia, and its successors and assigns who are or
become parties to this Agreement as such pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement. 
 “LIBOR Rate”
means, for each day during a Eurodollar Tranche Period: (a) the rate per annum (carried out to the fifth decimal place) equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the offered rate that appears on the page of the Reuters
Screen on such day that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate (such page currently being LIBOR01) for deposits in United States dollars (for delivery on a date two Business Days later) with a term equivalent to one
month; (b) in the event that either (i) the rate referenced in the preceding subsection (a) does not appear on such page or service or such page or service shall cease to be available or (ii) the Administrative Agent shall
determine in its discretion to use a different source to determine the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate, the rate per annum (carried to the fifth decimal place) equal to the rate determined by the Administrative Agent to be the
offered rate on such day on such other page or other service that displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits in United States dollars (for delivery on a date two Business Days later) with a term equivalent
to one month; or (c) in the event the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent on such day as the rate of interest at which Dollar deposits (for
delivery on a date two Business days later than 

  
 19 

 
such day) in same day funds in the approximate amount of the applicable investment to be funded by reference to the LIBOR Rate and with a term equivalent to one month would be offered by its
London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request. 
 “Liquidity
Provider” means, with respect to each Class Conduit (or its related commercial paper issuer if the Class Conduit does not itself issue commercial paper), the Person or Persons who will provide liquidity support to such Class Conduit (or
such related commercial paper issuer), in connection with the issuance by such Class Conduit (or such related commercial paper issuer) of its Commercial Paper. 
 “Liquidity Provider Agreement” means the agreement between each Class Conduit (or, if the Class Conduit does not itself issue commercial paper, either such Class Conduit or its related
commercial paper issuer) and the related Liquidity Provider(s) evidencing the obligation of such Liquidity Provider(s) to provide liquidity support to such Class Conduit (or its related commercial paper issuer) in connection with the issuance by
such Class Conduit (or such related commercial paper issuer) of its Commercial Paper. 

“Lock-Box Account” means an account maintained by the Collection Agent at a Lock-Box Bank for the
purpose of receiving Collections from Receivables. 
 “Lock-Box Agreement” means an
agreement between the Collection Agent and a Lock-Box Bank in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto. 

“Lock-Box Bank” means each of the banks set forth in Exhibit C hereto and such banks as may be
added thereto or deleted therefrom pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof. 
 “Loss and Dilution
Reserve” means, with respect to each Class, at any time, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Loss and Dilution Reserve Percentage and (ii) the Net Receivables Balance and (iii) the Class Percentage with respect to such
Class at such time. 
 “Loss and Dilution Reserve Percentage” means the greater of (x) the
sum of the Loss Reserve Percentage and the Dilution Reserve Percentage and (y) the Minimum Reserve Ratio. 

“Loss Horizon Ratio” means, as of the last day of any month, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of
(a) the aggregate amount of sales by the Seller giving rise to Receivables in the four month period ending on such day, divided by (b) the aggregate initial Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables at such day. 

  
 20 

 “Loss Reserve Percentage” means on any day the product of
(i) 2.25, (ii) the highest three month average of the Default Ratio occurring during the twelve month period ending on the last day of the most recent month, and (iii) the Loss Horizon Ratio; provided, however, that,
until such time as the Class Agents and the Bank Investors shall agree in writing (upon written notice from the Transferor received at least 10 days prior to the Settlement Date as to which such requested consent is to be effective, it being the
intention of the parties hereto to modify the below definition of “Defaulted Receivable” to replace “61 and 90 days” with “91 and 120” days when the Transferor is able to calculate the amount of such Receivables) solely
for the purposes of the calculation of the Loss Reserve Percentage, the Default Ratio shall be calculated on the basis of the following definition of “Defaulted Receivable”: 

“Defaulted Receivable” means any Receivable (i) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid
for between 61 and 90 days from the original due date for such Receivable; (ii) as to which an Event of Bankruptcy has occurred with respect to the Obligor thereof; (iii) which has been identified by the Collection Agent as uncollectible;
or (iv) which, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, has been or should be written off the Transferor’s books as uncollectible. 
 “Majority Investors” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.1(a) hereof. 
 “Maximum Net Investment” means (i) with respect to the Class of which SUSI Issuer is a member, $100134,000,000, (ii) with respect to the Class of which
Liberty is a member, $100133,000,000, (iii) with respect to the Class of which Falcon is a member, $100133,000,000, and (iv) with respect to any other Class, the amount set forth pursuant to
Section 11.2(b) hereof. 
 “Maximum Percentage Factor” means 98%. 

“Minimum Reserve Ratio” means the sum calculated as of the last day of each calendar month as the sum of
the Concentration Reserve Floor, as at such time, and the greater of (i) Dilution Reserve Floor, as at such time or (ii) the Dilution Reserve Percentage, as at such time. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

“Multiemployer Plan” means a “Multi employer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA which is or was at any time during the current year or the immediately preceding five years contributed to by the Transferor, or any ERISA Affiliate of the Transferor on behalf of its employees. 

“Net Investment” means, with respect to each Class, the sum of the cash amounts paid to the Transferor
by or on behalf of the Class Investors of such Class for each Incremental 

  
 21 

 
Transfer less the aggregate amount of Collections received and applied by the Administrative Agent to reduce such Net Investment pursuant to Sections 2.5, 2.6 or 2.9 hereof; provided that
such Net Investment shall be restored and reinstated in the amount of any Collections so received and applied if at any time the distribution of such Collections is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason; and provided further that
such Net Investment may be increased by the amount described in Section 10.7(d) as described therein. 

“Net Receivables Balance” means at any time the Outstanding Balance of the Eligible Receivables at such
time reduced by the sum of (i) the aggregate amount by which the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables of each Designated Obligor or Financing Party exceeds the Concentration Factor for such Designated Obligor or Financing Party,
plus (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables which are Defaulted Receivables, plus (iii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables which are Delinquent Receivables, plus
(iv) the aggregate amount of cash received from or on behalf of Obligors and not designated and applied by the Collection Agent to one or more Receivables. 

“Non-Defaulting Bank Investor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereof. 

“Obligor” means a Person obligated to make payments for the provision, to such Person or a third party,
of goods and services pursuant to a Contract. 
 “Official Body” means any government or
political subdivision or any agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality of any such government or political subdivision, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, or any accounting board or authority
(whether or not a part of government) which is responsible for the establishment or interpretation of national or international accounting principles, in each case whether foreign or domestic. 

“Other Transferor” means any Person other than the Transferor that has entered into a receivables
purchase agreement or transfer and administration agreement with any Class Conduit. 
 “Outstanding
Balance” means, with respect to any Receivable at any time, the then outstanding principal amount thereof including any accrued and outstanding Finance Charges related thereto. 

  
 22 

 “Percentage Factor” shall mean, with respect to each Class,
the fraction (expressed as a percentage) computed at any time of determination as follows: 
 NI + LDR + YSFR 

NRB 
 Where: 

 

					
	 NI
	  	=	    	 the Net Investment for such Class at the time of such computation;

			
	 LDR
	  	=	    	 the Loss and Dilution Reserve for such Class at the time of such computation;

			
	 YSFR
	  	=	    	 the Yield and Servicing Fee Reserve for such Class at the time of such computation; and

			
	 NRB
	  	=	    	 the Net Receivables Balance at the time of such computation.

 Notwithstanding the foregoing the calculation of Percentage Factor is subject to the last sentence of
Section 2.2(e). 
 “Person” means any corporation, limited liability company, natural
person, firm, joint venture, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, enterprise, government or any department or agency of any government. 
 “Potential Termination Event” means an event which but for the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a Termination Event. 

“Program Fee” with respect to each Class, means the fee payable by the Transferor to the Administrative
Agent, for distribution to the Class Investors, pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, the terms of which are set forth in the Fee Letter. 
 “Promissory Note” means that certain Promissory Note, dated as of May 19, 2000, between Tech Data and the Transferor. 

“Pro Rata Share” means, (a) for an SUSI Issuer Bank Investor, the Commitment of such SUSI Issuer
Bank Investor divided by the sum of the Commitments of all the SUSI Issuer Bank Investors, (b) for a Liberty Bank Investor, the Commitment of such Liberty Bank Investor divided by the sum of the Commitments of all Liberty Bank Investors,
(c) for a Falcon Bank Investor, the Commitment of such Falcon Bank Investor divided by the sum of the Commitments of all Falcon Bank Investors, and (d) with respect to any other Class, for each Bank Investor of such Class, the Commitment
of such Bank Investor divided by the sum of the Commitments of all Bank Investors of such Class. 

“Proceeds” means “proceeds” as defined in Section 9-306(1) of the UCC. 

  
 23 

 “Purchase Agreement” means the Receivables Purchase
Agreement dated as of May 19, 2000, between Tech Data and the Transferor, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified. 
 “Purchase Termination Date” means the date upon which the Transferor shall cease, for any reason whatsoever, to make purchases of Receivables from Tech Data under the Purchase Agreement
or the Purchase Agreement shall terminate for any reason whatsoever. 
 “Purchased Interest”
means the interest in the Receivables acquired by a Liquidity Provider through purchase pursuant to the terms of a Liquidity Provider Agreement. 
 “Receivable” means the indebtedness owed to the Transferor or Tech Data by any Obligor (without giving effect to any purchase hereunder by any Class Investor at any time) under a Contract
whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument or general intangible, arising in connection with the sale of merchandise or services by Tech Data and thereafter transferred to the Transferor by Tech Data pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement, and includes the right to payment of any Finance Charges and other obligations of such Obligor with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, once a Receivable has been deemed collected pursuant to Section 2.9 hereof, it shall
no longer constitute a Receivable hereunder with respect to such portion which has been deemed collected. 

“Receivables Systems” means the computer applications involved in the origination, collection,
management or servicing of the Receivables. 
 “Records” means all Contracts and other
documents, books, records and other information (including, without limitation, computer programs, tapes, discs, punch cards, data processing software and related property and rights) maintained with respect to Receivables and the related Obligors.

 “Reinvestment Termination Date” means, with respect to each Class, the second Business Day
after the delivery by the related Class Agent to the Transferor of written notice that the related Class Conduit elects to commence the amortization of the Net Investment for such Class or otherwise liquidate its interest in the Transferred
Interest. 
 “Related Commercial Paper” shall mean, with respect to Commercial Paper issued by
the Class Conduits (or their related commercial paper issuer(s) if the Class Conduits do not themselves issue commercial paper) the proceeds of which were used to acquire, or refinance the acquisition of, an interest in Receivables with respect to
the Transferor. 

  
 24 

 “Related Security” means with respect to
any Receivable, all of the Transferor’s and the Seller’s rights, title and interest in, to and under: 
 (i) the merchandise (including returned or repossessed merchandise), if any, the sale of which by the Seller gave rise to such Receivable; 

(ii) all other security interests or liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any,
purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements signed by an Obligor describing any collateral securing such Receivable; 

(iii) all guarantees, indemnities, warranties, insurance (and proceeds and premium refunds thereof) or
other agreements or arrangements of any kind from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise; 

(iv) all Records related to such Receivable; and 

(v) all rights and remedies of the Transferor under the Purchase Agreement, together with all financing
statements filed by the Transferor against the Seller in connection therewith; and 
 (vi) all
Collections on and Proceeds of any of the foregoing. 
 “Required Reserves” means as of the
last day of each month an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Loss and Dilution Reserve for all Classes at such time and (ii) the Yield and Servicing Fee Reserve for all Classes at such time. 

“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to any Person, the president, the chief executive officer, the
chief financial officer, treasurer or chief accounting officer of such Person. 
 “Revolving
Subordinated Note” has the meaning specified in the Purchase Agreement. 
 “Scotia
Bank” means The Bank of Nova Scotia, a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of Canada, acting through its New York Agency. 
 “Section 8.2 Costs” has the meaning specified in Section 8.2(d) hereof. 

  
 25 

 “Seller” means Tech Data Corporation, a Florida corporation
and its successors and permitted assigns. 
 “Servicing Fee” means, with respect to each Class,
the fees payable by the Class Investors of such Class to the Collection Agent, with respect to a Tranche in an amount equal to 0.75% per annum on the amount of the Net Investment for such Class, allocated to such Tranche pursuant to
Section 2.3. Such fee shall accrue from the date of the initial purchase of an interest in the Receivables to the later of the Termination Date for such Class or the date on which the Net Investment for such Class is reduced to zero. On or
prior to such Termination Date such fee shall be payable only from Collections pursuant to, and subject to the priority of payments set forth in, Section 2.5 hereof. After such Termination Date, such fee shall be payable only from Collections
pursuant to, and subject to the priority of payments set forth in, Section 2.6 hereof. 

“SFA” means the formula designated in BASEL II (or any law or regulation that may supplement, amend,
restate or replace BASEL II in part or in whole) as the “Supervisory Formula Approach” for determining a bank’s risk-based capital requirement for securitization transactions. 

“SFA Event” means an event which shall be deemed to have occurred if any Class Agent, at any time in its
sole discretion, to be exercised reasonably, determines that it cannot, for any reason, use the SFA to calculate its (or any related Bank Investor’s or provider of liquidity or credit support in respect of the related Class Conduit) regulatory
capital requirement in respect of the facility contemplated by this Agreement. 
 “Special Concentration
Limit” means, for any Obligor or Financing Party while such Obligor or Financing Party is a Special Obligor, the percentage applicable to such Special Obligor and designated as the “Special Concentration Limit” in the written
approval of such Obligor or Financing Party as a Special Obligor by the Agent and the Class Agents. 

“Special Obligor” means an Obligor or Financing Party which upon the request of the Transferor is
approved in writing by the Agent and each Class Agent as a Special Obligor and with respect to which none of the Agent or any Class Agent shall have revoked such designation, such revocation to be effective upon 3 Business Days written notice from
the Agent or a Class Agent, as applicable, to the Collection Agent, the Transferor, the Agent (if such notice is not given by the Agent) and each Class Agent and which revocation shall be given in good faith and based upon reasonable criteria.

 “Standard & Poor’s” or “S&P” means Standard &
Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 

  
 26 

 “Subsidiary” of a Person means any corporation,
partnership, association, limited liability company, joint venture or similar business organization having 50% or more of the outstanding voting interests of which shall at any time be owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or
by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or any similar business organization which is so owned or controlled. 
 “Supplemental Fee Letter” means that certain fee letter, dated as of May 19, 2000, between the Collection Agent, the Transferor and the Administrative Agent. 

“SUSI Issuer” means YC SUSI Trust, a Delaware statutory trust, and its successors and assigns.

 “SUSI Issuer Agent” means Bank of America, National Association, in its capacity as agent
for SUSI Issuer and the SUSI Issuer Bank Investors, and any successor thereto appointed pursuant to Article IX. 

“SUSI Issuer Bank Investors” shall mean Bank of America, National Association and its successors and
assigns who are or become parties to this Agreement as such pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement. 

“Tech Data” means Tech Data Corporation, a Florida corporation, and its successors and assigns.

 “Termination Date” means, with respect to each Class, the earliest of (i) the Business
Day designated by the Transferor to the Administrative Agent and the related Class Agent as the Termination Date for such Class at any time following 30 days’ written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Class Agent, (ii) the date
of termination of the commitment of all related Liquidity Providers under the related Liquidity Provider Agreement for the related Class Conduit for such Class, (iii) the date of termination of the commitment of the related Credit Support
Provider under the related Credit Support Agreement for the related Class Conduit, (iv) the day upon which a Termination Date for such Class is declared or automatically occurs pursuant to Section 7.2(a) hereof, (v) two Business Days
prior to the Commitment Termination Date for such Class, (vi) the day on which a Reinvestment Termination Date for such Class shall occur (provided, that this clause (vi) shall not cause a Termination Date if the applicable Class Conduit
assigns its interest in whole to its related Bank Investors pursuant to Section 10.7), (vii) the Purchase Termination Date, and (viii) the day designated by the Administrative Agent to the Transferor as the Termination Date as a
result of the failure of Tech Data to comply with its obligations under Section 5.3(l). 

“Termination Event” means an event described in Section 7.1 hereof. 

  
 27 

 “Tranche” means, with respect to each Class, a portion of
the Net Investment for such Class allocated to a Tranche Period for such Class pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof. 
 “Tranche Period” means a CP Tranche Period, a Eurodollar Tranche Period or a BR Tranche Period. 
 “Tranche Rate” means either (i) the CP Rate quoted for the CP Tranche; (ii) the Eurodollar Rate for a Eurodollar Tranche; or (iii) the Base Rate for a BR Tranche.

 “Transaction Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Fee
Letter, the Supplemental Fee Letter, the Lock-Box Agreements, the Certificate, the Transfer Certificate, the Credit Agreement, the Promissory Note, the Revolving Subordinated Note and all of the other instruments, documents and other agreements
executed and delivered by Tech Data or the Transferor in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Transfer” means a conveyance, transfer and assignment by the Transferor to the Class Investors, as
applicable, of an undivided percentage ownership interest in Receivables and Related Security hereunder (including, without limitation, as a result of any reinvestment of Collections in the Transferred Interest pursuant to Section 2.2(b) and
2.5 hereof). 
 “Transfer Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(a) hereof.

 “Transfer Date” means, with respect to each Transfer, the Business Day on which such
Transfer is made. 
 “Transfer Price” means with respect to any Incremental Transfer, the
amount paid to the Transferor by the applicable Class Investors as described in the applicable Transfer Certificate. 
 “Transferor” means Tech Data Finance SPV, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and permitted assigns. 

“Transferred Interest” means, at any time of determination, an undivided percentage ownership interest
in (i) each and every then outstanding Receivable, (ii) all Related Security with respect to each such Receivable, (iii) all Collections with respect thereto, and (iv) other Proceeds of the foregoing, which undivided ownership
interest shall be equal to the Aggregate Percentage Factor at such time, and only at such time (without regard to prior calculations). The Transferred Interest in each Receivable, together with Related Security,

  
 28 

 
Collections and Proceeds with respect thereto, shall at all times be equal to the Transferred Interest in each other Receivable, together with Related Security, Collections and Proceeds with
respect thereto. To the extent that the Transferred Interest shall decrease as a result of a recalculation of the Aggregate Percentage Factor, the Administrative Agent on behalf of the applicable Class Investors shall be considered to have
reconveyed to the Transferor an undivided percentage ownership interest in each Receivable, together with Related Security, Collections and Proceeds with respect thereto, in an amount equal to such decrease such that in each case the Transferred
Interest in each Receivable shall be equal to the Transferred Interest in each other Receivable. 

“UCC” means, with respect to any state, the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in
such state. 
 “Unpaid Balance” means, at any time, with respect to any Receivable, the
outstanding principal amount of the indebtedness of the related Obligor incurred in connection with a particular purchase under or evidenced by such Receivable, exclusive of any sales or other tax, if any, included in or payable with respect to such
purchase. 
 “Yield and Servicing Fee Reserve” means, with respect to each Class, at any time
the product of (i) 2.0%, (ii) the Net Receivables Balance at such time, and (iii) the Class Percentage with respect to such Class. 
 Section 1.2 Other Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All terms used in Article 9 of the
UCC in the State of New York, California or Delaware, as applicable, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9. 
 Section 1.3 Computation of Time Periods. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word
“from” means “from and including”, the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding” and the word “within” means “from and excluding a specified date and to and including a
later specified date”. 
 ARTICLE II 
 PURCHASES AND SETTLEMENTS 
 Section 2.1
Facility. With respect to each Class, upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth and provided that the Termination Date for such Class shall not have occurred, (x) the Transferor may, at its option, convey, transfer
and assign to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the applicable Class Investors for such Class and (y) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class Conduit for such Class may, at the option of such Class Conduit, or the Administrative
Agent on behalf of the Bank Investors for such Class, provided that such Bank Investors shall have previously accepted the assignment by the related 

  
 29 

 
Class Conduit of all of such Class Conduit’s interest in the Affected Assets, shall, if so requested, accept such conveyance, transfer and assignment from the Transferor of, without recourse
except as provided herein, undivided percentage ownership interests in the Receivables, together with Related Security, Collections and Proceeds with respect thereto, from time to time. By accepting any conveyance, transfer and assignment hereunder,
neither any Class Investor, Class Agent nor the Administrative Agent assumes or shall have any obligations or liability under any of the Contracts, all of which shall remain the obligations and liabilities of the Transferor and the Seller.

 Section 2.2 Transfers; Certificates; Eligible Receivables. 

(a) Incremental Transfers. With respect to each Class, upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set
forth and provided that a Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event or the Termination Date for such Class shall not have occurred and be continuing, the Transferor may, at its option, convey, transfer and assign to the Administrative Agent
on behalf of the applicable Class Investors for such Class and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class Conduit for such Class may, at the option of such Class Conduit, or the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Bank Investors for such
Class provided that such Bank Investors shall have previously accepted the assignment by the related Class Conduit of all of such Class Conduit’s interest in the Affected Assets, shall, if so requested by the Transferor, accept such conveyance,
transfer and assignment from the Transferor, without recourse except as provided herein, undivided percentage ownership interests in the Receivables, together with Related Security, Collections and Proceeds with respect thereto (each, an
“Incremental Transfer”); provided that after giving effect to the payment to the Transferor of the Transfer Price therefor (i) the Net Investment for such Class shall not exceed the Maximum Net Investment for such Class,
(ii) the sum of the Net Investment for such Class plus, in the case where the Class Conduit for such Class holds a portion of the Transferred Interest, the Interest Component of all outstanding Related Commercial Paper issued by such
Class Conduit (or its related commercial paper issuer if the Class Conduit does not itself issue commercial paper) shall not exceed the Facility Limit for such Class and (iii) the Aggregate Percentage Factor shall not exceed the Maximum
Percentage Factor; and, provided, that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1 shall be true and correct both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such Transfer. All Incremental Transfers
shall be made on a pro rata basis to each Class (based upon the relation of the Maximum Net Investment for such Class to the Aggregate Maximum Net Investment). 

The Transferor shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given by telecopy, offer to convey, transfer and assign to
the Administrative Agent, on behalf of any of the applicable Class Investors, undivided percentage ownership interests in the Receivables and the other Affected Assets relating thereto not later than 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Business Day
prior to the proposed date of any Incremental Transfer. With respect to each Class, each such notice shall specify (w) whether such request is made to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Class Conduit for such Class or the related Bank
Investors for such Class (it being understood and agreed that once any of such Bank Investors acquire any interest in the Transferred Interest hereunder, such Bank Investors shall be required to purchase all of the portion of the Transferred
Interest held by the related Class Conduit in accordance with Section 

  
 30 

 
10.7 and thereafter such Class Conduit shall no longer accept any additional Incremental Transfers hereunder), (x) the desired Transfer Price (which shall be at least $5,000,000 per Class or
integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof) or, to the extent that the then available unused portion of the Aggregate Maximum Net Investment is less than such amount, such lesser amount equal to such available portion of such Aggregate
Maximum Net Investment), (y) the desired date of such Incremental Transfer and (z) the desired Tranche Period(s) and allocations of the Net Investment for such Class of such Incremental Transfer thereto as required by Section 2.3. The
Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Class Agent and each Class Conduit or related Bank Investors for such Class, as applicable, of the Administrative Agent’s receipt of any request for an Incremental Transfer to be made to such
Person. To the extent that any such Incremental Transfer is requested of a Class Conduit, such Class Conduit shall accept or reject such offer by notice given to the Transferor and the Administrative Agent by telephone or telecopy by no later than
the close of its business on the Business Day following its receipt of any such request. Each notice of proposed Transfer shall be irrevocable and binding on the Transferor and the Transferor shall indemnify each Class Investor against any loss or
expense incurred by such Class Investor, either directly or through a Liquidity Provider Agreement, as a result of any failure by the Transferor to complete such Incremental Transfer including, without limitation, any loss (including loss of
anticipated profits) or expense incurred by such Class Investor, either directly or pursuant to a Liquidity Provider Agreement by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of funds acquired by such Class Investor (or a related Liquidity Provider)
(including, without limitation, funds obtained by issuing commercial paper or promissory notes or obtaining deposits as loans from third parties) to fund such Incremental Transfer. 

On the date of the initial Incremental Transfer to the Class Investors, the related Class Agent on behalf of such Class
shall deliver written confirmation to the Transferor of the Transfer Price, the Tranche Period(s) and the Tranche Rate(s) relating to such Transfer and the Transferor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the Transfer Certificate in the form of
Exhibit F hereto (the “Transfer Certificate”). The Administrative Agent shall indicate the amount of the initial Incremental Transfer together with the date thereof on the grid attached to the Transfer Certificate. On the date of
each subsequent Incremental Transfer, the applicable Class Agent shall send written confirmation to the Transferor of the Transfer Price, the Tranche Period(s), the Transfer Date and the Tranche Rate(s) applicable to such Incremental Transfer. The
Administrative Agent shall indicate the amount of the Incremental Transfer together with the date thereof as well as any decrease in each Net Investment, on the grid attached to the Transfer Certificate. The Transfer Certificate shall evidence the
Incremental Transfers. 
 By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on any Transfer Date, each Class Investor
participating in the Incremental Transfer occurring on such date shall remit its share (which, in the case of an Incremental Transfer to the Bank Investors for any Class shall be equal to each such Bank Investor’s Pro Rata Share) of the
aggregate Transfer Price for such Transfer to the account of the Administrative Agent specified therefor from time to time by the Administrative Agent by notice to such Persons. The obligation of each Bank Investor of any Class to remit its Pro Rata
Share of any such Transfer Price shall be several from that of each other Bank Investor of such Class and the failure of any such Bank Investor to so make such 

  
 31 

 
amount available to the Administrative Agent shall not relieve any other Bank Investor of such Class of its respective obligation hereunder. Following each Incremental Transfer and the
Administrative Agent’s receipt of funds from the applicable Class Investors, as aforesaid, the Administrative Agent shall remit to the Transferor’s account at the location indicated in Section 11.3 hereof, in immediately available
funds, an amount equal to the Transfer Price for such Incremental Transfer. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Class Investor that such Person will not make its share of any Transfer Price relating to any Incremental
Transfer available on the applicable Transfer Date therefor, the Administrative Agent may (but shall have no obligation to) make such Person’s share of any such Transfer Price available to the Transferor in anticipation of the receipt by the
Administrative Agent of such amount from such Person. To the extent any Class Investor fails to remit any such amount to the Administrative Agent after any such advance by the Administrative Agent on such Transfer Date, such Class Investor, on the
one hand, and the Transferor on the other hand, shall be required to pay such amount, together with interest thereon at a per annum rate equal to the Federal funds rate (as determined in accordance with clause (ii) of the definition of
“Base Rate”), in the case of such Class Investor, or the Base Rate, in the case of the Transferor, to the Administrative Agent upon its demand therefor (provided that no Class Conduit shall have any obligation to pay such interest
amounts except to the extent that it shall have sufficient funds to pay the face amount of its Commercial Paper (or the commercial paper of its related issuer if the Class Conduit does not itself issue commercial paper) in full). Until such amount
shall be repaid, such amount shall be deemed to be Aggregate Net Investment paid by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be the owner of a Transferred Interest hereunder. Upon the payment of such amount to the
Administrative Agent (x) by the Transferor, the amount of the Aggregate Net Investment shall be reduced by such amount or (y) by such Class Investor, such payment shall constitute such Class Investor’s payment of its share of the
applicable Transfer Price for such Transfer. 
 (b) Reinvestment Transfers. With respect to each Class,
on each Business Day occurring after the initial Incremental Transfer hereunder and prior to the Termination Date for such Class, and provided that no Termination Event or Potential Termination Event for such Class shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Transferor hereby agrees to convey, transfer and assign to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class Investors of such Class then owning any portion of the Transferred Interest, and in consideration of the Transferor’s
agreement to maintain at all times prior to such Termination Date a Net Receivables Balance in an amount at least sufficient to maintain the Aggregate Percentage Factor at an amount not greater than the Maximum Percentage Factor, the Administrative
Agent on behalf of the applicable Class Conduit may (at the option of such Class Conduit), and the Administrative Agent on behalf of the applicable Bank Investors shall (in either case, to the extent such Persons then own any portion of the
Transferred Interest), purchase from the Transferor undivided percentage ownership interests in each and every Receivable, together with Related Security, Collections and Proceeds with respect thereto, to the extent that Collections are available
for such Transfer in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof, such that after giving effect to such Transfer, (i) the amount of the Net Investment for such Class at the close of business on such Business Day shall be equal to the amount of the
Net Investment for such Class at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such Business Day plus the Transfer Price of any Incremental Transfer made by or on behalf of such Class Investors, as applicable, on

  
 32 

 
such day, if any, and (ii) the Transferred Interest in each Receivable, together with Related Security, Collections and Proceeds with respect thereto, shall be equal to the Transferred
Interest in each other Receivable, together with Related Security, Collections and Proceeds with respect thereto provided, that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1 shall be true and correct both immediately before
and immediately after giving effect to any such Transfer. 
 (c) All Transfers. With respect to each
Class, each Transfer shall constitute a purchase by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the applicable Class Investors for such Class, of an undivided percentage ownership interest in each and every Receivable, together with Related Security,
Collections and Proceeds with respect thereto, then existing, as well as in each and every Receivable, together with Related Security, Collections and Proceeds with respect thereto, which arises at any time after the date of such Transfer. The
Administrative Agent’s aggregate undivided percentage ownership interest in the Receivables, together with the Related Security, Collections and Proceeds with respect thereto, held on behalf of all Class Investors, shall equal the Aggregate
Percentage Factor in effect from time to time. With respect to each Class, so long as the Administrative Agent on behalf of either the Class Conduit for such Class, on the one hand, or the Bank Investors for such Class, on the other hand, owns all
of the Transferred Interest related to the Net Investment for such Class at such time, each of such Class Conduit’s and each such Bank Investor’s undivided percentage ownership interest in the Affected Assets shall equal such Person’s
ratable share (determined on the basis of the relationship that such Person’s portion of Net Investment for such Class bears to the Aggregate Net Investment for all Classes at such time) of the Aggregate Percentage Factor at such time.

 (d) Certificate. The Transferor shall issue to the Administrative Agent the Certificate, in the form
of Exhibit M, on or prior to the date hereof. 
 (e) Aggregate Percentage Factor. The Aggregate
Percentage Factor shall be initially computed as of the opening of business on May 19, 2000. Thereafter, with respect to each Class, until the Termination Date for such Class, the Percentage Factor for such Class shall be automatically
recomputed as of the close of business of the Collection Agent on each day. The Percentage Factor for each Class shall remain constant from the time as of which any such computation or recomputation is made until the time as of which the next such
recomputation, if any, shall be made. The Percentage Factor with respect to each Class, as computed as of the day immediately preceding the Termination Date for such Class, shall remain constant at all times on and after such Termination Date, until
the date on which the Net Investment for such Class has been reduced to zero, and all accrued Discounts and Servicing Fees for such Class have been paid in full and all other Aggregate Unpaids owing to the applicable Class Investor(s) for such Class
have been paid in full to such Class Investors. 
 At no time shall the Aggregate Percentage Factor exceed one
hundred percent (100%). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, should the Aggregate Percentage Factor exceed one hundred percent (100%) at any time, the Percentage Factor for each Class shall be calculated pro
rata, based upon the relationship of the Net Investment for such Class to the Aggregate Net Investment. 

  
 33 

 (f) Defaulting Bank Investor. If, by 2:00 p.m. (New York City time),
one or more Bank Investors in any Class (each, a “Defaulting Bank Investor,” and each Bank Investor in such class other than any Defaulting Bank Investor being referred to as a “Non-Defaulting Bank Investor”) fails
to make its Pro Rata Share of the Transfer Price available to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.2(a), or any Assignment Amount payable by it to its related Class Conduit pursuant to Section 10.7(a) (the aggregate amount not so
made available being herein called in either case the “Deficit”), then the Administrative Agent shall, by no later than 2:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Transfer Date or the applicable date that such Assignment
Amount is payable (the “Assignment Date”), as the case may be, instruct each Non-Defaulting Bank Investor to pay or deposit, by no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time), in immediately available funds, to the Administrative
Agent or such Class Conduit, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) such Non-Defaulting Bank Investor’s proportionate share (based upon the relative Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Bank Investors) of the Deficit and (ii) its unused
Commitment. A Defaulting Bank Investor shall forthwith, upon demand, pay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Non-Defaulting Bank Investors all amounts paid by each Non-Defaulting Bank Investor on behalf of such Defaulting Bank
Investor, together with interest thereon, for each day from the date a payment was made by a Non-Defaulting Bank Investor until the date such Non-Defaulting Bank Investor has been paid such amounts in full, at a rate per annum equal to
the sum of the Base Rate, plus 2.00% per annum. In addition, if, after giving effect to the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, any Deficit with respect to any Assignment Amount continues to exist, each such
Defaulting Bank Investor shall pay interest to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the related Class Conduit, on such Defaulting Bank Investor’s portion of such remaining Deficit, at a rate per annum, equal to the sum of
the Base Rate, plus 2.00% per annum, for each day from the applicable Assignment Date until the date such Defaulting Bank Investor shall pay its portion of such remaining Deficit in full to such Class Conduit. For the
avoidance of doubt, no Bank Investor shall be obligated pursuant to this paragraph (f) with respect to any Deficit created by a Bank Investor which is not a member of the same Class. 

Section 2.3 Selection of Tranche Periods and Tranche Rates. 

(a) Transferred Interest held by a Class Conduit Prior to a Termination Event. With respect to each Class, at all
times hereafter, but prior to the occurrence of a Termination Event for such Class and not with respect to any portion of the Transferred Interest held by the Bank Investors for such Class (or any of them), the Transferor may, subject to the
applicable Class Conduit’s approval and the limitations described below, request Tranche Periods with respect to such Class and allocate a portion of the Net Investment for such Class to each such selected Tranche Period, so that the aggregate
amounts allocated to such outstanding Tranche Periods at all times shall equal the Net Investment held by such Class Conduit. The Transferor shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice the Administrative Agent shall forward
to the applicable Class Agent) by telephone of the new requested Tranche Period(s) and whether the requested Tranche Rate applicable thereto shall be the applicable CP Rate, the Base Rate or the Eurodollar Rate at least (i) three
(3) Business Days prior to the expiration of any then existing Tranche Period if the Tranche Rate to be applicable to the new requested Tranche Period shall be the applicable Eurodollar Rate, (ii) two (2) Business Days prior to the
expiration of any then existing Tranche Period if the Tranche Rate to be 

  
 34 

 
applicable to the new requested Tranche Period shall be the Base Rate, and (iii) two (2) Business Days prior to the expiration of any then existing Tranche Period if the Tranche Rate to
be applicable to the new requested Tranche Period shall be the CP Rate; provided, however, that such Class Agent may select, in its reasonable discretion, any such new Tranche Period and the Tranche Rate if (i) the Transferor
fails to provide such notice on a timely basis or (ii) such Class Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, that the Tranche Rate or the Tranche Period requested by the Transferor is unavailable or for any reason commercially undesirable.
Each Class Conduit confirms that it is its intention to allocate all or substantially all of the Net Investment held by it to one or more of its CP Tranche Periods; provided that such Class Conduit may determine from time to time, in its sole
discretion, that funding such Net Investment by means of one or more of its CP Tranche Periods is not desirable for any reason. If a Liquidity Provider acquires from any Class Conduit a Purchased Interest with respect to the Receivables pursuant to
the terms of the applicable Liquidity Provider Agreement, the applicable Class Agent, on behalf of such Liquidity Provider, may exercise the right of selection granted to such Class Conduit hereby. The initial Tranche Period applicable to any such
Purchased Interest shall be a period of not greater than 14 days. In the case of any Tranche Period selected pursuant to this paragraph that is outstanding upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, such Tranche Period shall end on such date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any portion of the Transferred Interest held by a Class Conduit which utilizes “pool” funding, such Class Conduit or its Class Agent shall select, in its sole discretion, all Tranche Periods
and shall allocate a portion of the Net Investment for such Class to such Tranche Periods so that the aggregate amounts allocated to such outstanding Tranche Periods at all times shall equal the Net Investment held by such Class Conduit. 

(b) Transferred Interest Held by a Class Conduit After a Termination Event. With respect to each Class, at all
times on and after the occurrence of a Termination Event for such Class, with respect to any portion of the Transferred Interest held by a Class Conduit which shall not have been transferred to the related Bank Investors (or any of them), subject to
Section 7.2(b) such Class Conduit or its Class Agent shall select all Tranche Periods and Tranche Rates applicable thereto. 
 (c) Transferred Interest Held by the Bank Investors Prior to a Termination Event. With respect to each Class, at all times with respect to any portion of the Transferred Interest held by the
related Bank Investors (or any of them), but prior to the occurrence of a Termination Event for such Class, the initial Tranche Period applicable to such portion of the Net Investment for such Class allocable thereto shall be a period of not greater
than 14 days and such Tranche shall be a BR Tranche. Thereafter, with respect to such portion, and with respect to any other portion of the Transferred Interest held by such Bank Investors (or any of them), provided that the Termination Date shall
not have occurred, the Tranche Period applicable thereto shall be, at the Transferor’s option, either a BR Tranche Period or a Eurodollar Tranche Period. If no Termination Event shall have occurred and the only portion of the Transferred
Interest which is funded by reference to the Eurodollar Rate is the portion thereof held by the Bank of America as a SUSI Issuer Bank Investor, the margin applicable to the Eurodollar Rate shall be adjusted as provided in the definition thereof. The
Transferor shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice by telephone of the new requested Tranche Period at 

  
 35 

 
least two (2) Business Days prior to the expiration of any then existing Tranche. In the case of any Tranche Period selected pursuant to this paragraph that is outstanding upon the
occurrence of a Termination Event, the related Tranche Period shall end on the date of such occurrence. 
 (d)
Transferred Interest Held by the Bank Investors After a Termination Date. With respect to each Class, at all times on and after the occurrence of a Termination Event for such Class and with respect to any portion of the Transferred Interest
held by the related Bank Investors for such Class (or any of them), subject to Section 7.2(b), the applicable Class Agent shall select all Tranche Periods and Tranche Rates applicable thereto. 

(e) Eurodollar Rate Protection; Illegality. (i) If the applicable Class Agent is unable to obtain on a
timely basis the information necessary to determine the Eurodollar Rate for any proposed Eurodollar Tranche, then: 
 (A) the Administrative Agent shall forthwith notify the applicable Class Investors and the Transferor that the Eurodollar Rate cannot be determined for such Eurodollar Tranche, as applicable; and

 (B) while such circumstances exist, neither any Class Investor nor the Administrative Agent
shall allocate any portion of the Net Investment purchased by such Person during such period or reallocate the Net Investment allocated to any then existing Tranche ending during such period, to a Eurodollar Tranche. 

(ii) If, with respect to any outstanding Eurodollar Tranche, any Class Investor owning any portion of the
Transferred Interest therein notifies the Administrative Agent that it is unable to obtain matching deposits in the London interbank market to fund its purchase or maintenance of such portion of the Transferred Interest or that the Eurodollar Rate
applicable to such portion of the Transferred Interest will not adequately reflect the cost to such Class Investor of funding or maintaining its respective portion of the Transferred Interest for such Tranche Period then the Administrative Agent
shall forthwith so notify the Transferor, whereupon neither the Administrative Agent nor any of the Class Investors, as applicable, shall, while such circumstances exist, allocate any portion of the Net Investment with respect to such Class of any
additional Transferred Interest purchased during such period or reallocate the Net Investment with respect to such Class allocated to any Tranche Period ending during such period, to an applicable Eurodollar Tranche. 

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Class Investor, as applicable, shall
notify the Administrative 

  
 36 

 
Agent that such Class Investor has determined (or has been notified by any related Liquidity Provider) that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation
makes it unlawful (for such Class Investor or such related Liquidity Provider, as applicable), or any central bank or other governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Class Investor or Liquidity Provider, as applicable, to fund the
purchases or maintenance of the Transferred Interest at the Eurodollar Rate, then (x) as of the effective date of such notice from such Person to the Administrative Agent, the obligation or ability of such Class Investor to fund its purchase or
maintenance of the Transferred Interest at the Eurodollar Rate shall be suspended until such Person notifies the Administrative Agent that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist and (y) the Net Investment of each Eurodollar
Tranche in which such Person owns an interest shall either (1) if such Person may lawfully continue to maintain such Transferred Interest at the Eurodollar Rate until the last day of the applicable Tranche Period be reallocated on the last day
of such Tranche Period to another Tranche Period in respect of which such Net Investment allocated thereto accrues Discount at the applicable Tranche Rate other than the Eurodollar Rate or (2) if such Person shall determine that it may not
lawfully continue to maintain such Transferred Interest at the Eurodollar Rate until the end of the applicable Tranche Period such Person’s share of the Net Investment allocated to such Eurodollar Tranche shall be deemed to accrue Discount at
the Base Rate from the effective date of such notice until the end of such Tranche Period. 
 Section 2.4
Discount, Fees and Other Costs and Expenses. The Transferor shall pay, as and when due in accordance with this Agreement, all fees hereunder, all amounts payable pursuant to Article VIII hereof, if any, and the Servicing Fees. With respect to
each Class, on the last day of each Tranche Period or, for any Conduit (or its related commercial paper issuer if the Conduit does not itself issue commercial paper) that utilizes “pool funding” on or prior to the fifth Business Day of the
calendar month following the applicable Tranche Period, the Transferor shall pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the related Class Conduit (or its related commercial paper issuer), and the Administrative Agent shall pay such payment to such
Class Conduit (or its related commercial paper issuer), in the event any portion of the Transferred Interest is held by such Class Conduit (or its related commercial paper issuer), an amount equal to the Discount accrued on such Class Conduit’s
(or its related commercial paper issuer’s) Commercial Paper to the extent such Commercial Paper was issued in order to fund such portion of the Transferred Interest in an amount in excess of the Transfer Price of an Incremental Transfer, which
excess amount shall not exceed $5,000. The Transferor shall pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the applicable Class Conduit (or its related commercial paper issuer) each day on which Commercial Paper is issued by such Class Conduit (or its
related commercial paper issuer), the applicable Dealer Fee, and the Administrative Agent shall pay such Dealer Fee to such Class Conduit; provided, however, that at the election of a Class Conduit, Dealer Fees accrued over the course
of any calendar month in respect of Related Commercial Paper may be payable by the Transferor on the last day of one or more Tranche Periods ending during the succeeding calendar month. The applicable Discount shall accrue with respect to each
respective Tranche on each day occurring during the Tranche Period related thereto. Nothing in this Agreement shall limit in any way the obligations of the Transferor to pay the amounts set forth in this Section 2.4. 

  
 37 

 Section 2.5 Non-Liquidation Settlement and Reinvestment
Procedures. With respect to each Class, on each day after the date of any Incremental Transfer but prior to the Termination Date for such Class and provided in each case that no Termination Event or Potential Termination Event for which there is
no grace period shall have occurred and be continuing for such Class, the Collection Agent shall out of the Percentage Factor for such Class of Collections received on or prior to such day and not previously applied or accounted for: (i) set
aside and hold in trust for the applicable Class Investors for such Class (or deposit into the Collection Account if so required pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof), an amount equal to all Discount (which, in the case of Discount computed by
reference to the CP Rate with respect to any Class Conduit that utilizes “pool” funding, shall be determined for such purpose using the CP Rate most recently determined by the related Class Agent, multiplied by the Fluctuation
Factor) for such Class and the Servicing Fee accrued through such day and not so previously set aside or paid and (ii) apply the balance of the Aggregate Percentage Factor of Collections remaining after application of Collections as provided in
clause (i) of this Section 2.5 to the Transferor, for the benefit of the Class Investors, as applicable, to the purchase of additional undivided percentage interests in each Receivable pursuant to Section 2.2(b) hereof. On the last
day of each Tranche Period for each Class from the amounts set aside as described in clause (i) of the first sentence of this Section 2.5, the Collection Agent shall deposit to the Administrative Agent’s account, for the benefit of
the applicable Class Investors for such Class, an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Discount for such Class and for such Tranche Period and shall deposit to its own account an amount equal to the accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee for such
Tranche Period. The Administrative Agent, upon its receipt of such amounts in the Administrative Agent’s account, shall distribute such amounts to the Class Investors entitled thereto as set forth above; provided that if the
Administrative Agent shall have insufficient funds to pay all of the above amounts in full on any such date, the Administrative Agent shall pay such amounts ratably (based on the amounts owing to each such Class Investor) to all such Class Investors
entitled to payment thereof. In addition, the Collection Agent shall remit to the Transferor at the end of each Tranche Period, as provided in Section 6.2(b), such portion of Collections not allocated to the Class Investors. 

Section 2.6 Liquidation Settlement Procedures. If at any time on or prior to the Termination Date for such
Class the Aggregate Percentage Factor is greater than the Maximum Percentage Factor, then the Transferor shall immediately pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Class Investors from previously received Collections, an amount equal
to the amount such that, when applied in reduction of the Aggregate Net Investment, will result in an Aggregate Percentage Factor less than or equal to the Maximum Percentage Factor. Such amounts shall be applied pro rata to the reduction of the Net
Investment for each Class of the Tranche Periods selected by the Class Agent for such Class. 
 With respect to
each Class, on the Termination Date for such Class and on each day thereafter, and on each day on which a Termination Event or Potential Termination Event has occurred and is continuing for such Class, the Collection Agent shall set aside and hold
in trust for the applicable Class Investors for such Class (or deposit into the Collection Account if 

  
 38 

 
so required pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof) the Percentage Factor for such Class of all Collections received on such day and shall set aside and hold in trust for the Transferor such
portion of Collections not allocated to the Class Investors. On each such Termination Date or the day on which a Termination Event or Potential Termination Event for such Class for which there is no grace period occurs, the Collection Agent shall
deposit to the Administrative Agent’s account, for the benefit of the applicable Class Investors for such Class, any amounts set aside pursuant to Section 2.5 above. With respect to each Class, on the last day of each Tranche Period to
occur on or after such Termination Date for such Class or during the continuance of a Termination Event or Potential Termination Event for such Class, the Collection Agent shall deposit to the Administrative Agent’s account to the extent not
already so deposited, for the benefit of the Class Investors for such Class, the amounts so set aside for such Class Investors, pursuant to the second preceding sentence, but not to exceed the sum of (i) the accrued Discount (which, in the case
of Discount computed by reference to the CP Rate with respect to any Class Conduit that utilizes “pool” funding, shall be determined for such purpose using the CP Rate most recently determined by the related Class Agent, multiplied
by the Fluctuation Factor) for such Tranche Period (ii) the portion of the Net Investment allocated to such Tranche Period and (iii) all other Aggregate Unpaids owing to such Class Investors. On such day, the Collection Agent shall deposit
to its account, from the amounts set aside for such Class, pursuant to the preceding sentence which remain after payment in full of the aforementioned amounts, the accrued Servicing Fee for such Tranche Period. If there shall be insufficient funds
on deposit for the Collection Agent to distribute funds in payment in full of the aforementioned amounts, the Collection Agent shall distribute funds first, if the Transferor, Tech Data or any Affiliate of the Transferor or Tech Data is not
then the Collection Agent, to the Collection Agent’s account, in payment of the Servicing Fee payable to the Collection Agent, second, in payment of all fees payable by the Transferor to the Administrative Agent or any of the Class
Investors, third, in payment of the accrued Discount to each Class, fourth, in reduction of the Net Investment allocated to any Tranche Period ending on such date, fifth, in payment of all other Aggregate Unpaids owing to the
Class Investors, as applicable, and sixth, if the Transferor, Tech Data or any Affiliate of the Transferor or Tech Data is the Collection Agent, to its account as Collection Agent, in payment of the Servicing Fee payable to such Person as
Collection Agent. The Administrative Agent, upon its receipt of such amounts in the Administrative Agent’s account, shall distribute such amounts to the Class Investors, each as entitled thereto as set forth above; provided that if the
Administrative Agent shall have insufficient funds to pay all of the above amounts in full on any such date, the Administrative Agent shall pay such amounts in the order of priority set forth above and, with respect to any such category above for
which the Administrative Agent shall have insufficient funds to pay all amounts owing on such date, ratably (based on the amounts in such categories owing to such Persons) among all such Persons entitled to payment thereof. 

Following the date after all Termination Dates on which the Aggregate Net Investment has been reduced to zero, all
accrued Discount and Servicing Fees have been paid in full and all other Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full, (i) the Collection Agent shall recompute the Percentage Factor for each Class, (ii) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of
the Class Investors, shall be considered to have reconveyed to the Transferor all of the Class Investors’ right, title and interest in and to the Affected Assets (including the Transferred Interest), (iii) the Collection Agent shall pay to
the Transferor any remaining Collections set 

  
 39 

 
aside and held by the Collection Agent pursuant to the third sentence of this Section 2.6 and (iv) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the applicable Class Investor(s), shall execute
and deliver to the Transferor, at the Transferor’s expense, such documents or instruments as are necessary to terminate the Class Investors’ respective interests in the Affected Assets. Any such documents shall be prepared by or on behalf
of the Transferor. On the last day of each Tranche Period, the Collection Agent shall remit to the Transferor such portion of Collections set aside for the Transferor pursuant to this Section 2.6. 

Section 2.7 Fees. Notwithstanding any limitation on recourse contained in this Agreement, the Transferor
shall pay, on the last day of each month, to the Administrative Agent, for distribution to the Class Investors, in each case as agreed between themselves, all of the applicable Program Fee and the applicable Facility Fee. In addition, the Transferor
shall pay to the Administrative Agent an administrative fee as set forth in the Supplemental Fee Letter. The Transferor acknowledges that the foregoing fees are non-refundable. 

Section 2.8 Protection of Ownership Interest of the Class Investors. (a) The Transferor agrees that it
will, and will cause the Seller to, from time to time, at its expense, promptly execute and deliver all instruments and documents and take all actions as may be necessary or as the Administrative Agent or any Class Agent may reasonably request in
order to perfect or protect the Transferred Interest or to enable the Administrative Agent or any of the Class Investors to exercise or enforce any of their respective rights hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, the Transferor will, and will
cause the Seller to, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent or any of the Class Investors, in order to accurately reflect this purchase and sale transaction, (x) execute and file such financing or continuation statements or
amendments thereto or assignments thereof (as permitted pursuant to Section 11.6 hereof) as may be requested by the Administrative Agent or any of the Class Investors and (y) mark its and the Seller’s respective master data processing
records and other documents with a legend describing the conveyance to the Transferor and the conveyance to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Class Investors, of the Transferred Interest in the manner required by Section 5.1(n).
The Transferor shall, and will cause the Seller to, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent or any of the Class Investors, obtain such additional search reports as the Administrative Agent or any of the Class Investors shall
request. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to sign and file continuation statements and amendments thereto and assignments thereof without the Transferor’s or the Seller’s
signature. The Transferor shall not, and shall not permit the Seller to, change its respective name, identity or corporate structure (within the meaning of Section 9-402(7) of the UCC as in effect in the State of New York, Delaware or
California, as applicable,) nor relocate its respective chief executive office or any office where Records are kept unless it shall have: (i) given the Administrative Agent at least thirty (30) days prior notice thereof and
(ii) prepared at Transferor’s expense and delivered to the Administrative Agent all financing statements, instruments and other documents necessary to preserve and protect the Transferred Interest or requested by the Administrative Agent
or any Class Agent in connection with such change or relocation. Any filings under the UCC or otherwise that are occasioned by such change in name or location shall be made at the expense of Transferor. 

  
 40 

 (b) The Collection Agent shall instruct all Obligors and Financing Parties
to cause all Collections to be deposited directly with a Lock-Box Bank. Any Lock-Box Account maintained by a Lock-Box Bank pursuant to the related Lock-Box Agreement shall be under the exclusive ownership and control of the Administrative Agent
which is hereby granted to the Administrative Agent by the Seller and the Transferor. The Collection Agent shall be permitted to give instructions to the Lock-Box Banks for so long as neither a Collection Agent Default nor any other Termination
Event has occurred hereunder. The Collection Agent shall not add any bank as a Lock-Box Bank to those listed on Exhibit C attached hereto unless such bank has entered into a Lock-Box Agreement. The Collection Agent shall not terminate any bank as a
Lock-Box Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received fifteen (15) days’ prior notice of such termination. If the Transferor receives any Collections or is deemed to receive any Collections pursuant to Section 2.9, the
Transferor shall immediately remit such Collections to a Lock-Box Account. Any Collections that are received by the Seller or the Collection Agent shall be immediately, but in any event within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt, deposited into a
Lock-Box Account or a bank account (the “Collection Agent Account”) established by the Collection Agent pursuant to an agreement between the Collection Agent, the Administrative Agent and a bank consented to by the Administrative
Agent, which shall be substantially in the form of a Lock-Box Agreement. 
 Section 2.9 Deemed
Collections; Application of Payments. (a) If on any day the Outstanding Balance of a Receivable is either (x) reduced as a result of any defective, rejected or returned merchandise or services, any discount, credit, rebate, dispute,
warranty claim, repossessed or returned goods, chargeback, allowance, any billing adjustment, dilutive factor or other adjustment, or (y) reduced or canceled as a result of a setoff or offset in respect of any claim by any Person (whether such
claim arises out of the same or a related transaction or an unrelated transaction), the Transferor shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Receivable (each, a “Deemed Collection”) in the amount of such
reduction or cancellation and the Transferor shall pay to the Collection Agent an amount equal to such reduction or cancellation and such amount shall be applied by the Collection Agent as a Collection in accordance with Section 2.5 or 2.6
hereof, as applicable. The Net Investment with respect to each Class shall be reduced by the amount of such payment applied to the reduction of such Net Investment and actually received by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Class
Investors. 
 (b) If on any day any of the representations or warranties in Article III was or becomes untrue
with respect to a Receivable (whether on or after the date of any transfer of an interest therein to the Administrative Agent or any of the Class Investors as contemplated hereunder), the Transferor shall be deemed to have received on such day a
Collection of such Receivable (each, a “Deemed Collection”) in full and the Transferor shall on such day pay to the Collection Agent an amount equal to the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable and such amount shall be allocated
and applied by the Collection Agent as a Collection allocable to the Transferred Interest in accordance with Section 2.5 or 2.6 hereof, as applicable. The Net Investment with respect to each Class shall be reduced by the amount of such payment
applied to the reduction of such Net Investment, and actually received by the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Class Investors. 

  
 41 

 (c) Any payment by an Obligor (or by a Financing Party on its behalf) in
respect of any indebtedness owed by it to the Transferor shall, except as otherwise specified by such Obligor or otherwise required by contract or law and unless otherwise instructed by the Administrative Agent, be applied as a Collection of any
Receivable of such Obligor included in the Transferred Interest (starting with the oldest such Receivable) to the extent of any amounts then due and payable thereunder before being applied to any other receivable or other indebtedness of such
Obligor. 
 Section 2.10 Payments and Computations, Etc. All amounts to be paid or deposited by the
Transferor or the Collection Agent hereunder shall be paid or deposited in accordance with the terms hereof no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the day when due in immediately available funds; if such amounts are payable to any Class
Investor they shall be paid or deposited in the account notified by the Administrative Agent. The Transferor shall, to the extent permitted by law, pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Class Investors, upon demand, interest on all
amounts not paid or deposited when due hereunder at a rate equal to 1% per annum plus the Base Rate. All computations of Discount, interest and all per annum fees hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number
of days (including the first but excluding the last day) elapsed. Any computations by the Administrative Agent of amounts payable by the Transferor hereunder shall be binding upon the Transferor absent manifest error. 

Section 2.11 Reports. (a) Prior to the 15th day of each month, the Collection Agent shall prepare and
forward to each Class Agent and the Administrative Agent (i) an Investor Report (including without limitation, a settlement statement and a certification as to the Net Receivables Balance) together with an aging of all Receivables, as of the
close of business of the Collection Agent on the last day of the immediately preceding month, (ii) if requested by any of the Class Agents, a listing by Obligor of all Receivables together with an aging of such Receivables and (iii) such
other information as any Class Agent or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, which may include collection, payment rate, default and delinquency data with respect to any one or more Special Obligors. 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing Section 2.11(a), if the long term debt rating of Tech Data shall be
“BB” or below from Standard & Poor’s or “Ba2” or below from Moody’s, prior to the first Business Day of each week, the Collection Agent shall prepare and forward to each Class Agent and the Administrative Agent
an Investor Report (including without limitation, a settlement statement and a certification as to the Net Receivables Balance and the calculation thereof). 
 Section 2.12 Collection Account. There shall be established on the day of the initial Incremental Transfer hereunder and maintained, for the benefit of the Class Investors, with the
Administrative Agent, a segregated account (the “Collection Account”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Class Investors. On and after the occurrence of a
Collection Agent Default or a Termination Event, the Collection Agent shall remit daily within forty-eight hours of receipt to the Collection Account all Collections received with respect to any Receivables. Funds on deposit in the Collection
Account (other than investment earnings) shall be invested by the Administrative Agent in 

  
 42 

 
Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds will be available prior to the last day of each successive Tranche Period following such investment. On the last day of each calendar
month, all interest and earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be retained in the Collection Account and be available to make any payments required to be made hereunder (including any
Discount) to the Administrative Agent or the applicable Class Investors. On the date after all Termination Dates on which the Aggregate Net Investment is zero, all accrued Discount and Servicing Fees have been paid in full and all other Aggregate
Unpaids have been paid in full, any funds remaining on deposit in the Collection Account shall be paid to the Transferor. 
 Section 2.13 Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Class Investor (for purposes of this Section only, being a “Recipient”) shall obtain any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary,
through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) on account of any portion of the Transferred Interest owned by it (other than pursuant to Section 2.7, or Article VIII and other than as a result of the differences in the timing of the
applications of Collections pursuant to Section 2.5 or 2.6) in excess of its ratable share of payments on account of any portion of the Transferred Interest obtained by such Class Investor, each as entitled thereto, such Recipient shall
forthwith purchase from the other Class Investors entitled to a share of such amount participations in the portion of the Transferred Interest owned by such Class Investors as shall be necessary to cause such Recipient to share the excess payment
ratably with each such other Person entitled thereto; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such Recipient, such purchase from each such other Class Investor shall be
rescinded and each such other Class Investor shall repay to the Recipient the purchase price paid by such Recipient for such participation to the extent of such recovery, together with an amount equal to such other Class Investor’s ratable
share (according to the proportion of (a) the amount of such other Person’s required payment to (b) the total amount so recovered from the Recipient) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the Recipient in respect of the
total amount so recovered. 
 Section 2.14 Rights of Set-off. Without in any way limiting the
provisions of Section 2.13, each Class Investor is hereby authorized (in addition to any other rights it may have) at any time after the occurrence of the Termination Date for its Class or during the continuance of a Termination Event or a
Potential Termination Event for its Class to set-off, appropriate and apply (without presentment, demand, protest or other notice which are hereby expressly waived) any deposits and any other indebtedness held or owing by such Class Investor to, or
for the account of, the Transferor against the amount of the Aggregate Unpaids owing by the Transferor to such Class Investor (even if contingent or unmatured). 

  
 43 

 ARTICLE III 
 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 
 Section 3.1
Representations and Warranties of the Transferor. The Transferor represents and warrants to the Class Investors, the Class Agents and the Administrative Agent: 

(a) Organization Existence; Compliance with Law. The Transferor (i) is duly organized, validly existing, and
in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has the corporate power or other organizational power and authority and the legal right to own and operate its property and to conduct its business, and (iii) is
in compliance with all Requirements of Law except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect. 
 (b) Corporate and Governmental Authorization; Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Transferor of this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Supplemental
Fee Letter, the Certificate and the Transfer Certificate are within the Transferor’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, Official Body or official
thereof (except as contemplated by Section 2.8 hereof), and do not contravene, or constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Transferor or of any agreement,
judgment, injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon the Transferor or result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on the assets of the Transferor or any of its Subsidiaries (except as contemplated by Section 2.8
hereof). 
 (c) Binding Effect. Each of this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Fee Letter, the
Supplemental Fee Letter and the Certificate constitutes and the Transfer Certificate upon payment of the Transfer Price set forth therein will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Transferor, enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 (d) Perfection. Immediately preceding each Transfer hereunder, the Transferor shall be the owner of all of the Receivables, free and clear of all Adverse Claims. On or prior to each Transfer and
each recomputation of the Transferred Interest, all financing statements and other documents required to be recorded or filed in order to perfect and protect the Transferred Interest against all creditors of and purchasers from the Transferor and
Tech Data will have been duly filed in each filing office necessary for such purpose and all filing fees and taxes, if any, payable in connection with such filings shall have been paid in full. 

(e) Accuracy of Information. All information heretofore furnished by the Transferor (including without
limitation, the Investor Report furnished on a monthly basis and the Transferor’s financial statements) to any Class Investor, any Class Agent or the Administrative Agent for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction
contemplated hereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by the Transferor to any Class Investor, any Class Agent or the Administrative Agent will be, true and accurate in every material respect, on the date such information is stated or
certified. 

  
 44 

 (f) Tax Status. The Transferor has filed all tax returns (federal,
state and local) required to be filed and has paid or made adequate provision for the payment of all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges. 
 (g) Action, Suits. Except as set forth in Exhibit H, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of the Transferor threatened, against or affecting the Transferor or any
Affiliate of the Transferor or their respective properties, in or before any court, arbitrator or other body, which may materially adversely affect the financial condition of the Transferor and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially
adversely affect the ability of Transferor to perform its obligations under this Agreement. 
 (h) Use of
Proceeds. No proceeds of any Transfer will be used by the Transferor to acquire any security in any transaction which is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

(i) Place of Business. The principal place of business and chief executive office of the Transferor are located
at the address of the Transferor indicated in Section 11.3 hereof and the offices where the Transferor keeps all its Records, are located at the address(es) described on Exhibit I or such other locations notified to the Administrative Agent in
accordance with Section 2.8 hereof in jurisdictions where all action required by Section 2.8 hereof has been taken and completed. 
 (j) Good Title. Upon each Transfer and each recomputation of the Transferred Interest, the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the applicable Class Investor(s), shall acquire a valid and perfected
first priority undivided percentage ownership interest to the extent of the Transferred Interest or a first priority perfected security interest in each Receivable that exists on the date of such Transfer and recomputation and in the Related
Security and Collections with respect thereto free and clear of any Adverse Claim. 
 (k) Tradenames,
Etc. As of the date hereof: (i) the Transferor has only the Subsidiaries and divisions listed on Exhibit J hereto; and (ii) the Transferor has, within the last five (5) years, operated only under the tradenames identified in
Exhibit J hereto, and, within the last five (5) years, has not changed its name, merged with or into or consolidated with any other corporation or been the subject of any proceeding under Title 11, United States Code (Bankruptcy), except as
disclosed in Exhibit J hereto. 
 (l) Nature of Receivables. Each Receivable (x) represented by the
Transferor or the Collection Agent to be an Eligible Receivable (including in any Investor Report or other report delivered pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof) or (y) included in the calculation of the Net Receivables Balance in fact
satisfies at such time the definition of “Eligible Receivable” set forth herein and is an “eligible asset” as defined in Rule 3a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and, in the case of clause (y) above, is
not a Receivable of the type described in clauses (i) through (iii) of the definition of “Net Receivables Balance.” 

  
 45 

 (m) Coverage Requirement; Amount of Receivables. The Aggregate
Percentage Factor does not exceed the Maximum Percentage Factor. 
 (n) No Termination Event. No event
has occurred and is continuing and no condition exists which constitutes a Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event for any Class or if either such event has occurred, the Transferor has notified the Administrative Agent in writing of
either such event immediately upon learning of the occurrence thereof, describing the same and if applicable, the steps being taken by the Person(s) affected with respect thereto. 

(o) Not an Investment Company. The Transferor is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or is exempt from all provisions of such Act. 
 (p) ERISA.
The Transferor and each of its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance in all material respects with ERISA and no ERISA lien exists on any of the Receivables. 
 (q) Lock-Box Accounts. The name and address of the Bank where the Collection Agent Account is maintained, together with the account number of such account, and the names and addresses of all the
Lock-Box Banks, together with the account numbers of the Lock-Box Accounts at such Lock-Box Banks, are specified in Exhibit C hereto (or at such other Lock-Box Banks and/or with such other Lock-Box Accounts as have been notified to the
Administrative Agent and for which Lock-Box Agreements have been executed in accordance with Section 2.8(b) hereof and delivered to the Collection Agent). All Obligors and Financing Parties have been instructed to make payment to a Lock-Box
Account and only Collections are deposited into the Lock-Box Accounts. 
 (r) Nonconsolidation. The
Transferor is operated in such manner that the separate corporate existence of the Transferor, on the one hand, and Tech Data or any Affiliate thereof, on the other hand, shall not be disregarded and, without limiting the generality of the
foregoing: 
 (i) the Transferor is a limited purpose corporation whose activities are
restricted in its Certificate of Incorporation to activities related to purchasing or otherwise acquiring receivables and related property (including the Receivables and the Related Security) and related assets and rights and conducting any related
or incidental business or activities it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out its primary purpose, including entering into agreements like the Transaction Documents; 

  
 46 

 (ii) the Transferor has not engaged, and does not presently
engage, in any activity other than those activities expressly permitted hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents, nor has the Transferor entered into any agreement other than this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is
a party, and with the prior written consent of each Class Agent and the Administrative Agent, any other agreement necessary to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes hereof or thereof; 

(iii) (A) the Transferor maintains its own deposit account or accounts, separate from those of any of its
Affiliates, with commercial banking institutions, (B) the funds of the Transferor are not and have not been diverted to any other Person or for other than the corporate use of the Transferor and (C), except as may be expressly permitted by this
Agreement, the funds of the Transferor are not and have not been commingled with those of any of its Affiliates; 
 (iv) to the extent that the Transferor contracts or does business with vendors or service providers where the goods and services provided are partially for the benefit of any other Person, the costs
incurred in so doing are fairly allocated to or among the Transferor and such entities for whose benefit the goods and services are provided, and each of the Transferor and each such entity bears its fair share of such costs; and all material
transactions between the Transferor and any of its Affiliates shall be only on an arm’s-length basis; 
 (v) the Transferor maintains a principal executive and administrative office through which its business is conducted and a telephone number and stationery through which all business correspondence and
communication are conducted, in each case separate from those of Tech Data and its Affiliates; 

(vi) the Transferor conducts its affairs strictly in accordance with its certificate of incorporation and
observes all necessary, appropriate and customary corporate formalities, including (A) holding all regular and special stockholders’ and directors’ meetings appropriate to authorize all corporate action (which, in the case of regular
stockholders’ and directors’ meetings, are held at least annually), ( 
 (vii) B)
keeping separate and accurate minutes of such meetings, (C) passing all resolutions or consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and (D) maintaining accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including
intercompany transaction accounts; 

  
 47 

 (viii) all decisions with respect to its business and daily
operations are independently made by the Transferor (although the officer making any particular decision may also be an employee, officer or director of an Affiliate of the Transferor) and are not dictated by any Affiliate of the Transferor;

 (ix) the Transferor acts solely in its own corporate name and through its own authorized
officers and agents, and no Affiliate of the Transferor shall be appointed to act as its agent, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement; 

(x) no Affiliate of the Transferor advances funds to the Transferor, other than as is otherwise provided
herein or in the other Transaction Documents, and no Affiliate of the Transferor otherwise supplies funds to, or guaranties debts of, the Transferor; provided, however, that an Affiliate of the Transferor may provide funds to the
Transferor in connection with the capitalization of the Transferor; 
 (xi) other than
organizational expenses and as expressly provided herein, the Transferor pays all expenses, indebtedness and other obligations incurred by it; 
 (xii) the Transferor does not guarantee, and is not otherwise liable, with respect to any obligation of any of its Affiliates; 

(xiii) any financial reports required of the Transferor comply with generally accepted accounting
principles and are issued separately from, but may be consolidated with, any reports prepared for any of its Affiliates; 
 (xiv) at all times the Transferor is adequately capitalized to engage in the transactions contemplated in its certificate of incorporation; 

(xv) the financial statements and books and records of the Transferor and Tech Data reflect the separate
corporate existence of the Transferor; 
 (xvi) the Transferor does not act as agent for Tech
Data or any Affiliate thereof, but instead presents itself to the public as a corporation separate from each such member and independently engaged in the business of purchasing and financing the Receivables; 

  
 48 

 (xvii) the Transferor maintains a three-person board of
directors, including at least one independent director, who has never been, and shall at no time be a stockholder, director, officer, employee or associate, or any relative of the foregoing, of Tech Data or any Affiliate thereof (other than the
Transferor and any other bankruptcy-remote special purpose entity formed for the sole purpose of securitizing, or facilitating the securitization of, financial assets of any Tech Data or any Affiliate thereof), all as provided in its certificate or
articles of incorporation, and is otherwise reasonably acceptable to each Class Agent and the Administrative Agent; and 
 (xviii) the certificate of incorporation of the Transferor requires the affirmative vote of the independent director before a voluntary petition under Section 301 of the Bankruptcy Code may be filed
by the Transferor, and the Transferor to maintain correct and complete books and records of account and minutes of the meetings and other proceedings of its stockholders and board of directors. 

(s) Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy. The Transferor has complied in all material respects with the
Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable and the related Contract, and has not made any material changes to such Credit and Collection Policy, except such material change as to which the Agent has been notified. 

(t) Accounting. The manner in which the Transferor accounts for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and the Purchase Agreement does not jeopardize the trust sale analysis pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 

Section 3.2 Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties by the Transferor. On each day that a Transfer is
made hereunder, the Transferor, by accepting the proceeds of such Transfer, whether delivered to the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.5 hereof, shall be deemed to have certified that all representations and warranties
described in Section 3.1 hereof are correct on and as of such day as though made on and as of such day. Each Incremental Transfer shall be subject to the further condition precedent that prior to the date of such Transfer, the Collection Agent
shall have delivered to each Class Agent and the Administrative Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the each Class Agent and the Administrative Agent, a completed Investor Report dated within 14 days prior to the date of such Transfer,
together with a listing by Obligor, if requested, and such additional information as may be reasonably requested by any Class Agent or the Administrative Agent; and the Transferor shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that such
conditions precedent have been satisfied. 

  
 49 

 Any document, instrument, certificate or notice delivered to any Class
Investor hereunder shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Transferor to the extent that such document, instrument, certificate or notice contains any statement of fact, which shall not include forward-looking statements. 

Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties of Tech Data, as Collection Agent. Tech Data, as Collection Agent
represents and warrants to the Class Investors, the Class Agents and the Administrative Agent that: 
 (a)
Corporate Existence and Power. Tech Data is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has all corporate power and all material governmental licenses,
authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is now conducted. 
 (b) Corporate and Governmental Authorization; Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by Tech Data of this Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Supplemental Fee Letter and the Purchase
Agreement are within Tech Data’s corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Official Body or official thereof (except for the filing of UCC financing
statements in connection with the Purchase Agreement), and do not contravene, or constitute a default under, any provision of applicable law or regulation or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Tech Data or of any agreement, judgment,
injunction, order, decree or other instrument binding upon Tech Data or result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim on the assets of Tech Data or any of its Subsidiaries except as contemplated by this Agreement and the Purchase
Agreement. 
 (c) Binding Effect. Each of this Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Supplemental Fee Letter
and the Purchase Agreement constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Tech Data, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of
creditors. 
 (d) Accuracy of Information. All information heretofore furnished by Tech Data to the
Transferor, any Class Agent, any Class Investor or the Administrative Agent for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby is, and all such information hereafter furnished by Tech Data to the Transferor,
any Class Agent, any Class Investor or the Administrative Agent will be, true and accurate in every material respect, on the date such information is stated or certified. 

(e) Tax Status. Tech Data has filed all tax returns (federal, state and local) required to be filed and has paid
or made adequate provision for the payment of all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges. 

  
 50 

 (f) Action, Suits. Except as set forth in Exhibit H hereto, there
are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of Tech Data threatened, against or affecting Tech Data or any Affiliate of Tech Data or their respective properties, in or before any court, arbitrator or other body, which may
materially adversely affect the financial condition of Tech Data and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or materially adversely affect the ability of Tech Data to perform its obligations under this Agreement. 

(g) Credit and Collection Policy. Since March 30, 2000 there have been no material changes in Tech
Data’s Credit and Collection Policy; since such date, no material adverse change has occurred in the overall rate of collection of the Receivables. 
 (h) Collections and Servicing. Since March 30, 2000 there has been no material adverse change in the ability of Tech Data to service and collect the Receivables. 

(i) Place of Business. The principal place of business and chief executive office of Tech Data are located at the
address of Tech Data indicated in Section 11.3 hereof and the offices where Tech Data keeps all its Records, are located at the address(es) described on Exhibit I or such other locations notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with
Section 2.8 hereof in jurisdictions where all action required by Section 2.8 hereof has been taken and completed. 
 (j) Tradenames, Etc. As of the date hereof: (i) Tech Data has, within the last five (5) years, operated only under the tradenames that it has protected, and, within the last five
(5) years, has not changed its name, merged with or into or consolidated with any other corporation or been the subject of any proceeding under Title 11, United States Code (Bankruptcy), except as disclosed in Exhibit J hereto. 

(k) Nature of Receivables. Each Receivable is an “eligible asset” as defined in Rule 3a-7 under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
 (l) No Termination Event. No event has occurred and is
continuing and no condition exists which constitutes a Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event for any Class or if either such event has occurred, Tech Data has notified the Administrative Agent in writing of either such event immediately
upon learning of the occurrence thereof, describing the same and if applicable, the steps being taken by the Person(s) affected with respect thereto. 
 (m) Not an Investment Company. Tech Data is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or is exempt from all provisions of such Act.

  
 51 

 (n) ERISA. Tech Data is in compliance in all material respects with
ERISA and no lien exists in favor of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on any of the Receivables. 

Section 3.4 Reaffirmation of Representations and Warranties by Tech Data, as Collection Agent. On each day
that a Transfer is made hereunder, Tech Data shall be deemed to have certified that all representations and warranties described in Section 3.3 are correct on and as of such day as though made on and as of such day. 

Any document, instrument, certificate or notice delivered to the Administrative Agent, any Class Agent or any Class
Investor hereunder shall be deemed a representation and warranty by Tech Data. 
 ARTICLE IV 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 
 Section 4.1 Conditions to Closing. On or prior to the date of execution hereof, the Transferor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and each Class Agent the following documents,
instruments and fees all of which shall be in a form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each Class Agent: 
 (a) A copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Transferor and Tech Data certified by its Secretary approving the execution, delivery and performance by the Transferor and Tech Data of this
Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be delivered by the Transferor and Tech Data hereunder or thereunder. 
 (b) The Articles of Incorporation of the Transferor and of Tech Data certified by the Secretary of State or other similar official of the Transferor’s and Tech Data’s respective jurisdictions of
incorporation, each dated a date reasonably prior to the Closing Date. 
 (c) A Good Standing Certificate for
the Transferor and a Certificate of Status for Tech Data issued by the Secretary of State or a similar official of the Transferor’s and Tech Data’s respective jurisdictions of incorporation and certificates of qualification as a foreign
corporation issued by the Secretaries of State or other similar officials of each jurisdiction where such qualification is material to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, in each case, dated a date
reasonably prior to the Closing Date. 
 (d) A Certificate of the Secretary of the Transferor and Tech Data
substantially in the form of Exhibit L attached hereto certifying (i) the names and signatures of the officers authorized on its behalf to execute this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the

  
 52 

 
Certificate, the Fee Letter, the Supplemental Fee Letter and any other documents to be delivered by it hereunder (on which Secretary’s Certificates each Class Investor may conclusively rely
until such time as the Administrative Agent shall receive from the Transferor and Tech Data a revised Certificate meeting the requirements of this clause (d)(i)) and (ii) a copy of the Transferor’s and Tech Data’s By-Laws. 

(e) Copies of proper financing statements (Form UCC-1), dated a date reasonably near to the date of the initial
Incremental Transfer naming the Transferor as the debtor in favor of the Administrative Agent, as secured party for the benefit of the Class Investors, or other similar instruments or documents as may be necessary or in the reasonable opinion of the
Administrative Agent desirable under the UCC of all appropriate jurisdictions or any comparable law to perfect the Administrative Agent’s undivided percentage interest in all Receivables and the Related Security and Collections relating
thereto. 
 (f) Copies of proper financing statements (Form UCC-1), dated a date reasonably near to the date of
the initial Incremental Transfer naming Tech Data as the debtor in favor of the Transferor as secured party and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Class Investors, as assignee of the secured party or other similar instruments or
documents as may be necessary or in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent desirable under the UCC of all appropriate jurisdictions or any comparable law to perfect the Transferor’s ownership interest in all Receivables. 

(g) Copies of proper financing statements (Form UCC-3) necessary to terminate all security interests and other rights of
any person in Receivables previously granted by Tech Data or any of its Subsidiaries. 
 (h) Certified copies
of requests for information or copies (Form UCC-11) (or a similar search report certified by parties acceptable to the Administrative Agent) dated a date reasonably near the date of the initial Incremental Transfer listing all effective financing
statements which name the Transferor or the Seller (under their respective present names and any previous names) as debtor and which are filed in jurisdictions in which the filings were made pursuant to items (e) or (f) above together with
copies of such financing statements (none of which shall cover any Receivables or Contracts). 
 (i) Executed
copies of the Lock-Box Agreements, relating to each of the Lock-Boxes and the Lock-Box Accounts, and an executed copy of the agreement referred to in Section 2.8(b). 

(j) An opinion of David Vetter, counsel to Tech Data, addressing certain corporate matters relating to Tech Data,
covering the appropriate matters set forth in Exhibit K hereto. 

  
 53 

 (k) An opinion of Holland & Knight, LLP, special counsel to the
Transferor, addressing certain corporate and bankruptcy matters relating to the Transferor, covering the appropriate matters set forth in Exhibit K hereto, which shall include, among other things, opinions as to “true sale” and
nonconsolidation. 
 (l) A certificate of the Transferor and Tech Data in the form of Exhibit L-1 and Exhibit
L-2 hereto. 
 (m) A hard copy, microfiche or computer tape setting forth all Receivables and the Outstanding
Balances thereon and such other information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. 
 (n) An
executed copy of this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Fee Letter. 
 (o) The Transfer Certificate,
duly executed by the Transferor. 
 (p) The Certificate, duly executed by the Transferor and appropriately
completed. 
 (q) The agreements necessary to terminate the Existing Agreement and any agreements and other
ancillary documents related thereto. 
 (r) Such other documents, instruments, certificates and opinions as the
Administrative Agent or any Class Agent, shall reasonably request. 
 ARTICLE V 

COVENANTS 
 Section 5.1 Affirmative Covenants of Transferor. At all times from the date hereof to the later to occur of (i) the Termination Dates or (ii) the date on which the Aggregate Net
Investment has been reduced to zero, all accrued Discount and Servicing Fees shall have been paid in full and all other Aggregate Unpaids shall have been paid in full, in cash, unless the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Majority
Investors, shall otherwise consent in writing: 
 (a) Reports. The Transferor shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent and each Class Agent: 
 (i) Annual Reporting. Within ninety-five
(95) days after the close of each of its fiscal years, for itself consolidated and consolidating unaudited balance sheets as at the close of such fiscal year and consolidated and consolidating profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus
statements and a statement of cash flows for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such fiscal year, all certified by one of its Responsible Officers. 

  
 54 

 (ii) Quarterly Reporting. Within fifty
(50) days after the close of the first three quarterly periods of each of its fiscal years, for itself consolidated and consolidating unaudited balance sheets as at the close of each such period and consolidated and consolidating profit and
loss and reconciliation of surplus statements and a statement of cash flows for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such quarter, all certified by one of its Responsible Officers. 

(iii) Compliance Certificate. Within ninety-five (95) days of the close of each of its fiscal
years and within fifty (50) days of the close of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each of its fiscal years, a compliance certificate signed by one of its Responsible Officers stating that no Termination Event or Potential Termination
Event exists for any Class, or if any Termination Event or Potential Termination Event exists for any Class, stating the nature and status thereof. 

(iv) Notice of Termination Events or Potential Termination Events. As soon as possible and in any
event within two days after the occurrence of each Termination Event or each Potential Termination Event for each Class, a statement of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of the Transferor setting forth details of such
Termination Event or Potential Termination Event and the action which the Transferor proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 (v) Change in Credit and Collection Policy. Within 15 days after the date any material change in or amendment to the Credit and Collection Policy is made, a copy of the Credit and Collection Policy
then in effect indicating such change or amendment. 
 (vi) ERISA. Promptly after the
filing or receiving thereof, copies of all reports and notices with respect to any “reportable event” (as defined in Article IV of ERISA) which the Transferor, Tech Data or any domestic Affiliate of the Transferor files under ERISA with
the Internal Revenue Service, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor or which the Transferor, Tech Data or any domestic Affiliates of the Transferor receives from the Internal Revenue Service, the Pension Benefit
Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor. 

  
 55 

 (vii) Other Information. Such other information
(including non-financial information) as the Administrative Agent, or the Administrative Agent, may from time to time reasonably request. 
 (b) Conduct of Business. The Transferor will carry on and conduct its business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields of enterprise as it is presently conducted and
do all things necessary to remain duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing as a domestic corporation in its jurisdiction of incorporation and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its
business is conducted. 
 (c) Compliance with Laws. The Transferor will comply in all material respects
with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which it may be subject. 
 (d) Furnishing of Information and Inspection of Records. The Transferor will furnish to the Administrative Agent from time to time such information with respect to the Receivables as the
Administrative Agent may reasonably request, including, without limitation, listings identifying the Obligor and the Outstanding Balance for each Receivable. The Transferor will at any time and from time to time during regular business hours upon
forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice, permit the Administrative Agent, or its agents or representatives, (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all Records and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the
Transferor or Tech Data, as applicable, for the purpose of examining such Records, and to discuss matters relating to Receivables or the Transferor’s performance hereunder with any of the officers, directors, employees or independent public
accountants of the Transferor having knowledge of such matters. 
 (e) Keeping of Records and Books of
Account. The Transferor will maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep
and maintain, all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the daily identification of each new Receivable and
all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable); provided, that the Transferor shall not be required to keep and maintain such records with respect to any Receivables for a period of more than sixty (60) days after such
Receivables shall have been paid in full by the Obligors thereof. The Transferor will give the Administrative Agent notice of any material change in the administrative and operating procedures referred to in the previous sentence. 

  
 56 

 (f) Performance and Compliance with Receivables and Contracts. The
Transferor will at its expense timely and fully perform and comply with all material provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables. 

(g) Credit and Collection Policies. The Transferor will comply in all material respects with the Credit and
Collection Policy in regard to each Receivable and the related Contract. 
 (h) Collections. The
Transferor shall instruct, or cause to be instructed, all Obligors and Financing Parties to cause all Collections to be deposited directly to a Lock-Box Account. 

(i) Collections Received by Transferor. The Transferor shall hold in trust, and deposit, immediately, but in any
event not later than forty-eight (48) hours of its receipt thereof, to a Lock-Box Account all Collections received from time to time by the Transferor (including without limitation, in the case of the Transferor, all Collections deemed to have
been received by the Transferor under Section 2.9(a)). 
 (j) Sale Treatment. The Transferor shall
not (i) account for (including for accounting and tax purposes), or otherwise treat, the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement in any manner other than as a sale of Receivables by Tech Data to the Transferor, or (ii) account
for (other than for tax purposes) or otherwise treat the transactions contemplated hereby in any manner other than as a sale of the Receivables by the Transferor to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Class Investors. In addition the
Transferor shall disclose (in a footnote or otherwise) in all of its financial statements (including any such financial statements consolidated with any other Persons’ financial statements) the existence and nature of the transaction
contemplated hereby and by the Purchase Agreement and the interest of the Transferor (in the case of Tech Data’s financial statements) and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class Investors, in the Affected Assets. 

(k) Organizational Documents. The Transferor shall only amend, alter, change or repeal its Certificate of
Incorporation with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Class Agent. 
 (l)
Minimum Net Worth. The Transferor shall at all times maintain a net worth in accordance with GAAP which is not less than an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Outstanding Balance of all Defaulted Receivables at such time, (ii) the
Outstanding Balance of all Delinquent Receivables at such time and (iii) the sum of the Outstanding Balance of the three largest Receivables of the non-investment grade Obligors; provided, however, that in any case, the net worth
shall never be less than 7.5% of the Aggregate Facility Limit. 

  
 57 

 (m) Credit Agreement. Prior to a Termination Event, the Transferor
shall exercise its rights against Tech Data under the Credit Agreement (including its set-off rights) in a manner such that it shall be able to meet all of its obligations under this Agreement (to the extent permitted by the terms of the Credit
Agreement). After a Termination Event, the Transferor shall exercise its rights under the Credit Agreement (including its set-off rights) as directed by the Administrative Agent with the approval of the Majority Investors. 

(n) Legends. At all times from and after September 30, 2005, the Transferor shall cause each and every
electronic representation of any Receivable (whether in disk, tape or other medium), as well as any paper printout of any such electronic records, to be clearly marked with the following legend: “ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF THE ACCOUNTS
DESCRIBED HEREIN OR ANY SECURED PARTY WITH RESPECT THERETO IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT AN INTEREST IN THESE ACCOUNTS HAS BEEN SOLD OR TRANSFERRED TO A THIRD PARTY LENDER, PURCHASER OR SECURED PARTY.” Such legend shall be in bold, in type face at
least as large as 10 point and shall be entirely in capital letters. 
 (o) Insurance. The Transferor
will maintain or cause to be maintained with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to its properties and business, and the properties and business of its Subsidiaries, against loss or damage of the kinds customarily
insured against by reputable companies in the same or similar businesses, such insurance to be of such types and in such amounts as is customary for such companies under similar circumstances; provided, however, that in any event the Transferor
shall use its best efforts to maintain, or cause to be maintained, insurance in amounts and with coverages not materially less favorable to the Transferor or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect on the date of this Agreement. 

Section 5.2 Negative Covenants of Transferor. At all times from the date hereof to the later to occur of
(i) the Termination Dates or (ii) the date on which the Aggregate Net Investment has been reduced to zero, all accrued Discount and Servicing Fees shall have been paid in full and all other Aggregate Unpaids shall have been paid in full,
in cash, unless the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Majority Investors, shall otherwise consent in writing: 
 (a) No Sales, Liens, Etc. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Transferor will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any
Adverse Claim upon (or the filing of any financing statement) or with respect to (x) any of the Affected Assets, (y) any inventory or goods, the sale of which may give rise to a Receivable or any Receivable or related Contract, or
(z) any account which concentrates in a Lock-Box Bank to which any Collections of any Receivable are sent, or assign any right to receive income in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Transferor may sell, assign (by operation of
law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist an Adverse Claim on any (i) goods or inventory held on consignment solely with respect to the consignor’s interest; and (ii) Receivable for which Transferor has
procured credit insurance, 

  
 58 

 
all Collections to be received thereon, and all Related Security and Proceeds in respect of or in connection with such insured Receivable, where (a) such credit insurance has paid all or
part of the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable; (b) such Receivable (i.e., the portion of such Receivable covered by the credit insurance as well as the portion not covered by such credit insurance) has been written off by the Transferor
and the Collection Agent in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy; and (c) if a Termination Event shall have occurred, the Administrative Agent shall have consented to such release in writing. 

(b) No Extension or Amendment of Receivables. Except as otherwise permitted in Section 6.2 hereof, the
Transferor will not extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Contract related thereto. 

(c) No Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy. The Transferor will not engage in any business other
than acquiring accounts receivable from Tech Data pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, financing such acquisition pursuant hereto, making loans to Tech Data and Subsidiaries of Tech Data and other activities incidental thereto. The Transferor will
not make any change in the Credit and Collection Policy, which change would impair the collectibility of the Receivables in a material respect. 
 (d) No Mergers, Etc. The Transferor will not (i) consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, or (ii) sell, lease or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to any other
person. 
 (e) Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. The Transferor will not add or terminate any
bank as a Lock-Box Bank or any account as a Lock-Box Account to or from those listed in Exhibit C hereto or make any change in its instructions to Obligors or Financing Parties regarding payments to be made to any Lock-Box Account, unless
(i) such instructions are to deposit such payments to another existing Lock-Box Account or (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice of such addition, termination or change at least 30 days prior thereto and the
Administrative Agent shall have received a Lock-Box Agreement executed by each new Lock-Box Bank or an existing Lock-Box Bank with respect to each new Lock-Box Account, as applicable. 

(f) Deposits to Lock-Box Accounts. The Transferor will not deposit or otherwise credit, or cause or permit to be
so deposited or credited, to any Lock-Box Account cash or cash proceeds other than Collections of Receivables or cash proceeds of other receivables that were originally Receivables but were not Eligible Receivables on the date of the initial
Transfer hereunder and so were subsequently repurchased by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.9 and, upon any deposit of any proceeds of such other receivables to any Lock-Box Account, remove such proceeds within two Business Days following
such deposit. 

  
 59 

 (g) Change of Name, Etc. The Transferor will not change its name,
identity or structure or the location of its chief executive office or its jurisdiction of organization, unless at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such change the Transferor delivers to the Administrative Agent (i) such
documents, instruments or agreements, executed by the Transferor, necessary to reflect such change and to continue the perfection of the Administrative Agent’s ownership interests or security interests in the Affected Assets and (ii) new
or revised Lock-Box Agreements executed by the Lock-Box Banks which reflect such change and enable the Administrative Agent to continue to exercise its rights contained in Section 2.8 hereof. 

(h) Amendment to Purchase Agreement. The Transferor will not amend, modify or supplement the Purchase Agreement
or any other Transaction Document, or waive any provision thereof, or enter into any consent with respect thereto, in each case except with the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Investors; nor shall the Transferor
take, or permit Tech Data to take, any other action under the Purchase Agreement that could have a material adverse effect on the Administrative Agent or any Class Investor or which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement. 

(i) Separate Business; Nonconsolidation. The Transferor shall not (i) engage in any business not permitted
by its Certificate of Incorporation as in effect on the Closing Date or (ii) conduct its business or act in any other manner which is inconsistent with Section 3.1(r). The officers and directors of the Transferor (as appropriate) shall
make decisions with respect to the business and daily operations of the Transferor independent of and not dictated by Tech Data or any other controlling Person. 

(j) Other Agreements. The Transferor shall not enter into any other agreements except this Agreement and the
other Transaction Documents, unless the Administrative Agent consents in writing. The Administrative Agent hereby consents to the Transferor entering into the Lease Agreement, provided that such consent is limited to the Lease Agreement in the form
and substance reviewed by the Administrative Agent. 
 (k) Other Indebtedness. The Transferor shall not
incur any Indebtedness other than (i) as permitted by the Transaction Documents and (ii) Indebtedness existing under the Lease Agreement. 

  
 60 

 Section 5.3 Affirmative Covenants of Tech Data. At all times
from the date hereof to the later to occur of (i) the Termination Dates or (ii) the date on which the Aggregate Net Investment has been reduced to zero, all accrued Discount and Servicing Fees shall have been paid in full and all other
Aggregate Unpaids shall have been paid in full, in cash, unless the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Majority Investors, shall otherwise consent in writing: 

(a) Financial Reporting. Tech Data will maintain, for itself, a system of accounting established and administered
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and furnish to the Administrative Agent (who shall forward such information to the Class Agents): 

(i) Annual Reporting. Within ninety-five (95) days after the close of each of its fiscal
years, an unqualified audit report certified by independent certified public accountants prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles on a consolidated and consolidating basis (consolidating statements need not be certified
by such accountants) for itself including balance sheets as of the end of such period, related profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements, and a statement of cash flows, accompanied by any management letter prepared by said accountants
and by a certificate of said accountants that, in the course of the foregoing, they have obtained no knowledge of any Termination Event or Potential Termination Event, or if, in the opinion of such accountants, any Termination Event or Potential
Termination Event shall exist, stating the nature and status thereof. The independent certified public accountants shall be either KPMG, PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young LLP, Deloitte and Touche, Arthur Andersen or any other
independent certified public accountants acceptable to the Administrative Agent. 
 (ii)
Quarterly Reporting. Within fifty (50) days after the close of the first three quarterly periods of each of its fiscal years, for itself consolidated and consolidating unaudited balance sheets as at the close of each such period and
consolidated and consolidating profit and loss and reconciliation of surplus statements and a statement of cash flows for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such quarter, all certified by one of its Responsible Officers.

 (iii) Compliance Certificate. Together with the financial statements required
hereunder, a compliance certificate signed by one of its Responsible Officers stating that no Termination Event or Potential Termination Event exists for any Class, or if any Termination Event or Potential Termination Event exists for any Class,
stating the nature and status thereof and containing a computation of, and showing compliance with, each of the financial ratios and restrictions contained in this Agreement. 

(iv) Shareholders Statements and Reports. Promptly upon the furnishing thereof to the shareholders
of Tech Data, copies of all financial statements, reports and proxy statements so furnished. 

(v) S.E.C. Filings. Promptly upon the filing thereof, copies of all registration statements and
annual, quarterly, monthly or other regular reports which Tech Data or any subsidiary files with the Securities and Exchange Commission; provided, that Tech Data may alternatively notify the Administrative Agent (which notice the
Administrative Agent shall forward to each Class Agent) that such reports are available on the EDGAR Database. 

  
 61 

 (vi) Other Information. Such other information
(including non-financial information) as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request. 

(b) Conduct of Business. Tech Data will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, carry on and conduct its
business in substantially the same manner and in substantially the same fields of enterprise as it is presently conducted and to do all things necessary to remain duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing as a domestic corporation in
its jurisdiction of incorporation and maintain all requisite authority to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted, except to the extent that any failure with respect to the foregoing does not have a material
adverse effect on the business or operations of Tech Data or the performance by Tech Data under any of the Transaction Documents. 
 (c) Compliance with Laws. Tech Data will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions,
decrees or awards to which it or its properties may be subject. 
 (d) Furnishing of Information and
Inspection of Records. Tech Data will furnish to the Transferor and the Administrative Agent from time to time such information with respect to the Receivables as the Transferor or the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, including,
without limitation, listings identifying the Obligor and the Outstanding Balance for each Receivable. Tech Data will at any time and from time to time during regular business hours upon forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice, permit the
Administrative Agent, or its agents or representatives, (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all Records and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of Tech Data for the purpose of examining such Records, and to discuss
matters relating to Receivables or Tech Data’s performance hereunder with any of the officers, directors, employees or independent public accountants of Tech Data having knowledge of such matters. 

(e) Keeping of Records and Books of Account. Tech Data will maintain and implement administrative and operating
procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain, all documents, books, records and other information reasonably
necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the daily identification of each new Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable);
provided, that Tech Data shall not be required to keep and maintain such records with respect to any Receivables for a period of more than sixty (60) days after such Receivables shall have been paid in full by the Obligors thereof. Tech
Data will give the Administrative Agent notice of any material change in the administrative and operating procedures referred to in the previous sentence. 

  
 62 

 (f) Performance and Compliance with Receivables and Contracts. Tech
Data, at its expense, will timely and fully perform and comply with all material provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables and all purchase orders and other agreements
related to such Receivables. 
 (g) Credit and Collection Policies. Tech Data will comply in all
material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to each Receivable and the related Contract. 

(h) Collections. Tech Data shall instruct all Obligors and Financing Parties to cause all Collections to be
deposited directly to a Lock-Box Account. 
 (i) Collections Received by Tech Data. Tech Data shall hold
in trust, and deposit, immediately, but in any event not later than forty-eight (48) hours of its receipt thereof, to a Lock-Box Account or the Collection Agent Account all Collections received from time to time by Tech Data. 

(j) Transfer of Receivables. Tech Data shall sell or contribute Receivables (as defined in the Purchase
Agreement) to the Transferor at such time or times as necessary in order to cause the Aggregate Percentage Factor not to exceed the Maximum Percentage Factor. 
 (k) Legends. At all times from and after July 31, 2000December 13, 2011, Tech Data shall cause each and every electronic representation of any Receivable (whether in
disk, tape or other medium), as well as any paper printout of any such electronic records, to be clearly marked with the following legend: “ ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF THE ACCOUNTS DESCRIBED HEREIN HAVE BEEN SOLD TO TECH DATA
FINANCE SPV, INC. ANDOR ANY SECURED PARTY WITH RESPECT THERETO IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT AN INTEREST IN THESE ACCOUNTS HAS BEEN SOLD OR TRANSFERRED TO BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ON
BEHALF OF CERTAIN INVESTORS.” THIRD PARTY LENDER, PURCHASER OR SECURED PARTY.” Such legend shall be in bold, in type face at least as large as 10 point and shall be entirely in capital letters. 

(l) Rating Confirmation. Following the occurrence of an SFA Event and upon written request of any Class Agent,
the Tech Data shall (at its own expense) obtain a rating, in form satisfactory to the such Class Agent and the Administrative Agent, of the facility contemplated by this Agreement (the “External Rating”) from a nationally-recognized
rating agency reasonably acceptable to such Class Agent and the Administrative Agent within sixty (60) days from the date of such written request, at least equal to “A” (the “Implied Rating”). 

  
 63 

 If the External Rating is less than the Implied Rating, then Tech Data may
effect a Ratings Cure (as defined below). Tech Data may effect only one such Ratings Cure prior to obtaining an External Rating that is equal to or better than the Implied Rating. A “Ratings Cure” means the satisfaction by Tech Data
of each of the following conditions: (i) promptly following receipt of the External Rating, Tech Data notifies the Administrative Agent of its intention to effect a Ratings Cure, (ii) Tech Data takes, or causes the Transferor to take, any
actions permitted under this Agreement and the Purchase Agreement that Tech Data reasonably believes would improve the rating of the facility contemplated by this Agreement and (iii) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the
External Rating, obtains a new external rating of the facility contemplated by this Agreement from the rating agency that provided the External Rating (or, with the Administrative Agent’s consent (and the consent of any Class Agent which may
have requested a rating), from another nationally-recognized rating agency) and such new rating is at least equal to the Implied Rating. 
 Section 5.4 Negative Covenants of Tech Data. At all times from the date hereof to the later to occur of (i) the Termination Dates or (ii) the date on which the Aggregate Net
Investment has been reduced to zero, all accrued Discount and Servicing Fees shall have been paid in full and all other Aggregate Unpaids shall have been paid in full, in cash, unless the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Majority
Investors, shall otherwise consent in writing: 
 (a) No Sales, Liens, Etc. Except as otherwise provided
herein, Tech Data will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim upon (or the filing of any financing statement) or with respect to (x) any of the Affected
Assets, (y) any inventory or goods, the sale of which may give rise to a Receivable or any Receivable or related Contract, or (z) any account which concentrates in a Lock-Box Bank to which any Collections of any Receivable are sent, or
assign any right to receive income in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tech Data may sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist an Adverse Claim on any goods or inventory held
on consignment solely with respect to the consignor’s interest. 
 (b) No Extension or Amendment of
Receivables. Except as otherwise permitted in Section 6.2 hereof, Tech Data will not extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Contract related thereto. 

(c) No Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy. Tech Data will not make any change in the character of
its business or in the Credit and Collection Policy, which change would, in either case, impair the collectibility of the Receivables in a material respect. 

  
 64 

 (d) No Mergers, Etc. Tech Data will not (i) consolidate or
merge with or into any other Person if such action shall result in a Potential Termination Event or a Termination Event for any Class or Tech Data shall not be the surviving entity or (ii) sell, lease or transfer all or substantially all of its
assets to any other person. 
 (e) Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. Tech Data will not add or
terminate any bank as a Lock-Box Bank or any account as a Lock-Box Account to or from those listed in Exhibit C hereto or make any change in its instructions to Obligors and Financing Parties regarding payments to be made to any Lock-Box Account,
unless (i) such instructions are to deposit such payments to another existing Lock-Box Account or (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice of such addition, termination or change at least 30 days prior thereto and
the Administrative Agent shall have received a Lock-Box Agreement executed by each new Lock-Box Bank or an existing Lock-Box Bank with respect to each new Lock-Box Account, as applicable. 

(f) Deposits to Lock-Box Accounts. Tech Data will not deposit or otherwise credit, or cause or permit to be so
deposited or credited, to any Lock-Box Account cash or cash proceeds other than Collections of Receivables or cash proceeds or other receivables that were originally Receivables but were not Eligible Receivables on the date of the initial Transfer
hereunder and so were subsequently repurchased by the Transferor pursuant to Section 2.9 and, upon any deposit of any proceeds of such other receivables to any Lock-Box Account, remove such proceeds within two Business Days following such
deposit. 
 (g) Change of Name, Etc. Tech Data will not change its name, identity or structure or
location of its chief executive office or its jurisdiction of organization, unless at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such change Tech Data delivers to the Transferor and the Administrative Agent (i) such documents, instruments
or agreements, executed by the Transferor, as are necessary to reflect such change and to continue the perfection of the Transferor’s ownership interest in the Receivables and (ii) new or revised Lock-Box Agreements executed by the
Lock-Box Banks which reflect such change and enable the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Class Investors to continue to exercise its rights contained in Section 2.8 hereof. 

Section 5.5 Financial Covenants of the Collection Agent. At all times from the date hereof to the later to
occur of (i) the Termination Dates or (ii) the date on which the Aggregate Net Investment has been reduced to zero, all accrued Discount and Servicing Fees shall have been paid in full and all other Aggregate Unpaids shall have been paid
in full, in cash, unless the Administrative Agent, each Class Conduit (so long as such Class Conduit holds any portion of the Transferred Interest), each Class Agent and the Majority Investors shall otherwise consent in writing, the Collection Agent
hereby covenants and agrees to observe and perform the financial covenants set forth on and as of the date hereof in Section 8.13 of the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 20, 2007 among Tech Data Corporation,
each lender from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer (the “Tech Data Credit Agreement”). In the event that the 

  
 65 

 
Tech Data Credit Agreement is replaced by a successor or replacement credit agreement on or about September 2011 (such successor or replacement credit agreement, the “Replacement Tech
Data Credit Agreement”), then the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.13 of the Tech Data Credit Agreement shall immediately and automatically replaced and superseded by those set forth in the Replacement Tech Data Credit
Agreement, and the Collection Agent agrees to observe and perform such new financial covenants in the Replacement Tech Data Credit Agreement, in lieu of those set forth in Section 8.13 of the Tech Data Credit Agreement. In connection with the
foregoing, each Class Conduit and Class Agent hereby consents to the replacement of such financial covenants on the terms set forth above, and hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to consent to any Replacement Tech Data Credit Agreement in its
sole discretion. Other than in respect of the Replacement Tech Data Credit Agreement, no amendment, modification or waiver of or to the Tech Data Credit Agreement or any successor thereto or replacement thereof (including in respect of
Section 8.13 of the Tech Data Credit Agreement or any equivalent provision in any successor or replacement credit agreement or in respect of the definition of any financial term or any method of calculation under any such agreement), nor any
termination or expiration of the Tech Data Credit Agreement or any successor thereto or replacement thereof, shall have any effect hereunder unless consented to by the Administrative Agent, each Class Conduit (so long as such Class Conduit holds any
portion of the Transferred Interest), each Class Agent and the Majority Investors. 
 ARTICLE VI 

ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTIONS 
 Section 6.1 Appointment of Collection Agent. The servicing, administering and collection of the Receivables shall be conducted by such Person (the “Collection Agent”) so
designated from time to time in accordance with this Section 6.1. Until the Administrative Agent gives notice to Tech Data of the designation of a new Collection Agent, Tech Data is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties
and obligations of, the Collection Agent pursuant to the terms hereof. The Collection Agent may not delegate any of its rights, duties or obligations hereunder, or designate a substitute Collection Agent, without the prior written consent of the
Administrative Agent, and provided that the Collection Agent shall continue to remain solely liable for the performance of the duties as Collection Agent hereunder. The Administrative Agent may, with the consent of and upon the direction of the
Majority Investors, shall, after the occurrence of a Collection Agent Default or any other Termination Event for any Class designate as Collection Agent any Person (including itself) to succeed Tech Data or any successor Collection Agent, on the
condition in each case that any such Person so designated shall agree to perform the duties and obligations of the Collection Agent pursuant to the terms hereof. The Administrative Agent, at any time following the occurrence of a Termination Event
for any Class, may notify any Obligor of the Transferred Interest. 
 Section 6.2 Duties of Collection
Agent. 
 (a) Subject to the limitations contained herein, the Collection Agent shall take or cause to be
taken all such action as may be necessary or advisable to collect each 

  
 66 

 
Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy. Each of
the Transferor, the Administrative Agent and the Class Investors hereby appoints as its agent the Collection Agent, from time to time designated pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof, to enforce its respective rights and interests in and under the
Affected Assets. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Transferor and the Seller (to the extent not then acting as Collection Agent hereunder) hereby grants to any Collection Agent appointed hereunder an irrevocable power of
attorney to take any and all steps in the Transferor’s and/or the Seller’s name and on behalf of the Transferor or the Seller necessary or desirable, in the reasonable determination of the Collection Agent, to collect all amounts due under
any and all Receivables, including, without limitation, endorsing the Transferor’s and/or the Seller’s name on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Receivables and the related Contracts. The Collection
Agent shall set aside for the account of the Transferor and the Class Investors, as applicable, their respective allocable shares of the Collections of Receivables in accordance with Sections 2.5 and 2.6 hereof. The Collection Agent shall segregate
and deposit to the Administrative Agent’s account each Class Investor’s allocable share of Collections of Receivables when required pursuant to Article II hereof. So long as no Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing for
any Class, the Collection Agent may, in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy, extend the maturity of Receivables, but not beyond 60 days, and extend the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance as the Collection Agent may determine to
be appropriate to maximize Collections thereof; provided, however, that such extension or adjustment shall not alter the status of such Receivable as a Delinquent Receivable or a Defaulted Receivable. The Transferor shall deliver to
the Administrative Agent all Records which evidence or relate to Receivables or Related Security. The Administrative Agent shall forward all such Records to the Collection Agent and the Collection Agent shall hold in trust for the Transferor and the
Class Investors, in accordance with their respective interests, such Records. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Administrative Agent shall have the absolute and unlimited right to direct the Transferor, if Tech Data is
the Collection Agent, or if Tech Data is not the Collection Agent, the Collection Agent to commence or settle any legal action to enforce collection of any Receivable or to foreclose upon or repossess any Related Security. The Collection Agent shall
not make the Administrative Agent or any of the Class Investors a party to any litigation without the prior written consent of such Person. 
 (b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement (including Article II) Collection Agent shall, as soon as practicable following receipt of any Collections, turn over to the Transferor
an amount equal to such Collections minus the Aggregate Percentage Factor of such Collections. In addition, the Collection Agent shall, as soon as practicable following receipt thereof, turn over to the Transferor any collections of any
indebtedness of any Obligor which is not a Receivable. If the Collection Agent is not Tech Data or the Transferor or any Affiliate of the Transferor or Tech Data, the Collection Agent, by giving three Business Days’ prior written notice to the
Administrative Agent, may revise the percentage used to calculate the Servicing Fee so long as the revised percentage will not result in a Servicing Fee that exceeds 110% of the reasonable and appropriate out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such
Collection Agent incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder as documented to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent. The Collection Agent, if other than Tech Data, shall as soon as practicable upon
demand, deliver to the Transferor all Records in its possession which evidence or relate to indebtedness of an Obligor which is not a Receivable, and copies of Records in its possession which evidence or relate to Receivables. 

  
 67 

 (c) On or before July 31 of each year of the Collection Agent,
beginning with the fiscal year ending January 31, 2009, the Collection Agent shall cause a firm of independent public accountants (who may also render other services to the Collection Agent or the Transferor) to furnish a report to the
Administrative Agent to the effect that they have (i) confirmed the Net Receivables Balance as of the end of each Tranche Period during such fiscal year, and (ii) confirmed that the Receivables treated by the Collection Agent as Eligible
Receivables in fact satisfied the requirements of the definition thereof contained herein, except, in each case for (a) such exceptions as such firm shall believe to be immaterial (which exceptions need not be enumerated) and (b) such
other exceptions as shall be set forth in such statement. 
 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Article VI, the Collection Agent, if not Tech Data, the Transferor, or any Affiliate of the Transferor or Tech Data, shall have no obligation to collect, enforce or take any other action described in this Article VI with respect to
any indebtedness that is not included in the Transferred Interest other than to deliver to the Transferor the collections and documents with respect to any such Receivable as described in Section 6.2(b) hereof. 

Section 6.3 Rights After Designation of New Collection Agent. At any time following the designation of a
Collection Agent (other than Tech Data, the Transferor, or any Affiliate of Tech Data or the Transferor) pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof: 
 (i) The Administrative Agent may direct that payment of all amounts payable under any Receivable be made directly to the Administrative Agent or its designee for the benefit of the Class Investors.

 (ii) Tech Data shall, at the Administrative Agent’s request and at Tech Data’s
expense, give notice of the Administrative Agent’s, the Transferor’s, or each Class Investor’s ownership of Receivables to each Obligor and direct that payments be made directly to the Administrative Agent or its designee for the
benefit of the Class Investors. 
 (iii) Tech Data shall, at the Administrative Agent’s
request, (A) assemble all of the Records, and shall make the same available to the Administrative Agent at a place selected by the Administrative Agent or its designee, and (B) segregate all cash, checks and other instruments received by
it from time to time constituting Collections of Receivables in a manner acceptable to the Administrative Agent and shall, promptly upon receipt, remit all such cash, checks and instruments, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of
transfer, to the Administrative Agent or its designee for the benefit of the Class Investors. 

  
 68 

 (iv) The Transferor and Tech Data hereby authorize the
Administrative Agent to take any and all steps in the Transferor’s or Tech Data’s name and on behalf of the Transferor or Tech Data necessary or desirable, in the determination of the Administrative Agent, to collect all amounts due under
any and all Receivables, including, without limitation, endorsing the Transferor’s or Tech Data’s name on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Receivables and the related Contracts. 

Section 6.4 Responsibilities of the Transferor and Tech Data. Anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, the Transferor and Tech Data, as seller under the Purchase Agreement, shall (i) perform all of their respective obligations under the Contracts related to the Receivables to the same extent as if interests in such Receivables
had not been sold hereunder and the exercise by the Administrative Agent of its rights hereunder shall not relieve the Transferor or Tech Data, as seller under the Purchase Agreement, from such obligations and (ii) pay when due any taxes,
including without limitation, any sales taxes payable in connection with the Receivables and their creation and satisfaction. Neither the Administrative Agent, any Class Agent, any Class Conduit nor any of the Bank Investors shall have any
obligation or liability with respect to any Receivable or related Contracts, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform any of the obligations of the Transferor or Tech Data thereunder. 

ARTICLE VII 
 TERMINATION EVENTS 
 Section 7.1 Termination
Events. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a Termination Event for any Class: 
 (a) (i) the Collection Agent shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement hereunder (other than as referred to in clause (ii) of this Section 7.1(a)) and such failure shall
remain unremedied for 15 days, or (ii) either the Collection Agent or the Transferor shall fail to make any payment or deposit to be made by it hereunder when due or the Collection Agent shall fail to observe or perform any term, covenant or
agreement on the Collection Agent’s part to be performed under Section 2.8(b) hereof; or 
 (b) any
representation, warranty, certification or statement made by Tech Data or the Transferor in this Agreement or in any other document delivered pursuant hereto shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

 (c) (i) the Transferor shall default in the observance or performance of the terms, covenants, conditions or
agreements on the Transferor’s part to be performed or observed under Section 5.1(a)(iv), 5.1(h), Section 5.1(i), Section 5.1(j), Section 5.1(k), Section 5.1(l), Section 5.1(m), Section 5.1(n),
Section 5.2(a), Section 5.2(c), Section 5.2(d), Section 5.2(e), Section 5.2(f), Section 5.2(g) Section 5.2(h) Section 5.2(i), Section 5.2(j) or Section 5.2(k) hereof or (ii) the Transferor shall
default in the observance or performance of the terms, 

  
 69 

 
covenants, conditions or agreements on the Transferor’s part to be performed or observed under Section 5.1(a)(i), Section 5.1(a)(ii), Section 5.1(a)(iii),
Section 5.1(a)(v), Section 5.1(b), Section 5.1(c), Section 5.1(d), Section 5.1(e), Section 5.1(f), Section 5.1(g) or Section 5.2(b) hereof and such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days; or 

(d) (i) Tech Data shall default in the observance or performance of the terms, covenants, conditions or agreements on
Tech Data’s part to be performed or observed under Section 5.3(h), Section 5.3(i), Section 5.3(j), Section 5.3(k), Section 5.3(l), Section 5.4(a), Section 5.4(c), Section 5.4(d), Section 5.4(e),
Section 5.4(f), Section 5.4(g) or Section 5.5 or (ii) Tech Data shall default in the observance or performance of the terms, covenants, conditions or agreements on Tech Data’s part to be performed under Section 5.3(a),
Section 5.3(b), Section 5.3(c), Section 5.3(d), Section 5.3(e), Section 5.3(f), Section 5.3(g) or Section 5.4(b) hereof and such failure shall remain unremedied for 15 days; or 

(e) the Transferor or Tech Data shall default in the observance or performance of any other term, covenant, condition or
agreement on the Transferor’s or Tech Data’s part to be performed or observed under this Agreement and such default shall continue for 30 days after the earlier of (i) the date that such written notice thereof is given to the
Transferor or Tech Data, as applicable, by the Administrative Agent or (ii) the date the Transferor or Tech Data, as applicable, becomes aware of such default; or 

(f) failure of Tech Data or any Subsidiary of Tech Data to pay any Indebtedness greater than $50,000,000 when due; or
the default by Tech Data or any Subsidiary of Tech Data in the performance of any term, provision or condition contained in any agreement under which any Indebtedness greater than $50,000,000 was created or is governed, the effect of which is to
cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness greater than $50,000,000 to cause, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; or any Indebtedness greater than $50,000,000 shall be declared to be due and payable or
required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled payment) prior to the date of maturity thereof; or 

(g) any Event of Bankruptcy shall occur with respect to the Transferor, the Collection Agent, Tech Data or any
Subsidiary of either the Transferor or Tech Data; or 
 (h) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class
Investors shall, for any reason, fail or cease to have a valid and perfected first priority ownership or security interest in the Affected Assets free and clear of any Adverse Claims; or 

(i) Tech Data shall enter into any transaction or merger whereby it is not the surviving entity; or the Transferor shall
no longer be wholly owned by Tech Data; or 

  
 70 

 (j) there shall have occurred any material adverse change in the operations
of Tech Data since March 20, 2000, or any other event shall have occurred which materially affects Tech Data’s ability to either collect the Receivables or to perform under this Agreement or under the Purchase Agreement; or 

(k) any Liquidity Provider or any Credit Support Provider shall have given notice that an event of default has occurred
and is continuing under any of its respective agreements with the applicable Class Conduit(s) (or their related commercial paper issuer(s)); or 
 (l) the Commercial Paper issued by any of the Class Conduits (or their related commercial paper issuer if the Class Conduit does not itself issue commercial paper) shall not be rated at least
“A-2” by Standard & Poor’s, at least “P-2” by Moody’s and at least “F-1” by Fitch, unless such downgrading is the result of the Credit Support Provider being downgraded; or 

(m) the Aggregate Percentage Factor exceeds the Maximum Percentage Factor unless the Transferor reduces, on a pro
rata basis, the Net Investment of each Class on the next day or increases the balance of the Affected Assets on the next Business Day so as to reduce the Aggregate Percentage Factor to less than or equal to 98%; or 

(n) the Aggregate Percentage Factor equals or exceeds 100% for a period of one full Business Day (provided that in such
case the Termination Event caused thereby shall be deemed to have occurred at the start of such one full Business Day period) or the Aggregate Percentage Factor as reported on any Investor Report shall equal or exceed 100% or for any Class, the sum
of the Net Investment for such Class plus, in the case where the related Class Conduit holds a portion of the Transferred Interest, the Interest Component of all outstanding Related Commercial Paper issued by such Class Conduit (or its
related commercial paper issuer if the Class Conduit does not itself issue commercial paper) exceeds the Facility Limit for such Class; or 
 (o) the average of the Dilution Ratio for any two consecutive months shall exceed 6.0%; or 
 (p) the average of the Default Ratio for any three consecutive months exceeds 1.25%; or 
 (q) the average Delinquency Ratio for any three consecutive months exceeds 4.5%; or 
 (r) a Collection Agent Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 

  
 71 

 Section 7.2 Termination. (a) Upon the occurrence of any
Termination Event (i) the Administrative Agent may by notice to the Transferor and the Collection Agent declare the Termination Date for all Classes to have occurred or (ii) any Class Agent may by notice to the Transferor and the
Collection Agent declare the Termination Date for its respective Class to have occurred; provided, however, that in the case of any event described in Section 7.1(g), 7.1(h), 7.1(i) or 7.1(n) above, the Termination Date shall be
deemed to have occurred automatically upon the occurrence of such event. Upon any such declaration or automatic occurrence, the Administrative Agent shall have, in addition to all other rights and remedies under this Agreement or otherwise, all
other rights and remedies provided under the UCC of the applicable jurisdiction and other applicable laws, all of which rights shall be cumulative. 
 (b) At all times after the declaration or automatic occurrence of the Termination Date pursuant to Section 7.2(a) (other than a declaration following the occurrence of a Termination Event set forth
in Section 7.1(k) or Section 7.1(l)), the Base Rate plus 2.50% shall be the Tranche Rate applicable to the Aggregate Net Investment for all existing and future Tranches. 

ARTICLE VIII 
 INDEMNIFICATION; EXPENSES; RELATED MATTERS 

Section 8.1 Indemnities by the Transferor. Without limiting any other rights which the Administrative Agent
or any of the Class Investors may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Transferor hereby agrees to indemnify each Class Agent, each Class Investor, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Liquidity Provider, any Credit Support
Provider and any related commercial paper issuer that finances a Class Conduit and any successors and any permitted assigns and their respective officers, directors and employees (collectively, “Indemnified Parties”) from and
against any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees (which such attorneys may be employees of any Liquidity Provider, any Credit Support Provider, any Class
Agent, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable) and disbursements (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “Indemnified Amounts”) awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or as
a result of this Agreement or the ownership, either directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent or any Class Investor of the Transferred Interest excluding, however, (i) Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence
or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party or (ii) recourse (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement) for uncollectible Receivables or (iii) claims arising from credit losses. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the Transferor shall indemnify each Indemnified Party for Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from: 
 (i) reliance on any representation or warranty made by the Transferor (or any officers of the Transferor) under or in connection with this Agreement, any Investor Report or any other information or report
delivered by the Transferor pursuant hereto, which shall have been false or incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; 

  
 72 

 (ii) the failure by the Transferor to comply with any
applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Receivable or the related Contract, or the nonconformity of any Receivable or the related Contract with any such applicable law, rule or regulation; 

(iii) the failure to vest and maintain vested in the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Class
Investors an undivided percentage ownership or security interest, to the extent of the Transferred Interest, in the Receivables included in the Transferred Interest, free and clear of any Adverse Claim; 

(iv) the failure to file, or any delay in filing, financing statements, continuation statements, or other
similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any of the Affected Assets; 

(v) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy) of the Obligor to the
payment of any Receivable included in the Transferred Interest (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from the sale of merchandise or services related to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such merchandise or services; 

(vi) any failure of Tech Data, as Collection Agent or otherwise, to perform its duties or obligations in
accordance with the provisions of Article VI; or 
 (vii) any products liability claim or
personal injury or property damage suit or other similar or related claim or action of whatever sort arising out of or in connection with merchandise or services which are the subject of any Receivable;” 

provided, however, that if any Class Conduit enters into agreements for the purchase of interests in receivables from one
or more Other Transferors, such Class Conduit shall allocate such Indemnified Amounts which are in connection with a Liquidity Provider Agreement, a Credit Support Agreement or the credit support furnished by a Credit Support Provider to the
Transferor and each Other Transferor. 

  
 73 

 Section 8.2 Increased Cost and Reduced Return. (a) If any
Indemnified Party shall have determined that after the date hereof (A) the adoption of any Governmental Rule or bank regulatory guideline, or any change therein, or any clarification or change in the interpretation or administration thereof by
any Governmental Authority, (B) any request, guidance or directive of any Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), or (C) the compliance, application or implementation by any Indemnified Party with any of preceding
clauses (A) or (B) or any Existing Law: 
 (i) shall subject any Indemnified Party to
any taxes, duty or other charge (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Indemnified Party) with respect to this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the ownership, maintenance or financing of the Transferred
Interest, or payments of amounts due hereunder, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any Indemnified Party or amounts payable in respect of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the ownership, maintenance or financing of
the Transferred Interest; 
 (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special
deposit or similar requirement (including any such requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Indemnifed Party or shall impose on
any Indemnified Party or on the United States market for certificates of deposit any other condition affecting this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the ownership, maintenance or financing of the Transferred Interest; or 

(iii) shall impose upon any Indemnified Party any other condition or expense (including any loss of
margin, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and expenses of litigation or preparation therefor in contesting any of the foregoing, (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of such Indemnified Party) with respect to
this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the ownership, maintenance or financing of the Transferred Interest, or payments of amounts due hereunder, 
 and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by, such Indemnified Party with respect to this Agreement, the other
Transaction Documents, the ownership, maintenance or financing of the Transferred Interest by an amount deemed by such Indemnified Party to be material, then from time to time, after the demand by such Indemnified Party through the Administrative
Agent, the Transferor shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of such Indemnified Party, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Indemnified Party for such increased cost or reduction. 

  
 74 

 (b) If any Indemnified Party shall have determined that after the date
hereof (i) the adoption of any Governmental Rule or bank regulatory guideline regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any clarification or change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority,
(ii) any request, guidance or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority, or (iii) the compliance, application or implementation by any Indemnified Party with any of
preceding clauses (i) or (ii) or any Existing Law has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of such Indemnified Party (or its parent) as a consequence of such Indemnified Party’s obligations hereunder or
with respect hereto to a level below that which such Indemnified Party (or its parent) could have achieved but for any of the occurrences set forth in any of preceding clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) (taking into consideration its policies with
respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Indemnified Party to be material, then from time to time, after demand by such Indemnified Party through the Administrative Agent, the Transferor shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the
benefit of such Indemnified Party, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Indemnified Party (or its parent) for such reduction, increased cost or payment. 

(c) In determining any amount provided for in this Section 8.2, an Indemnified Party may use any reasonable
averaging and attribution methods. Any Indemnified Party making a claim under this Section shall submit to the Transferor a written description as to such amounts (including reasonable detail regarding the calculation of such amounts). Failure or
delay on the part of any Indemnified Party to demand amounts pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Indemnified Party’s right to demand such amounts. 

Section 8.3 Other Costs, Expenses and Related Matters. (a) The Transferor agrees, upon receipt of a
written invoice, to pay or cause to be paid, and to save each Class Agent, each Class Investor and the Administrative Agent harmless against liability for the payment of, all reasonable out of pocket expenses (including, without limitation,
attorneys’, accountants’, rating agencies’, and other third parties’ fees and expenses, any filing fees and expenses incurred by officers or employees of any Class Investor, as applicable and/or the Administrative Agent or any
Class Agent) or intangible, documentary or recording taxes incurred by or on behalf of any of the Class Investors, Class Agents or the Administrative Agent (i) in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this
Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and any documents or instruments delivered pursuant hereto and thereto and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the perfection or protection of the Transferred Interest) and
(ii) from time to time (A) relating to any amendments, waivers or consents under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, (B) arising in connection with any Class Investor’s, any Class Agent’s the Administrative
Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s enforcement or preservation of rights (including the perfection and protection of the Transferred Interest under this Agreement), or (C) arising in connection with any audit, dispute, disagreement,
litigation or preparation for litigation involving this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents. 

(b) The Transferor agrees, upon receipt of a written invoice, to pay or cause to be paid, and to save each Class Agent,
each Class Investor and the Administrative Agent 

  
 75 

 
harmless against liability for the payment of, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’ and other third parties’ fees and
expenses, any filing fees and expenses incurred by officers or employees of any Class Investor, as applicable, and/or the Administrative Agent or any Class Agent) incurred by or on behalf of any of the Class Investors, Class Agents or the
Administrative Agent from time to time (i) arising in connection with any Class Investor’s, any Class Agent’s, the Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s enforcement or preservation of rights (including, without
limitation, the perfection and protection of the Transferred Interest under this Agreement), or (ii) arising in connection with any audit, dispute, disagreement, litigation or preparation for litigation involving this Agreement. 

(c) The Transferor shall pay the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Class Investors, as applicable, on demand
any Early Collection Fee due on account of the reduction of a Tranche on a day prior to the last day of its Tranche Period. 
 Section 8.4 Reconveyance Under Certain Circumstances. The Transferor agrees to accept the reconveyance from the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class Investors of the Transferred
Interest if the Administrative Agent notifies Transferor of a material breach of any representation or warranty made or deemed made pursuant to Article III of this Agreement and Transferor shall fail to cure such breach within 15 days (or, in the
case of the representations and warranties in Sections 3.1(d) and 3.1(j), 3 days) of such notice. The reconveyance price shall be paid by the Transferor to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Class Investors, as applicable, in
immediately available funds on such 15th day (or 3rd day, if applicable) in an amount equal to the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable and all other amounts outstanding with respect to such Receivable, including Discount accrued and unpaid with
respect to such Receivable. 
 Section 8.5 Indemnities by Tech Data. Without limiting any other
rights which the Administrative Agent or any of the Class Agents or Class Investors or the other Indemnified Parties may have hereunder or under applicable law, Tech Data hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnified Parties from and against any and
all Indemnified Amounts arising out of or resulting from (whether directly or indirectly) (a) the failure of any information contained in any Investor Report (to the extent provided by Tech Data) to be true and correct, or the failure of any
other information provided to any Indemnified Party by, or on behalf of, the Collection Agent to be true and correct, (b) the failure of any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by Tech Data (or any of its officers) under
or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to have been true and correct as of the date made or deemed made, (c) the failure by Tech Data to comply with any applicable Law with respect to any Receivable or the
related Contract, (d) any dispute, claim, offset or defense of the applicable Obligor to the payment of any Receivable resulting from or related to the collection activities in respect of such Receivable, or (e) any failure of Tech Data to
perform its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. 
 Section 8.6 Accounting Based Consolidation Event. (a) If an Accounting Based Consolidation Event shall at any time occur then, upon demand by the Administrative Agent, Seller shall pay to
the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the relevant Affected Entity, such amounts as such Affected Entity reasonably determines will compensate or 

  
 76 

 
reimburse such Affected Entity for any resulting (i) fee, expense or increased cost charged to, incurred or otherwise suffered by such Affected Entity, (ii) reduction in the rate of
return on such Affected Entity’s capital or reduction in the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Affected Entity or (iii) internal capital charge or other imputed cost determined by such Affected Entity to be allocable to
Seller or the transactions contemplated in this Agreement in connection therewith. Amounts under this Section 8.6 may be demanded at any time without regard to the timing of issuance of any financial statement by a Class Conduit or by any
Affected Entity. 
 (b) For purposes of this Section 8.6, the following terms shall have the following
meanings: 
 “Accounting Based Consolidation Event” means the consolidation, for financial
and/or regulatory accounting purposes, of all or any portion of the assets and liabilities of any Class Conduit that are the subject of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document with all or any portion of the assets and liabilities of any
Class Investor or any Class Agent in such Class Conduit’s Class or any of their Affiliates as the result of the determination after the date hereof by such Class Investor or Class Agent that the occurrence of any change (whether before, on or
after the date hereof) in accounting standards or any pronouncement, interpretation or release has been issued by any accounting body or any other governmental body charged with the promulgation or administration of accounting standards, including
the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the International Accounting Standards Board, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Federal Reserve Board of Governors, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Office of the
Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada. 
 “Affected Entity” means (i) any Bank
Investor, (ii) any insurance company, bank or other funding entity providing liquidity, credit enhancement or back-up purchase support or facilities to a Class Conduit, (iii) any agent, administrator or manager of the Class Conduit, or
(iv) any bank holding company in respect of any of the foregoing. 
 ARTICLE IX 

THE CLASS AGENTS 
 Section 9.1 Authorization and Action. 
 (a) Each Class
Investor hereby appoints and authorizes the related Class Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents as are delegated to such Class Agent by the terms hereof
and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Class Conduits and/or the Bank Investors of any Class holding Commitments aggregating in excess of 66 and 2/3% of the Facility Limit of the related Class (the
“Majority Class Investors”) may direct their respective Class Agent to take any such incidental action hereunder, however, 

  
 77 

 
with respect to such actions which are incidental to the actions specifically delegated to such Class Agent hereunder, such Class Agent shall not be required to take any such incidental action
hereunder, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting) upon the direction of the Majority Class Investors; provided, however, that such Class Agent shall not
be required to take any action hereunder if the taking of such action, in the reasonable determination of such Class Agent, shall be in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation or contrary to any provision of this Agreement or shall
expose such Class Agent to liability hereunder or otherwise. In furtherance, and without limiting the generality, of the foregoing, each Class Investor hereby appoints its related Class Agent as its agent to execute and deliver all further
instruments and documents, and take all further action that such Class Agent may deem necessary or appropriate or that a Class Investor may reasonably request in order to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interests transferred or to be
transferred from time to time by the Transferor hereunder, or to enable any of them to exercise or enforce any of their respective rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the execution by such Class Agent as secured party/assignee of such
financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto or assignments thereof, relative to all or any of the Receivables now existing or hereafter arising, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or appropriate for the
purposes stated herein above. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Termination Event or Potential Termination Event, no Class Agent shall take any action hereunder (other than ministerial actions or such actions as are specifically
provided for herein) without the prior consent of the related Majority Class Investors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). In the event a Class Agent requests a Class Investor’s consent pursuant to the
foregoing provisions and such Class Agent does not receive a consent (either positive or negative) from such Class Investor within 10 Business Days of such Class Investor’s receipt of such request, then such Class Investor (and its percentage
interest hereunder) shall be disregarded in determining whether such Class Agent shall have obtained sufficient consent hereunder. 
 (b) The Class Agents shall exercise such rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent
person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 

Section 9.2 Class Agent’s Reliance, Etc. Neither the Class Agents nor any of their directors, officers,
agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by them as Class Agents under or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful
misconduct. Without limiting the foregoing, each Class Agent: (i) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Transferor or the Seller), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for
any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (ii) makes no warranty or representation to any Class Investor and shall not be responsible to any Class Investor
for any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement; (iii) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this
Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents on the part of the Transferor, the Collection Agent or Tech Data or to inspect the property 

  
 78 

 
(including the books and records) of the Transferor, the Collection Agent or Tech Data (iv) shall not be responsible to any Class Investor for the due execution, legality, validity,
enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; and (v) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this
Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents by acting upon any notice (including notice by telephone), consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper
party or parties. 
 Section 9.3 Credit Decision. Each Class Investor acknowledges that it has,
independently and without reliance upon its related Class Agent, any of such Class Agent’s Affiliates, any other Bank Investor or Class Conduit (in the case of any of their related Bank Investors) and based upon such documents and information
as it has deemed appropriate, made its own evaluation and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and, if it so determines, to accept the transfer of any undivided ownership interest in the
Affected Assets hereunder. Each Class Investor also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon their respective Class Agent, any of such Class Agent’s Affiliates, any other Bank Investor or Class Conduit (in the case of
their related Bank Investors) and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which
it is a party. 
 Section 9.4 Indemnification of the Class Agents. The Bank Investors each agree to
indemnify their related Class Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Transferor), ratably in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against each Class Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by each Class Agent,
any of the other Transaction Documents hereunder or thereunder, provided that the Bank Investors shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
disbursements resulting from such Class Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Bank Investors each agree to reimburse their related Class Agent, ratably in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares,
promptly upon demand for any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by each Class Agent in connection with the administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise)
of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, to the extent that such expenses are incurred in the interests of or otherwise in respect of any of the Bank Investors hereunder
and/or thereunder and to the extent that each Class Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by the Transferor. 
 Section 9.5 Successor Class Agent. Each Class Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to each related Class Investor and the Transferor and may be removed at any time for
cause by agreement of the related Majority Class Investors. Upon any such resignation or removal, the Class Investor with the consent of the related Majority Class Investors shall appoint a successor Class Agent. Each of the applicable Class
Investors, as 

  
 79 

 
applicable, each agrees that it shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the appointment of a successor Class Agent for such Class. If no such successor Class Agent shall have
been so appointed, and shall have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Class Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the related Majority Class Investors’ removal of the retiring Class Agent, then the retiring
Class Agent may, on behalf of the related Class Investors, appoint a successor Class Agent which successor Class Agent shall be either (i) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof and have a
combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 or (ii) an Affiliate of such a bank. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Class Agent hereunder by a successor Class Agent, such successor Class Agent shall thereupon succeed to and
become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Class Agent, and the retiring Class Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Class Agent’s resignation or
removal hereunder as Class Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall continue to inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Class Agent under this Agreement. 

Section 9.6 Payments by the Class Agents. Unless specifically allocated to a Class Investor pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement, all amounts received by each Class Agent on behalf of any of the related Class Investors shall be paid by such Class Agent to such Class Investors (at their respective accounts specified to such Class Agent) in accordance
with their respective related pro rata interests in the applicable Net Investment on the Business Day received by each Class Agent, unless such amounts are received after 12:00 noon on such Business Day, in which case each Class Agent shall use its
reasonable efforts to pay such amounts to any of the Bank Investors, as applicable, on such Business Day, but, in any event, shall pay such amounts to such Bank Investors in accordance with their respective related pro rata interests in the
applicable Net Investment not later than the following Business Day. 
 ARTICLE X 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT; BANK COMMITMENT 

Section 10.1 Authorization and Action. 

(a) Each Class Investor hereby appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its
behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Class
Conduits and/or the Majority Investors may direct the Administrative Agent to take any such incidental action hereunder, however, with respect to such actions which are incidental to the actions specifically delegated to the Administrative Agent
hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any such incidental action hereunder, but shall be required to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting) upon the direction of
the Majority Investors; provided, however, that Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action hereunder if the taking of such action, in the reasonable determination of the Administrative Agent, shall be in violation of
any 

  
 80 

 
applicable law, rule or regulation or contrary to any provision of this Agreement or shall expose the Administrative Agent to liability hereunder or otherwise. In furtherance, and without
limiting the generality, of the foregoing, each Class Investor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent to execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action that the Administrative Agent may deem
necessary or appropriate or that a Class Investor may reasonably request in order to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interests transferred or to be transferred from time to time by the Transferor hereunder, or to enable any of them to
exercise or enforce any of their respective rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the execution by the Administrative Agent as secured party/assignee of such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto or assignments
thereof, relative to all or any of the Receivables now existing or hereafter arising, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or appropriate for the purposes stated herein above. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of
any Termination Event or Potential Termination Event, the Administrative Agent shall take no action hereunder (other than ministerial actions or such actions as are specifically provided for herein) without the prior consent of the Majority
Investors (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). “Majority Investors” shall mean, at any time, the Administrative Agent and the Class Agents whose related Classes hold Commitments aggregating in excess of 66
and 2/3% of the Aggregate Facility Limit as of such date. In the event the Administrative Agent requests a Class Investor’s consent pursuant to the foregoing provisions and the Administrative Agent does not receive a consent (either positive or
negative) from such Class Investor within 10 Business Days of such Class Investor’s receipt of such request, then such Class Investor (and its percentage interest hereunder) shall be disregarded in determining whether the Administrative Agent
shall have obtained sufficient consent hereunder. 
 (b) The Administrative Agent shall exercise such rights
and powers vested in it by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own
affairs. 
 (c) The Administrative Agent hereby agrees to provide to each Class Agent (promptly following
receipt thereof), copies of all material correspondence, notices, reports or other similar information provided by or to the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any other correspondence,
notices, reports or similar information provided by or to the Administrative Agent under such documents that any Class Agent reasonably requests. 
 Section 10.2 Administrative Agent’s Reliance, Etc. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted
to be taken by it or them as Administrative Agent under or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limiting the foregoing, the
Administrative Agent: (i) may consult with legal counsel (including counsel for the Transferor or the Seller), independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken
in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants 

  
 81 

 
or experts; (ii) makes no warranty or representation to any Class Investor and shall not be responsible to any Class Investor for any statements, warranties or representations made in or in
connection with this Agreement; (iii) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents on the part of
the Transferor, the Collection Agent or Tech Data or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of the Transferor, the Collection Agent or Tech Data (iv) shall not be responsible to any Class Investor for the due execution,
legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; and (v) shall incur no liability under or
in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents by acting upon any notice (including notice by telephone), consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or
sent by the proper party or parties. 
 Section 10.3 Credit Decision. Each Class Investor
acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any of the Administrative Agent’s Affiliates, any other Bank Investor or Class Conduit (in the case of any of their related Bank Investors) and based
upon such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own evaluation and decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and, if it so determines, to accept the transfer of any
undivided ownership interest in the Affected Assets hereunder. Each Class Investor also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any of the Administrative Agent’s Affiliates, any other Bank
Investor or Class Conduit (in the case of their related Bank Investors) and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and
the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. 
 Section 10.4 Indemnification of the
Administrative Agent. The Bank Investors each agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Transferor), ratably in accordance with such Bank Investor’s Commitment as a percentage of the aggregate
Commitments for all Bank Investors, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by,
or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent, any of the other Transaction Documents hereunder or thereunder, provided that the
Bank Investors shall not be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s gross negligence or willful
misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Bank Investors each agree to reimburse the Administrative Agent, ratably in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares, promptly upon demand for any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees)
incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under,
this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, to the extent that such expenses are incurred in the interests of or otherwise in respect of any of the Bank Investors hereunder and/or thereunder and to the extent that the Administrative Agent is
not reimbursed for such expenses by the Transferor. 

  
 82 

 Section 10.5 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative
Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to each Class Investor and the Transferor and may be removed at any time with cause by agreement of Bank Investors which hold Commitments aggregating in excess of 50% of the Aggregate
Facility Limit as of such date. Upon any such resignation or removal, (i) if no Termination Event shall have occurred, the Transferor, with the consent of the Majority Investors, shall appoint a successor Administrative Agent and (ii) if a
Termination Event shall have occurred, the Class Investors which hold Commitments aggregating in excess of 50% of the Aggregate Facility Limit as of such date shall appoint a successor Administrative Agent. The Transferor and each of the Class
Investors, as applicable, each agrees that it shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent. If no such successor Administrative Agent shall have been so appointed, and shall have
accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent’s giving of notice of resignation or the Majority Investors’ removal of the retiring Administrative Agent, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on
behalf of the Class Investors, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which successor Administrative Agent shall be either (i) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof and have a combined capital
and surplus of at least $50,000,000 or (ii) an Affiliate of such a bank. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed
to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring
Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article X shall continue to inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent
under this Agreement. 
 Section 10.6 Payments by the Administrative Agent. Unless specifically
allocated to a Class Investor pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, all amounts received by the Administrative Agent on behalf of any of the Class Investors shall be paid by the Administrative Agent to such Class Investors (or their respective
Class Agents on their behalf) (at their respective accounts specified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with their respective related pro rata interests in the applicable Net Investment on the Business Day received by the Administrative
Agent, unless such amounts are received after 12:00 noon on such Business Day, in which case the Administrative Agent shall use its reasonable efforts to pay such amounts to any of the Class Investors, as applicable, on such Business Day, but, in
any event, shall pay such amounts to such Class Investors in accordance with their respective related pro rata interests in the applicable Net Investment not later than the following Business Day. 

Section 10.7 Bank Commitment; Assignment to Bank Investors. 

(a) Bank Commitment. With respect to each Class, at any time on or prior to the Commitment Termination Date for
such Class in the event that any Class Conduit for such Class does not effect an Incremental Transfer as requested under Section 2.2(a), then at any time, the Transferor shall have the right to require such Class Conduit, by written notice to
the Administrative Agent and such Class Conduit’s related Class Agent, to assign its interest in the Net Investment for such Class in whole to the Bank Investors for such Class pursuant to this

  
 83 

 
Section 10.7. In addition, at any time for such Class on or prior to such Commitment Termination Date (i) upon the occurrence of a Termination Event that results in a Termination Date
for such Class or (ii) the applicable Class Conduit elects to give notice to the Transferor of the Reinvestment Termination Date for such Class, the Transferor hereby requests and directs that such Class Conduit assign its interest in the Net
Investment for such Class in whole to the related Bank Investors pursuant to this Section 10.7 and the Transferor hereby agrees to pay the amounts described in Section 10.7(d) below. Upon any such election by any Class Conduit or any such
request by the Transferor, such Class Conduit shall make such assignment and the related Bank Investors shall accept such assignment on such day (or the next day if such notice was received after 11:00 A.M. (New York time)) and shall assume all of
such Class Conduit’s obligations hereunder. No documentation or action shall be required to effect any such assignment of the Net Investment by any Class Conduit to its related Bank Investors other than, in the case of the circumstance
contemplated by the first sentence hereof, the giving of the notices contemplated thereby and the forwarding of such notice by the related Class Agent to each applicable Bank Investor. In connection with any assignment from any Class Conduit to its
related Bank Investors pursuant to this Section 10.7, each such Bank Investor, as applicable, agrees to and shall, unconditionally and irrevocably and under all circumstances, by 2:00 P.M. (New York time) on the date of such assignment, pay to
such Class Conduit without setoff, counterclaim or defense of any kind, an amount (in immediately available funds) equal to its Assignment Amount. Upon any assignment by any Class Conduit to its respective Bank Investors contemplated hereunder, such
Class Conduit shall cease to make any additional Incremental Transfers hereunder (it being understood that the Bank Investors, as assignees, shall (x) be obligated to effect Incremental Transfers under Section 2.2(a) in accordance with the
terms thereof, notwithstanding that such Class Conduit was not so obligated and (y) not have the right to elect the commencement of the amortization of the applicable Net Investment pursuant to the definition of “Reinvestment
Termination Date” notwithstanding that the Class Conduits had such right). 
 (b) Assignment.
No Bank Investor may assign all or a portion of its interest in the Net Investment or in the Receivables, Collections, Related Security and Proceeds with respect thereto and its rights and obligations hereunder to any Person unless approved in
writing by the Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. In the case of an assignment by any Bank Investor to another Person, the assignor shall deliver to the assignee(s) an Assignment and Assumption Agreement in
substantially the form of Exhibit G attached hereto, duly executed, assigning to the assignee a pro rata interest in the applicable Net Investment and also in the Receivables, Collections, Related Security and Proceeds with respect thereto and the
assignor’s rights and obligations hereunder and the assignor shall promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that the assignee may reasonably request, in order to protect, or more fully
evidence the assignee’s right, title and interest in and to such interest and to enable the Administrative Agent, on behalf of such assignee, to exercise or enforce any rights hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which such
assignor is or, immediately prior to such assignment, was a party. Upon any such assignment, (i) the assignee shall have all of the rights and obligations of the assignor hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which such
assignor is or, immediately prior to such assignment, was a party with respect to such interest for all purposes of this Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents to which such assignor is or, immediately prior to such

  
 84 

 
assignment, was a party, and (ii) the assignor shall relinquish its rights with respect to such interest for all purposes of this Agreement and under the other Transaction Documents to which
such assignor is or, immediately prior to such assignment, was a party. No such assignment shall be effective unless the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the related Class Conduit, and the Transferor (except that the Transferor’s consent
shall not be required for an assignment by Bank of America to Danske Bank of a portion of its obligations as a SUSI Issuer Bank Investor under this Agreement) shall have consented thereto and a fully executed copy of the related Assignment and
Assumption Agreement shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent. All costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent and the applicable initial Bank Investor, as assignor, incurred in connection with any assignment hereunder shall be borne by the
Transferor and not by the Administrative Agent or such initial Bank Investor. No Bank Investor, as applicable, shall assign any portion of its Commitment hereunder without also simultaneously assigning an equal portion of its interest in the related
Liquidity Provider Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the agreements set forth in Section 11.9 herein shall be continuing and shall survive any assignment pursuant to this Section 10.7(b). 

(c) Effects of Assignment. By executing and delivering an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the assignor and
assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the assignor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto or the execution,
legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value or this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any such other instrument or document; (ii) the assignor makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Transferor, the Seller or the Collection Agent or the performance or observance by the Transferor, the Seller or the Collection Agent of any of their respective obligations under this
Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and such other
instruments, documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Assumption Agreement and to purchase such interest; (iv) such assignee will, independently and
without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, or any of its Affiliates, or the assignor and based on such agreements, documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not
taking action under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement, the other
Transaction Documents and any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto and to
enforce its respective rights and interests in and under this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the Receivables, the Contracts and the Related Security; (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all
of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are required to be performed by it as the assignee of the assignor; and (vii) such assignee agrees that it will not institute against any Class

  
 85 

 
Conduit any proceeding of the type referred to in Section 11.9 prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of all of such Class Conduit’s Commercial Paper
issued by such Person. 
 (d) Transferor’s Obligation to Pay Certain Amounts; Additional Assignment
Amount. With respect to each Class, the Transferor shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Class Conduit for such Class, in connection with any assignment by such Class Conduit to its related Bank Investors pursuant to this
Section 10.7, an aggregate amount equal to all the applicable Discount for such Class Conduit to accrue through the end of each outstanding Tranche Period for such Class Conduit (which Discount, in the case of a Class Conduit utilizing
“pool” funding, shall be determined for such purpose using the CP Rate most recently determined by the applicable Class Agent) plus all other Aggregate Unpaids owing to such Person (other than the Net Investment for such Class). To the
extent that such Discount relates to interest or discount on Related Commercial Paper, if the Transferor fails to make payment of such amounts at or prior to the time of assignment by such Class Conduit to its related Bank Investors such amount
shall be paid by the applicable Bank Investors (in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares) to such Class Conduit as additional consideration for the interests assigned to such Bank Investors and the amount of the “Net
Investment,” hereunder held by such Bank Investors shall be increased by an amount equal to the additional amount so paid by such Bank Investors. 
 (e) Payments. After any assignment by any Class Conduit to its related Bank Investors pursuant to this Section 10.7, all payments to be made hereunder by the Transferor or the Collection Agent
to any Bank Investor shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Bank Investor as such account shall have been notified to the Transferor and the Collection Agent. With respect to each Class, in the event that the related
Assignment Amount paid by the Bank Investors for such Class pursuant to Section 10.7(a) is less than the sum of the applicable Net Investment for such Class plus the Interest Component of all outstanding Related Commercial Paper of the
related Class Conduit then to the extent payments made hereunder in respect of the Net Investment for such Class exceed the related Assignment Amount, such excess amounts shall be remitted by such Bank Investors to (or as directed by) the applicable
Class Conduit. 
 (f) Downgrade of Bank Investor. If at any time prior to any assignment by any Class
Conduit to its related Bank Investors as contemplated pursuant to this Section 10.7, the short term debt rating of any Bank Investor shall be “A-2”, “P-2” or “F-2” from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s
or Fitch, respectively, with negative credit implications (and there is no fronting arrangement or other arrangement in place which is acceptable to the Transferor and the Administrative Agent), such Bank Investor upon request of the applicable
Class Agent shall, within 30 days of such request, assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another financial institution (which institution’s short term debt shall be rated at least “A-2”, “P-2” and “F-2”
from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch, respectively, and which shall not be so rated with negative credit implications). If the short term debt rating of a Bank Investor shall be “A-3”, “P-3” or
“F-3”, or lower, from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, respectively (or such rating shall have been withdrawn by Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch), such Bank Investor upon

  
 86 

 
request of the applicable Class Agent shall, within five (5) Business Days of such request, assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another financial institution (which
institution’s short term debt shall be rated at least “A-2”, “P-2” and “F-2” from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch, respectively, and which shall not be so rated with negative credit
implications). In either such case, if any such Bank Investor shall not have assigned its rights and obligations under this Agreement within the applicable time period described above the related Class Conduit shall have the right to require such
Bank Investor to accept the assignment of such Bank Investor’s Pro Rata Share of the applicable Net Investment; such assignment shall occur in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 10.7. Such Bank Investor shall be
obligated to pay to the applicable Class Conduit in connection with such assignment, in addition to the Pro Rata Share of the applicable Net Investment an amount equal to the interest component of the outstanding Commercial Paper issued to fund the
portion of the applicable Net Investment being assigned to such Bank Investor as reasonably determined by the applicable Class Agent. In addition, such Bank Investor shall pay to the applicable Class Agent the amount (the “Unused Commitment
Amount”) of any unused Commitment of such downgraded Bank Investor. The applicable Class Agent shall deposit such Unused Commitment Amount in an account of such Class Agent’s name, and shall apply such amounts to fund such Bank
Investor’s Pro Rata Share of any Incremental Transfer required to be funded by such Bank Investors subject to the terms and conditions hereof. The proceeds of such account shall be invested in Eligible Investments and any investment income with
respect thereto shall be paid to the applicable Bank Investor on a monthly basis. All amounts remaining in such account shall be released to such Bank Investor on the Business Day immediately following the earliest of: (x) the effective date of
any replacement of such Bank Investor or removal thereof as a party to this Agreement, (y) the date on which such Bank Investor shall furnish the applicable Class Agent with evidence that its short term debt rating is higher than
“A-2”, “P-2” or “F-2” from Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch, respectively, and (z) the applicable Termination Date (except for a Reinvestment Termination Date). Notwithstanding anything
contained herein to the contrary, upon any such assignment to a downgraded Bank Investor as contemplated pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the aggregate available amount of the Aggregate Facility Limit, solely as it relates to new
Incremental Transfers by any Class Conduit shall be reduced by the amount of unused Commitment of such downgraded Bank Investor; it being understood and agreed, that nothing in this sentence or the two preceding sentences shall affect or diminish in
any way any such downgraded Bank Investor’s Commitment to the Transferor or such downgraded Bank Investor’s other obligations and liabilities hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents. 

ARTICLE XI 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 Section 11.1 Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate on the date following all of the Termination Dates upon which the Aggregate Net Investment has been reduced to zero, all accrued
Discount and all Servicing Fees have been paid in full, and all other Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full, in each case, in cash; provided, however, that (i) the rights and remedies of each Class Agent, the Class Investors and the
Administrative Agent with respect to any representation and warranty made or deemed to be made by the Transferor pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) the indemnification and payment provisions of Article VIII, (iii) Tech Data’s
obligations under Article IX and (iv) the agreements set forth in Section 11.8 and 11.9 hereof, shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. 

  
 87 

 Section 11.2 Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay
on the part of any Class Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Class Investor in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or
remedy preclude any other further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. 

(b) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and
is signed by the Transferor, the Administrative Agent, each Class Conduit (so long as such Class Conduit holds any portion of the Transferred Interest), each Class Agent and the Majority Investors; provided, that no such amendment or waiver
shall, without the prior written consent of all Bank Investors, amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement in any way which would reduce or impair Collections or the payment of the applicable Net Investment, Discount or fees payable
hereunder to the Bank Investors; provided further, that no such amendment or waiver shall, without the prior written consent of each Bank Investor directly affected thereby, amend, modify or waive any provision of this Agreement in any way
which would (A) increase the Servicing Fee (other than as permitted pursuant to Section 6.2(b)), (B) modify any provision of this Agreement or the Purchase Agreement relating to the timing of payments required to be made by the
Transferor or the Seller or the application of the proceeds of such payments, (C)permit the appointment of any Person (other than the Administrative Agent) as successor Collection Agent, or (D) release any property from the lien provided by
this Agreement (other than as expressly contemplated herein). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, the Transferor, Tech Data and the applicable Class Conduit and Bank Investor(s) may amend this Agreement to (A) increase the
dollar amount of any Bank Investor’s Commitment (and similarly increase the Facility Limit and the Maximum Net Investment) or (B) increase the Facility Limit (and similarly increase the Maximum Net Investment) by adding a financial
institution as a Bank Investor party hereto; provided, that in each case after giving effect to any such amendment the aggregate of the respective Bank Investors’ Commitment at least equals the applicable Facility Limit. In addition,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein (but subject to the first, second and third provisions set forth in this Section 11.2(b)), this Agreement may be amended by the Transferor, the Collection Agent and the Administrative Agent solely
for the purpose of adding an additional Class (which addition may result in an increased Facility Limit and Maximum Net Investment and changes to any definitions or terms of this Agreement which are specific to one or more particular Classes).

 (c) In addition to the provisions set forth in Section 11.2(b) in respect of increasing any applicable
Maximum Net Investment, Facility Limit or Commitment, the Transferor may make a written request to one or more Classes, within each Class to their respective Class Agent, Class Conduit and Bank Investor(s), to increase the Maximum Net Investment,
the Facility Limit and/or the Bank Investors’ Commitment for such Class. Any such request shall (i) set forth with specificity the dollar amounts of the requested increases and the 

  
 88 

 
requested date of the effectiveness of such increases, (ii) specifically state that upon acceptance of such request by the applicable Class Agent, Class Conduit and Bank Investor(s) this
Agreement shall be deemed to have been amended and supplemented to reflect the increased Maximum Net Investment and Facility Limit in respect of the applicable Class and Commitment of the Bank Investor(s) in such Class, and (iii) be signed by
the Transferor and the Collection Agent. Any Class Agent, Class Investor and/or Bank Investor(s) to which any such request is made may, in their sole and absolute discretion, agree to any such request, and if accepted, such request shall be accepted
within a period of five (5) Business Days and upon such acceptance this Agreement shall be supplemented by a writing signed by the applicable Class Agent(s), Bank Investor(s) and Class Conduit(s) setting forth the new Maximum Net Investment,
Facility Limit and/or Commitment for each applicable Class and the effective date of any such increase, provided, however, that with respect to any Class, the Facility Limit for such Class shall not at any time exceed the aggregate
Commitments for the Bank Investor(s) in such Class. The parties hereto agree that upon the execution of any such supplement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended as provided by such supplement and shall be binding on the parties hereto as so
supplemented. Unless otherwise agreed, the terms of any fee letter in effect between the Transferor, the Collection Agent and the applicable Class Conduit(s), Class Agent(s) and/or Bank Investor(s) shall continue in effect with respect to any such
increased amounts. In connection with the effectiveness of any such supplement, the Transferor shall deliver an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the applicable Class Agent(s) in respect of corporate matters and the enforceability of this
Agreement, as so supplemented, against the Collection Agent and the Transferor. 
 Section 11.3
Notices. Except as provided below, all communications and notices provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including bank wire, telex, telecopy or electronic facsimile transmission or similar writing) and shall be given to the other party
at its address or telecopy number set forth below or at such other address or telecopy number as such party may hereafter specify for the purposes of notice to such party. Each such notice or other communication shall be effective (i) if given
by telecopy, when such telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number specified in this Section 11.3 and confirmation is received, (ii) if given by mail 3 Business Days following such posting, postage prepaid, U.S. certified or registered,
(iii) if given by overnight courier, one (1) Business Day after deposit thereof with a national overnight courier service, or (iv) if given by any other means, when received at the address specified in this Section 11.3. However,
anything in this Section 11.3 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Transferor hereby authorizes a Class Conduit to effect Transfers, the Tranche Periods and the Tranche Rates selections based on telephonic notices made by any Person which such
Class Conduit in good faith believes to be acting on behalf of the Transferor. The Transferor agrees to deliver promptly to the Administrative Agent a written confirmation of each telephonic notice signed by an authorized officer of Transferor
(which confirmation the Administrative Agent shall forward to the applicable Class Agent). However, the absence of such confirmation shall not affect the validity of such notice. If the written confirmation differs in any material respect from the
action taken by any Class Conduit the records of such Class Conduit shall govern absent manifest error. 

  
 89 

 If to YC SUSI Trust: 

YC SUSI Trust 
 c/o Bank of America, National Association, 
 as Administrative
Trustee 
 214 North Tryon Street,
19th Floor 

NC1-027-19-01 
 Charlotte, NC 28255 
 Telephone:    (704)
386-7922 
 Facsimile:     (704) 386-9169 

(with a copy to the Administrative Agent) 

If to Liberty: 
 Liberty Street Funding Corp. 
 c/o Global Securitization Services,
LLC 
 114 West 47th St., Suite 1715 
 New York, New York 10036 
 Attention: Andrew L. Stidd 

Telephone:  (212) 302-5151 

Telecopy:    (212) 302-8767 

with a copy to: 
 The Bank of Nova Scotia 
 One Liberty Plaza 

New York, New York 10006 
 Attention: Richard D. Garritt 

Telephone:  (212) 225-5000 

Telecopy:    (212) 225-5090 

If to Falcon: 
 Falcon Asset Securitization LLC 
 c/o
Asset Backed Finance 
 Suite IL1-0594 

Chicago, Illinois 60670 

Telecopy No.: (312) 732-1844 

Chariot Funding LLC 
 c/o JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. 
 10 S. Dearborn

 Chicago, Illinois 60603-0594 

Attention: Asset Backed Securities Conduit Group 

Telecopy: (312) 732-1844 

  
 90 

 with a copy to: 

JPMorgan Bank, N.A. 
 10 South Dearborn 
 Suite IL1-0079 

Chicago, Illinois 60603 
 Telecopy No.: (312) 732-1844 
 If to the Transferor:

 Tech Data Finance SPV, Inc. 

1655 N. Main Street, Suite 295 
 Walnut Creek, California 34596 
 Telephone: (925) 933-6390

 Telecopy:   (925) 933-6390 

If to Tech Data: 
 Tech Data Corporation 
 5350 Tech Data Drive 

Clearwater, Florida 33760 
 Attention: Treasurer 
 Telephone: (727) 539-7429 

Telecopy:   (727) 538-5860 

(with a copy to General Counsel) 

Telecopy: (727) 538-7803 
 If to the Administrative Agent: 
 Bank of America, National
Association 
 214 North Tryon Street 

NCI – 027 – 19 – 01 

Charlotte, North Carolina 28255 
 Attention: ABCP Conduit Group 

Telephone:    (704) 386-7922 

Facsimile:     (704) 386-9169 

If to the Bank Investors, at their respective addresses set forth on the signature pages hereto or of the Assignment and
Assumption Agreement pursuant to which it became a party hereto. 
 Section 11.4 Governing Law;
Submission to Jurisdiction; Integration. 
 (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRANSFEROR HEREBY SUBMITS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF 

  
 91 

 
THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK FOR PURPOSES OF ALL LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. The Transferor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such
proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Nothing in this Section 11.4 shall affect the right of any Class Investor to bring any action or
proceeding against the Transferor or its property in the courts of other jurisdictions. 
 (b) This Agreement
contains the final and complete integration of all prior expressions by the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall constitute the entire Agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof
superseding all prior oral or written understandings. 
 Section 11.5 Severability; Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the
same Agreement. Execution and delivery of this Agreement may be made by facsimile. Any provisions of this Agreement which are prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such
prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. 

Section 11.6 Successors and Assigns. 

(a) This Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided,
however, that the Transferor may not assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Majority Investors. No provision of this Agreement shall in any manner
restrict the ability of any Class Conduit to assign, participate, grant security interests in, or otherwise transfer any portion of the Transferred Interest held by it. 

(b) The Transferor hereby agrees and consents to the assignment by any Class Conduit from time to time of all or any
part of its rights under, interest in and title to this Agreement and the Transferred Interest held by it to any related Liquidity Provider. In addition, the Transferor hereby consents to and acknowledges the assignment by any Class Conduit of all
of its rights under, interest in and title to this Agreement and the Transferred Interest held by it to the related Collateral Agent. 
 (c) Without limiting the foregoing, any Class Conduit may, from time to time, with prior or concurrent notice to Transferor and Collection Agent, in one transaction or

  
 92 

 
a series of transactions, assign all or a portion of its Net Investment and its rights and obligations under this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents to which it is a party to a Conduit
Assignee. Upon and to the extent of such assignment by such Class Conduit to a Conduit Assignee, (i) such Conduit Assignee shall be the owner of the assigned portion of such Net Investment, (ii) the related administrative or managing agent
for such Conduit Assignee will act as the Class Agent for such Conduit Assignee, with all corresponding rights and powers, express or implied, granted to the applicable Class Agent hereunder or under the other Transaction Documents, (iii) such
Conduit Assignee and its liquidity support provider(s) and credit support provider(s) and other related parties shall have the benefit of all the rights and protections provided to such Class Conduit and its Liquidity Support Provider(s) and Credit
Support Provider(s), respectively, herein and in the other Transaction Documents (including, without limitation, any limitation on recourse against such Conduit Assignee or related parties, any agreement not to file or join in the filing of a
petition to commence an insolvency proceeding against such Conduit Assignee, and the right to assign to another Conduit Assignee as provided in this paragraph), (iv) such Conduit Assignee shall assume all (or the assigned or assumed portion) of
such Class Conduit’s obligations, if any, hereunder or any other Transaction Document, and such Class Conduit shall be released from such obligations, in each case to the extent of such assignment, and the obligations of such Class Conduit and
such Conduit Assignee shall be several and not joint, (v) all distributions in respect of such Net Investment shall be made to the applicable agent or administrative agent, as applicable, on behalf of such Class Conduit and such Conduit
Assignee on a pro rata basis according to their respective interests, (vi) the definition of the term “CP Rate” with respect to the portion of such Net Investment funded with commercial paper issued by such Class Conduit from
time to time shall be determined in the manner set forth in the definition of “CP Rate” applicable to such Class Conduit on the basis of the interest rate or discount applicable to commercial paper issued by such Conduit Assignee
(rather than such Class Conduit), (vii) the defined terms and other terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, and (viii) if requested by the
Administrative Agent or the agent or administrative agent with respect to the Conduit Assignee, the parties will execute and deliver such further agreements and documents and take such other actions as the Administrative Agent or such agent or
administrative agent may reasonably request to evidence and give effect to the foregoing. No Assignment by such Class Conduit to a Conduit Assignee of all or any portion of its Net Investment shall in any way diminish the related Bank
Investors’ obligation under Section 10.7 to fund any Incremental Transfer not funded by such Class Conduit or such Conduit Assignee or to acquire from such Class Conduit or such Conduit Assignee all or any portion of the applicable Net
Investment. 
 (d) Federal Reserve. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Bank
Investor may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its rights (including, without limitation, any Transferred Interest and all rights to payment of capital and yield in respect of the Transferred Interest) under
this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to secure obligations of such Bank Investor to a Federal Reserve Bank, the U.S. Treasury or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, without notice to or consent of the Transferor, the
Administrative Agent any other Person; provided, however, that no such pledge or grant of a security interest shall release any Bank Investor from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or grantee for such Bank Investor as a
party hereto. 

  
 93 

 Section 11.7 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.
Each of the Administrative Agent, the Class Investors and the Class Agents agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its
Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and
instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance
Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) among the Administrative Agent and the Bank Investors only, and in respect of Information relating to the
Collection Agent’s servicing hereunder and the Receivables (including information relating to defaults, delinquencies, collection, payment and/or liquidation rates and concentrations), to any party hereto, (e) in connection with the
exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Transaction Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an
agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or participant in, or any prospective assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any
potential Bank Investor, any related commercial paper issuer that finances a Class Conduit, any related Liquidity Provider or any related Credit Support Provider in relation to this Agreement, (g) solely in respect of Information relating to
the Collection Agent’s servicing hereunder and the Receivables (including information relating to defaults, delinquencies, collection, payment and/or liquidation rates and concentrations), to any nationally recognized statistical rating
organization in compliance with Rule 17g-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or to any other rating agency in compliance with any similar rule or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction), (h) with the consent of the Collection Agent or
the Transferor or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Class Investor, Class Agent or any of
their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Collection Agent or the Transferor. 
 For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Collection Agent or the Transferor relating to the Collection Agent or the Transferor or any of their
respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Class Investor or Class Agent on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Collection Agent or the Transferor, provided that,
in the case of information received from the Collection Agent or the Transferor after the date of Amendment Number 10 to this Agreement, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain
the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person
would accord to its own confidential information. 

  
 94 

 Each of the Administrative Agent, the Class Investors and the Class Agents
acknowledges that (a) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Collection Agent or the Transferor, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public
information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws. 
 Section 11.8 Confidentiality Agreement. The Transferor and Tech Data hereby agree that they will not disclose the contents of this Agreement or any other proprietary or confidential
information of any Class Agent, the Class Conduits, the Administrative Agent, any Bank Investor, the Collateral Agent, any related Liquidity Provider or any related Credit Support Provider to any other Person except (i) its auditors and
attorneys, employees or financial advisors (other than any commercial bank) and any nationally recognized rating agency, provided such auditors, attorneys, employees, financial advisors or rating agencies are informed of the highly
confidential nature of such information or (ii) as otherwise required by applicable law or order of a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding Section 11.7, this Section 11.8 or any provision in this Agreement to the contrary,
the Transferor, the Collection Agent, Tech Data, each Class Investor, each Class Agent, the Administrative Agent, each Indemnified Party and any successor or assign of any of the foregoing (and each employee, representative or other agent of any of
the foregoing) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the “tax treatment” and “tax structure” (in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions
contemplated herein and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are or have been provided to any of the foregoing relating to such tax treatment or tax structure, and it is hereby confirmed that each of the
foregoing have been so authorized since the commencement of discussions regarding the transactions. 

Section 11.9 No Bankruptcy Petition Against any Class Conduit. Each party hereto hereby covenants and agrees
that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding Commercial Paper or other indebtedness of any Class Conduit (or any related commercial paper issuer that finances the Class Conduit), it will not
institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, such Class Conduit (or such related issuer) any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceeding under the laws of the
United States or any state of the United States. 
 Section 11.10 No Recourse Against Stockholders,
Officers or Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the obligations of each Class Conduit (or any related commercial paper issuer that finances the Class Conduit) under this Agreement and all other
Transaction Documents are solely the corporate obligations of such Class Conduit (or such related issuer) and shall be payable solely to the extent of funds received from the Transferor in accordance herewith or from any party to any Transaction
Document in accordance with the terms thereof in excess of funds necessary to pay matured and maturing Commercial Paper of the applicable Class Conduit (or its related issuer). No recourse under any obligation, covenant or agreement of any Class
Conduit (or its related issuer) contained in this Agreement shall be had against such Class Conduit’s (or such related issuer’s) Corporate Services Provider (or any Affiliate thereof), or any stockholder, employee, officer, director or
incorporator of any Class Conduit (or its related issuer) or beneficial owner of any of them, as such, by the 

  
 95 

 
enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that this Agreement is solely a corporate
obligation of each Class Conduit (or its related issuer), and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to or be incurred by the Corporate Services Provider (or any Affiliate thereof), or the stockholder, employee, officer, director or
incorporator of any Class Conduit (or its related issuer) or beneficial owner of any of them, as such, or any of them, under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements of any Class Conduit (or its related issuer) contained in
this Agreement, or implied therefrom, and that any and all personal liability for breaches by any Class Conduit (or its related issuer) of any of such obligations, covenants or agreements, either at common law or at equity, or by statute or
constitution, of the Corporate Services Provider (or any Affiliate thereof) and every such stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator of a Class Conduit (or its related issuer) or beneficial owner of any of them is hereby expressly
waived as a condition of and consideration for the execution of this Agreement; provided, however, that a Class Conduit (or its related issuer) shall be considered to be an Affiliate of the Corporate Services Provider; and
provided, further, that this Section 11.2 shall not relieve any such stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator of any Class Conduit (or its related issuer) or beneficial owner of any of them of any liability it
might otherwise have for its own intentional misrepresentation or willful misconduct. 
 Section 11.11
Characterization of the Transactions Contemplated by the Agreement. It is the intention of the parties that the transactions contemplated hereby constitute the sale of the Transferred Interest, conveying good title thereto free and clear of
any Adverse Claims to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class Investors, and that the Transferred Interest not be part of the Transferor’s estate in the event of an insolvency. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the transactions
contemplated hereby should be deemed a financing, the parties intend that the Transferor shall be deemed to have granted to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class Investors, and the Transferor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, on
behalf of the Class Investors, a first priority perfected security interest in all of the Transferor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables, together with Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, and that
this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law. The Transferor hereby grants a security interest in and assigns to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class Investors, all of its rights and remedies under the
Purchase Agreement with respect to the Receivables and with respect to any obligations thereunder of Tech Data with respect to the Receivables. 
 Section 11.12 Optional Reconveyance of All Receivables. The Transferor shall have the option at any time to require the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class Investors, as applicable,
to reconvey all of its interest in the Receivables to the Transferor subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) the Transferor shall give the Administrative Agent and each Class Agent not less than 10 Business Days notice of the
Transferor’s exercise of this option and (b) simultaneously with the reconveyance by the Administrative Agent to the Transferor of the Administrative Agent’s interest in the Receivables, the Transferor shall pay to the Administrative
Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Class Investors, an amount equal to the Aggregate Net Investment plus all discount accrued and to accrue on the Class Conduit’s (or, if a related commercial paper issuer finances the Class Conduit, the
related issuer’s) Related Commercial Paper to maturity, together with any other costs associated with the receipt by each Class Conduit (or its related issuer) of its Net Investment on a day other than the last day of an applicable Tranche
Period along with any other amounts owing hereunder to the Class Investors by the Transferor. 

  
 96 

 Section 11.13 Mandatory Reconveyance of Certain Receivables. The
Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Class Investors, as applicable, upon each occasion on which the Transferor shall be required to reconvey any Receivables to Tech Data pursuant to Section 7.2(a) of the Purchase Agreement, shall be
considered to have reconveyed and does hereby reconvey to the Transferor such Receivables (including the Transferred Interest therein) and upon such reconveyance, hereby terminates its interest in any such Receivables; provided that no such
reconveyance by the Administrative Agent shall occur or be deemed to have occurred if (a) any Event of Termination shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder or (b) Tech Data shall not have contemporaneously with such reconveyance
sold to the Transferor a substitute receivable as described in Section 7.2(b) of the Purchase Agreement. 

  
 97 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this
Transfer and Administration Agreement as of the day first written above. 
  

			
	 TECH DATA FINANCE SPV, INC.,
 as Transferor

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Charles V. Dannewitz

	 Name: Charles V. Dannewitz

	 Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

	
	 TECH DATA CORPORATION,
 as Collection Agent

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Charles V. Dannewitz

	 Name: Charles V. Dannewitz

	 Title: Senior Vice President and Treasurer

	
	 LIBERTY STREET FUNDING CORP.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Jill A. Russo

	 Name: Jill A. Russo

	 Title: VicePresident

  
 98 

  

			
	FALCON ASSET SECURITIZATION
CORPORATIONCHARIOT FUNDING LLC
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Laura V Chittick

	 Name: Laura V. Chittick

	 Title: Vice President

  

									
	 Commitment
	 		 	BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
	 $102,000136,680,000
	 		 	 Administrative Agent, SUSI Issuer Agent and as
 a SUSI Issuer Bank Investor

					
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Robert R. Wood
	 	
		 		 	Name: Robert R Wood	 	
		 		 	Title: Director	 	
			
	 Commitment
 $102,000135,660,000
	 		 	 THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, as Liberty
 Agent and as a Liberty Bank Investor

					
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Diane Emanuel
	 	
		 		 	Name: Diane Emanuel	 	
		 		 	Title: Managing Director	 	
			
	 Commitment
 $102,000135,660,000
	 		 	 JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A, as Falcon Agent
 and as a Falcon Bank Investor

					
		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Laura V Chittick
	 	
		 		 	Name: Laura V. Chittick	 	
		 		 	Title: Vice President	 	

  
 99 

 ANNEX 1 
 CP Rate Definition for SUSI Issuer 
 “CP Rate”
shall mean for any CP Tranche Period, the per annum rate equivalent to the “weighted average cost” (as defined below) related to the issuance of Commercial Paper that is allocated, in whole or in part, to fund the SUSI Issuer’s Net
Investment (and which may also be allocated in part to the funding of other assets of the SUSI Issuer); provided, however, that if any component of such rate described above is a discount rate in calculating the CP Rate for the SUSI Issuer’s
Net Investment for such CP Tranche Period, the rate used to calculate such component of such rate shall be a rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum. As used in this definition, the
“weighted average cost” shall consist of (A) the actual interest rate (or discount) paid to purchasers of Commercial Paper issued by the SUSI Issuer or any related commercial paper issuer that finances the SUSI Issuer (other than the
commissions of placement agents and dealers), (B) certain documentation and transaction costs associated with the issuance of such Commercial Paper, (c) any incremental carrying costs incurred with respect to Commercial Paper maturing on
dates other than those on which corresponding funds are received by the related Class Agent on behalf of the SUSI Issuer (or its related commercial paper issuer), and (D) other borrowing by the SUSI Issuer (or its related commercial paper
issuer) (other than under any program support agreement), including to fund small or odd dollar amounts that are not easily accommodated in the commercial paper market. 

  
 100

 ANNEX 2 
 CP Rate Definition for Falcon 
 “CP
Rate” shall mean for any CP Tranche Period, unless otherwise provided for under the Transaction Documents, the sum of (i) discount or yield accrued on Falcon pooled Commercial Paper during such Tranche Period, plus
(ii) any and all accrued commissions in respect of placement agents and Commercial Paper dealers, and issuing and paying agent fees incurred, in respect of such pooled Commercial Paper for such Tranche Period plus (iii) other costs
associated with funding small or odd-lot amounts with respect to all receivable purchase facilities which are funded by Falcon pooled Commercial Paper for such Tranche Period, minus (iv) any accrual of income net of expenses received during
such Tranche Period from investment of collections received under all receivable purchase facilities funded substantially with Falcon pooled Commercial Paper, minus (v) any payment received during such Tranche Period net of expenses in respect
of broken funding costs related to the prepayment of any portion of the Net Investment of Falcon pursuant to the terms of any receivable purchase facilities funded substantially with pooled Commercial Paper. In addition to the foregoing costs, if
Seller shall request from Falcon any Incremental Transfer during any period of time determined by the Class Agent in its sole discretion to result in an incrementally higher CP Rate applicable to such Incremental Transfer, the Net Investment
associated with any such Incremental Transfer shall, during such period, be deemed to be funded by Falcon in a special pool (which may include capital associated with other receivable purchase facilities) for purposes of determining such additional
CP Rate applicable only to such special pool and charged each day during such period against such Net Investment. 
 “CP Rate” shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the thirty (30) day London-Interbank Offered Rate appearing on the Bloomberg BBAM (British Bankers Association) Page (or on
any successor or substitute page of such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time in accordance with its customary practices
for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to U.S. Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day or, if such day is not a Business Day in London, the immediately
preceding Business Day in London. In the event that such rate is not available on any day at such time for any reason, then the “CP Rate” for such day shall be the rate at which thirty (30) day U.S. Dollar deposits of $5,000,000
are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such day; and if the Administrative Agent is for any reason unable to
determine the CP Rate in the foregoing manner or has determined in good faith that the CP Rate determined in such manner does not accurately reflect the cost of acquiring, funding or maintaining a Purchased Interest, the CP Rate for such day shall
be the Base Rate. 

  
 101

 ANNEX 3 
 CP Rate Definition for Liberty 
 “CP Rate” shall
mean for any CP Tranche Period, the per annum rate equivalent to the “weighted average cost” (as defined below) related to the issuance of Commercial Paper that is allocated, in whole or in part, to fund Liberty’s Net Investment (and
which may also be allocated in part to the funding of other assets of Liberty); provided, however, that if any component of such rate described above is a discount rate in calculating the CP Rate for Liberty’s Net Investment for such CP Tranche
Period, the rate used to calculate such component of such rate shall be a rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum. As used in this definition, the “weighted average cost” shall
consist of (A) the actual interest rate (or discount) paid to purchasers of Commercial Paper issued by Liberty (other than the commissions of placement agents and dealers), (B) certain documentation and transaction costs associated with
the issuance of such Commercial Paper, (C) any incremental carrying costs incurred with respect to Commercial Paper maturing on dates other than those on which corresponding funds are received by the related Class Agent on behalf of Liberty,
and (D) other borrowing by Liberty (other than under any program support agreement), including to fund small or odd dollar amounts that are not easily accommodated in the commercial paper market. 

  
 102401K Plan

 EXHIBIT 10BBm 

 
  
 TECH DATA CORPORATION 
 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN 

 
  
 (As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006) 

 TECH DATA CORPORATION 

401(K) SAVINGS PLAN 
 (As Amended and Restated Effective January 1. 2006) 
  

							
	 Article
	  	 Title
	  	Page	 
			
	 I
	  	 Definitions
	  	 	I-1	  
			
	 II
	  	 Name and Purpose of the Plan and the Trust
	  	 	II-1	  
			
	 III
	  	 Plan Administrator
	  	 	III-1	  
			
	 IV
	  	 Eligibility and Participation
	  	 	IV-1	  
			
	 V
	  	 Contributions to the Trust
	  	 	V-1	  
			
	 VI
	  	 Participants’ Accounts and Allocation of Contributions
	  	 	VI-1	  
			
	 VII
	  	 Benefits Under the Plan
	  	 	VII-1	  
			
	 VIII
	  	 Form and Payment of Benefits
	  	 	VIII-1	  
			
	 IX
	  	 Hardship and Other Distributions
	  	 	IX-1	  
			
	 X
	  	 Investment Funds and Loans to Participants
	  	 	X-1	  
			
	 XI
	  	 Trust Fund and Expenses of Administration
	  	 	XI-1	  
			
	 XII
	  	 Amendment and Termination
	  	 	XII-1	  
			
	 XIII
	  	 Miscellaneous
	  	 	XIII-1	  

 TECH DATA CORPORATION 

401(K) SAVINGS PLAN 
 (As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2006) 
 Tech
Data Corporation (the “Company”) hereby amends and restates the Tech Data Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”) effective for all purposes as of January 1. 2006, except as otherwise set forth herein. 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, the Company established the Tech Data Corporation Retirement Savings Plan effective May 1, 1987;

 WHEREAS, the Company established the Tech Data Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective
February 1, 1984; 
 WHEREAS, the Company established this Tech Data Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan
effective January 1, 2000, and merged the Tech Data Corporation Retirement Savings Plan and the Tech Data Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan into this Plan, effective as of January 1, 2000; and 

WHEREAS, the officers of the Company have been authorized and directed by the Board of Directors to adopt this
amendment and restatement of the Plan. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, it is agreed
as follows: 
 ARTICLE I  
 Definitions 
 (a) “Account”
or “Accounts” shall mean a Participant’s Elective Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account, Nonelective Contribution Account, Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, ESOP
Merger Account, Retirement Savings Plan Merger Account, Transfer Contribution Account and/or such other accounts as may be established by the Plan Administrator. 

(b) “Actual Contribution Percentage” shall mean, with respect to a group of Participants for the
Plan Year, the average of the Actual Contribution Ratios (calculated separately for each member of the group) of each Participant who is a member of such group. 

  
 I-1

 (c) “Actual Contribution Ratio” shall mean the ratio
of the amount of matching contributions (including elective and qualified nonelective contributions, if any, treated as matching contributions) made on behalf of a Participant for a Plan Year to the Participant’s compensation for the Plan Year
taken into account for nondiscrimination testing purposes under Section 401(m) of the Code. The Actual Contribution Ratio shall not include matching contributions that are forfeited either to correct excess aggregate contributions or because
the contributions to which they relate are excess deferrals, excess elective contributions, or excess aggregate contributions. The Employer may include qualified nonelective contributions in the Actual Contribution Ratio. The Employer also may elect
to use elective contributions in the Actual Contribution Ratio so long as the ADP test is met before the elective contributions are used in the ACP test and continues to be met following the exclusion of those elective contributions that are used to
meet the ACP test. 
 (1) Qualified nonelective contributions, if any, may be treated as matching
contributions for this purpose only if such contributions are nonforfeitable when made, subject to the same distribution restrictions that apply to the Participant’s elective contributions and satisfy the requirements of
Section 1.401(m)-1(b)(5) of the Treasury Regulations. 
 (2) (A) Compensation taken into account for
purposes of this paragraph must satisfy Section 414(s) of the Code. 
 (B) An Employer may
limit the period for which compensation is taken into account to that portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee was a Participant so long as this limit is applied uniformly to all eligible Employees under the Plan for the Plan Year. 

(3) (A) If no matching contributions, qualified nonelective contributions or elective contributions are taken into account
with respect to an eligible Employee, the Actual Contribution Ratio of the Employee is zero. 

(B) For this purpose, ‘eligible Employee’ shall mean any Employee who is eligible to make an
elective contribution (if the Employer takes such contributions into account in the calculation of the Actual Contribution Ratio), or to receive a matching contribution (including forfeitures). 

(C) ‘Matching Contribution’ shall mean an employer contribution made to this or any other
defined contribution plan on behalf of a Participant on account of an employee contribution made by such Participant, or on account of a participant’s elective contribution, under a plan maintained by the Employer. 

  
 I-2

 (4) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001,
if Matching Contributions are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code, as described in Section VI(d)(4), they shall nonetheless be treated as Matching Contributions for purposes of determining a
Participant’s Actual Contribution Ratio, and for other requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code. 

(d) “Actual Deferral Percentage” shall mean, with respect to a group of Participants for the Plan
Year, the average of the Actual Deferral Ratios (calculated separately for each member of the group) of each Participant who is a member of such group 
 (e) “Actual Deferral Ratio” shall mean the ratio of the amount of elective contributions (including qualified nonelective contributions, if any, treated as elective contributions
and excess deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees, but excluding Catch-up Contributions, excess deferrals of Non-highly Compensated Employees that arise solely from elective contributions made under the Plan or plans of this Employer and elective
contributions that are taken into account in the Actual Contribution Percentage test (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion of these elective contributions)) made on behalf of a Participant for a Plan Year to the
Participant’s compensation for the Plan Year taken into account for nondiscrimination testing purposes under Section 401(k) of the Code. 

(1) Qualified nonelective contributions, if any, may be treated as elective contributions for this purpose
only if such contributions are nonforfeitable when made, subject to the same distribution restrictions that apply to a Participant’s elective contributions and satisfy the requirements of Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(5) of the Treasury
Regulations. 
 (2) (A) Compensation taken into account for purposes of this paragraph must satisfy
Section 414(s) of the Code. 
 (B) An Employer may limit the period for which compensation
is taken into account to that portion of the Plan Year in which the Employee was a Participant so long as this limit is applied uniformly to all eligible Employees under the Plan for the Plan Year. 

(3) (A) If an eligible Employee makes no elective contributions, and no qualified nonelective contributions are treated as
elective contributions, the Actual Deferral Ratio of the Employee is zero. 
 (B) For this
purpose, an “eligible Employee” is any Employee who is directly or indirectly eligible to make a cash or deferred election into the Plan for all or a portion of the Plan Year as described in Section 1.401(k)-1(g)(4) of the Treasury
Regulations. 

  
 I-3

 (f) “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to an
Employer, any corporation other than such Employer that is a member of a controlled group of corporations, within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code, of which such Employer is a member; all other trades or businesses (whether or not
incorporated) under common control, within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code, with such Employer; any service organization other than such Employer that is a member of an affiliated service group, within the meaning of
Section 414(m) of the Code, of which such Employer is a member; and any other organization that is required to be aggregated with such Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code. For purposes of determining the limitations on Annual
Additions, the special rules of Section 415(h) of the Code shall apply. 
 (g) “Annual
Additions” shall mean, with respect to a Limitation Year, the sum of: 
 (1) the
amount of Employer contributions (including elective contributions) allocated to the Participant under any defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate; 

(2) the amount of the Employee’s contributions (other than rollover contributions, if any) to any
contributory defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate; 
 (3) any
forfeitures allocated to the Participant under any defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate; and 
 (4) amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Code that is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate, and amounts
derived from contributions that are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code) under a welfare benefit plan (as defined in
Section 419(e) of the Code) maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate; provided, however, the percentage limitation set forth in paragraph (e)(1) of Article VI shall not apply to: (A) any contribution for medical benefits (within the
meaning of Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an “Annual Addition,” or (2) any amount otherwise treated as an “Annual Addition” under Section 415(l)(1) of
the Code. 
 (h) “Board of Directors” and “Board” shall mean, if
applicable, the board of directors of the Company or, when required by the context, the board of directors of an Employer other than the Company. 
 (i) “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute. Reference to a specific section of the Code shall include a reference to any
successor provision. 
 (j) “Company” shall mean Tech Data Corporation and its
successors. 

  
 I-4

 (k) “Compensation” shall mean wages within the
meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement
under Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052 of the Code (wages, tips and other compensation as reported on Form W-2). 
 (1) (A) Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a) of the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment
of the services performed. 
 (B) Compensation shall also include elective contributions made on
behalf of a Participant to this Plan or salary reduction contribution made pursuant to a plan described in Section 125 of the Code, and, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, elective amounts that are not
includable in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Section 132(f)(4) of the Code. 

(C) Compensation shall exclude fringe benefits (cash and noncash), reimbursements or other expense
allowances, moving expenses, deferred compensation and welfare benefits. 
 (2) (A) To the extent required by
law, no Compensation in excess of the $150,000 limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (as adjusted in accordance with law) shall be taken into account for any Employee. For purposes of this section, for Plan Years beginning prior to
January 1, 1997, in determining the Compensation of a Participant for purposes of this limitation, the rules of Section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall apply, except that in applying such rules, the term “family shall include only the
spouse of the Participant and any lineal descendants of the Participant who have not attained age 19 before the end of the Plan Year. If as a result of the application of these rules, the adjusted dollar limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of
the Code is exceeded the limitation shall be prorated among the affected individuals in proportion to each individual’s Compensation as determined under this section prior to the application of this limitation. 

(B) Notwithstanding paragraph (A) above, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the
annual Compensation of each participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with section
401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual Compensation means compensation during the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the

  
 I-5

 
determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.

  

	 	 (3)
	 For purposes of crediting contributions pursuant to Article VI (other than elective contributions) with respect to any Plan Year, no Compensation
paid by an Employer with respect to an Employee prior to the Employee’s first day of participation shall be taken into account. 

 (l) “Effective Date” of this Plan shall mean January 1, 2000, except as otherwise set forth herein. 

(m) “Elective Contribution Account” shall mean an account established pursuant to paragraph
(b) of Article VI with respect to contributions made under salary reduction arrangements pursuant to Article V. 
 (n) “Employee” shall mean: 

(1) any person employed by an Employer other than: 

(A) a member of a collective bargaining unit if retirement benefits were a subject of good faith
bargaining between such unit and an Employer; provided, however, that this subparagraph (A) shall not apply to a member of a collective bargaining unit if such unit and Employer agree that the member shall participate in the Plan; 

(B) a non-resident alien who does not receive earned income from sources within the United States;

 (C) an individual whose employment status has not been recognized by completion of Internal
Revenue Service Form W-4 and who is not initially treated as a common law employee of an Employer on the payroll records of an Employer; 
 (D) leased employees; 
 (E) individuals who
are classified as expatriates by the Employer and who become subject to the tax laws of a foreign country under circumstances where participation in the Plan is not practical, as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion; or 

(F) persons employed on a temporary basis, including but not limited to seasonal employees, interns, and
other persons whose employment with the Employer is not intended to be of a permanent or regular nature. 

  
 I-6

 (2) For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘leased
employee’ means any person (other than an Employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person (‘leasing organization’), has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and one
or more Affiliates) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year and the individual’s services are performed under the primary direction or control of such Employer. 

(o) “Employer” shall mean the Company and any Affiliate that adopts this Plan with the consent of
the Company. 
 (p) “Employer Securities” shall mean common stock, any other type of
stock or any marketable obligation (as defined in Section 407(e) of ERISA) issued by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that if Employer Securities are purchased with borrowed funds, Employer Securities, to the
extent required by Section 4975 of the Code, shall only include: 
 (1) such securities that
are readily tradable on an established securities market, or 
 (2) if none of the stock of an
Employer (or any Affiliate of such Employer other than a member of an affiliated service group that includes such Employer) is readily tradable on an established securities market, common stock issued by the Employer having a combination of voting
power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Employer or any Affiliate having the greatest voting power, and (B) that class of common stock of the Employer or any Affiliate having the greatest
dividend rights, or 
 (3) noncallable preferred stock that is convertible at any time into stock
meeting the requirements of subparagraph (1) or (2) (whichever is applicable), if such conversion is at a reasonable price (determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation §54.4975-11(d)(5) as of the date of acquisition by the Trustee).

 (q) “Entry Date” shall mean the first day of each month. 

(r) “ESOP Merger Account” shall mean an account established pursuant to paragraph (b) of
Article VI with respect to each Participant for whom assets from the Tech Data Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan have been merged into this Plan. 
 (s) (1) “Highly Compensated Employee” shall mean any Employee: 
 (A) who was a 5% owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code) of an Employer during the Plan Year or the immediately preceding Plan Year; or 

  
 I-7

 (B) whose Section 415 Compensation was more than
$80,000 (adjusted under such regulations as may be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury) for the preceding Plan Year and, if elected by the Employer, was a member of the “top paid group” for such preceding year: provided, that as used
herein, “top paid group” shall mean all Employees who are in the top 20% of the Employer’s work force on the basis of Section 415 Compensation paid during the year; provided, further, that for purposes of determining the number
of Employees in the top paid group. Employees described in Section 414(q)(5) of the Code shall be excluded. 
 (2) In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from an Employer
constituting United States source income (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code) shall not be treated as Employees. 
 (3) For purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, an Employer and any Affiliate shall be taken into account as a single Employer. 

(4) The term “Highly Compensated Employee” shall also mean any former Employee who is separated
from service (or was deemed to have separated from service) prior to the Plan Year, performs no service for an Employer during the Plan Year, and was an actively employed Highly Compensated Employee in the separation year or any Plan Year ending on
or after the date the Employee attained age 55. 

  
 I-8

 (t) “Hour of Service” shall mean: 

(1) (A) an hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for an Employer or an
Affiliate; 
 (B) an hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer
or an Affiliate on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), lay-off, jury duty,
military duty, severance or leave of absence. Notwithstanding the preceding, 
 (i) no more than
501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this subparagraph (i) to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single Plan Year); 

(ii) an hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of
a period during which no duties are performed shall not be credited to the Employee if such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workmen’s compensation, or unemployment compensation
or disability insurance laws; and 
 (iii) an hour shall not be credited for a payment which
solely reimburses an Employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee; and 
 (C) an hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or an Affiliate; provided, that the same Hour of Service shall not be credited both
under subparagraph (1)(A) or subparagraph (1)(B), as the case may be, and under this subparagraph (1)(C). Crediting of an Hour of Service for back pay awarded or agreed to with respect to periods described in subparagraph (1)(B) shall be
subject to the limitations set forth in that section. 
 The definition set forth in this subparagraph
(1) is subject to the special rules contained in Department of Labor Regulations Sections 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), and any regulations amending or superseding such sections, which special rules are hereby incorporated in the definition of
“Hour of Service” by this reference. 
 (2) (A) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this
“Hour of Service” definition, in the case of an Employee who is absent from work for any period by reason of her pregnancy, by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee, by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in

  
 I-9

 
connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee or for purposes of caring for such child for a reasonable period beginning immediately following such birth or placement, the Employee
shall be treated as having those Hours of Service described in subparagraph (2)(B). 
 (B) The
Hours of Service to be credited to an Employee under the provisions of subparagraph (2)(A) are the Hours of Service that otherwise would normally have been credited to such Employee but for the absence in question or, in any case in which the
Plan is unable to determine such hours, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence; provided, however, that the total number of hours treated as Hours of Service under this subparagraph (2) by reason of any such pregnancy or placement shall
not exceed 501 hours. 
 (C) The hours treated as Hours of Service under this subparagraph
(2) shall be credited only in the Plan Year in which the absence from work begins, if the crediting is necessary to prevent a One Year Break in Service in such Plan Year or, in any other case, in the immediately following Plan Year. 

(D) Credit shall be given for Hours of Service under this subparagraph (2) solely for purposes of
determining whether a One Year Break of Service has occurred for participation or vesting purposes; credit shall not be given hereunder for any other purposes (including, without limitation, benefit accrual). 

(E) Notwithstanding any other provision of this subparagraph (2), no credit shall be given under this
subparagraph (2) unless the Employee in question furnishes to the Plan Administrator such timely information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require to establish that the absence from work is for reasons referred to in subparagraph
(2)(A) and the number of days for which there was such an absence. 
 (3) For purposes of
this section, the term “Employee” shall include any individual employed by an Employer, including a leased employee. 
 (u) “Key Employee” shall mean: 
 (1) For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2002, “Key Employee” shall mean any Employee or former Employee who is at any time during the Plan Year (or was at any time during the four
preceding Plan Years) (i) an officer of an Employer (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) having an aggregate annual compensation from the Employer an its Affiliates in excess of 50% of the amount in effect under
Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for any such Plan Year, (ii) one of the ten Employees owning (or considered as owning) the 

  
 I-10

 
largest interests in any Employer, owning more than a
 1/2% interest in the Employer, and having an
aggregate annual compensation from the Employer an its Affiliates of more than the limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for the calendar year that includes the last day of the Plan Year (if two Employees have equal
interests in an Employer, the Employee having the greater annual compensation from the Employer shall be deemed to have a larger interest), (iii) a 5% owner of an Employer (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1)(B) of the Code) or
(iv) a 1% owner of an Employer (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1)(B) of the Code) having an aggregate annual compensation from the Employer and its Affiliates of more than $150,000. For purposes of this paragraph the term
“compensation” shall mean an Employee’s Section 415 Compensation. 

(2) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, “Key Employee” means any Employee or
former Employee (including any deceased Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1) of
the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation
within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued
thereunder. 
 (v) “Limitation Year” shall mean the Plan Year. 

(w) “Matching Contribution Account” shall mean an account established pursuant to paragraph
(b) of Article VI with respect to matching contributions to this Plan on behalf of a Participant by an Employer pursuant to Article V. 
 (x) “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, an Employee or former Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. 

(y) “Non-Key Employee” shall mean, with respect to any Plan Year, an Employee or former Employee
who is not a Key Employee (including any such Employee who formerly was a Key Employee). 
 (z)
“Nonelective Contribution Account” shall mean an account established pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article VI with respect to Employer nonelective contributions made pursuant to Article V. 

(aa) “Normal Retirement Date” shall mean the date on which a Participant attains the age of 65
years. 

  
 I-11

 (bb) “One Year Break in Service” shall mean a Plan
Year in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service, and it shall be deemed to occur on the last day of any such Plan Year. For eligibility purposes, “One Year Break in Service” shall also mean the initial consecutive 12-month
period described in the “Year of Service” definition in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service, and it shall be deemed to occur on the last day of such consecutive 12-month period. 

(cc) “Participant” shall mean any eligible Employee of an Employer who has become a Participant
under the Plan and shall include any former employee of an Employer who became a Participant under the Plan and who still has a balance in an Account under the Plan. 

(dd) “Plan” shall mean the 401(k) plan as herein set forth, as it may be amended from time to
time. 
 (ee) “Plan Administrator” shall mean the Company. 

(ff) “Plan Year” shall mean the 12-month period ending on December 31. 

(gg) “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” shall mean: 

(1) in the case of a Participant who has a spouse, an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant
with a survivor annuity for the life of his spouse that is 50% (or, at the election of the Participant, 100%) of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his spouse; provided, however, that such annuity shall
be the actuarial equivalent of the benefit that would otherwise be paid to the Participant; and 

(2) in the case of any other Participant, an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant.

 (hh) “Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account” shall mean an account established
pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article VI with respect to qualified nonelective contributions made by an Employer pursuant to Article V. 
 (ii) “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity” shall mean a survivor annuity for the life of the surviving spouse of the Participant equal to the death benefit provided in
paragraph (d) of Article VII and that begins within a reasonable time following the death of the Participant. 
 (jj) “Retirement Savings Plan Merger Account” shall mean an account established pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article VI with respect to each participant for whom assets from
the Tech Data Corporation Retirement Savings Plan have been merged into this Plan. 

  
 I-12

 (kk) “Rollover Contribution Account” shall mean an
account established pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article VI with respect to rollover contributions made pursuant to V. 
 (ll) “Section 415 Compensation” shall mean: 
 (1) Wages, salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of
employment with the Employer to the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance
premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Section 1.62-2(c) of the Income Tax Regulations), any elective deferral (as defined in Section 402(g)(3)
of the Code), any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includable in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Sections 125 or 457 of the Code, and, effective January 1,
2001, elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Section 132(f)(4) of the Code. 
 (2) Section 415 Compensation shall exclude the following: 
 (A) Employer contributions (except as set forth in subparagraph (1) above) to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includable in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in
which contributed, or Employer contributions (except as set forth in subparagraph (1) above) under a simplified employee pension or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation; provided, however, that any amounts received by an
Employee pursuant to an unfounded non-qualified plan are permitted to be considered as Section 415 Compensation in the year the amounts are includable in the gross income of the Employee; 

(B) Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or
property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; and 
 (C) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option. 

(mm) “Top Heavy Plan” shall mean: 

(1) This Plan if the aggregate account balances (not including voluntary rollover contributions made by
any Participant from an unrelated plan) of the Key Employees and their beneficiaries for such Plan Year exceed 60% of 

  
 I-13

 
the aggregate account balances (not including voluntary rollover contributions made by any Participant from an unrelated plan) for all Participants and their beneficiaries. Such values shall be
determined for any Plan Year as of the last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year (or, for the first Plan Year, the last day of the first Plan Year). The account balances on any determination date shall include the aggregate distributions made
with respect to Participants during the five-year period ending on the determination date. For the purposes of this definition, the aggregate account balances for any Plan Year shall include the account balances and accrued benefits of all
retirement plans qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with which this Plan is required to be aggregated to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code (including terminated plans that would have been required to be
aggregated with this Plan) and all plans of an Employer or an Affiliate in which a Key Employee participates; and such term may include (at the discretion of the Plan Administrator) any other retirement plan qualified under Section 401(a) of
the Code that is maintained by an Employer or an Affiliate, provided the resulting aggregation group satisfies the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 410 of the Code. All calculations shall be on the basis of actuarial assumptions that are
specified by the Plan Administrator and applied on a uniform basis to all plans in the applicable aggregation group. The account balance of any Participant shall not be taken into account if: 

(A) he is a Non-Key Employee for any Plan Year, but was a Key Employee for any prior Plan Year, or

 (B) he has not performed any service for an Employer during the five-year period ending on the
determination date. 
 (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) above, for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2001, the determination of a Top Heavy Plan shall be made in accordance with the following rules: 
 (A) The amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the
Plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated
with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “5-year period” for
“1-year period.” 
 (B) The accounts of any individual who has not performed services
for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account. 

  
 I-14

 (nn) “Transfer Contribution Account” shall mean an
account established pursuant to paragraph (b) of Article VI with respect to direct transfers made to this Plan from another qualified plan pursuant to Article V. 

(oo) “Trust” shall mean the trust established by the Trust Agreement. 

(pp) “Trust Agreement” shall mean the agreement providing for the Trust Fund, as it may be
amended from time to time. 
 (qq) “Trust Fund” shall mean the trust fund established
under the Trust Agreement from which the amounts of supplementary compensation provided for by the Plan are to be paid or are to be funded. 
 (rr) “Trustee” shall mean the individual, individuals or corporation designated as trustee under the Trust Agreement. 

(ss) “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of each Plan Year and/or each day securities are
traded on a national stock exchange. 
 (tt) “Year of Service” shall mean 

(1) for all purposes of this Plan except for purposes of Article IV: 

(A) For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2001, a Plan Year during which an Employee
completes 1,000 or more Hours of Service. 
 (B) For the Plan Year beginning on January 1,
2000, the Plan Year ending December 31, 2000 only if the employee completes 1,000 or more Hours of Service during such Plan Year. 
 (i) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of this subparagraph (tt)(1)(B), an employee’s Hours of Service shall be equal to the sum of: 

a. The employee’s Hours of Service as defined in paragraph (t) of Article I, and 

b. The number of full months that has elapsed since the most recent anniversary of the employee’s
hire date multiplied by 190 hours. 
 (C) For periods beginning before January 1, 2000, the
number of years included in an Employee’s Periods of Service determined by aggregating all his years and days of service and converting days into years based upon the assumption that a year includes 365 days. Any Period of Service remaining
after the aggregation that totals less than 365 days shall be disregarded in determining an Employee’s number of Years of Service. 

  
 I-15

 (i) For purposes of this paragraph, the following terms
shall have the following meanings: 
 a. “Period of Service” shall mean, with
respect to an Employee, the period (expressed in years and fractional years) beginning with the date the Employee last commenced employment with an Employer or an Affiliate and ending with the date that a Period of Severance begins; provided,
however, that any Period of Severance of less than twelve (12) consecutive months shall be disregarded and such time shall be included in the Period of Service. 

I. For purposes of this section, 

1. the date an Employee commenced employment is the first day an Employee performs an Hour of Service,
and 
 2. fractional periods of less than a year shall be expressed in terms of days.

 II. For purposes of determining a Participant’s vested percentage under the Plan:

 1. If an Employee incurs a Break in Service and is thereafter reemployed by an Employer, his
Periods of Service before such date shall be added to his Periods of Service after reemployment for purposes of determining his vested percentage in his Accounts attributable to contributions made after his reemployment. 

2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Periods of Service shall not include any Period of Service prior to a
Break in Service if the Participant had no vested interest in the balance of his Accounts attributable to Employer contributions at the time of such Break in Service and if the number of consecutive Breaks in Service equaled or exceeded the greater
of five or the number of 

  
 I-16

 
Years of Service completed by the Participant prior thereto (not including any Periods of Service not required to be taken into consideration under this subsection as a result of any prior Break
in Service). 
 b. “Period of Severance” shall mean, with respect to an
Employee, the period beginning with the earlier of the date the Employee separates from the service of an Employer or an Affiliate by reason of quitting, discharge, death or retirement, or the date twelve (12) months after the date the Employee
separates from the service of the Employer or Affiliate for any reason other than quitting, retirement, discharge or death (e.g., vacation, holiday, sickness, disability, leave of absence or day off), and ending with the date the Employee performs
an Hour of Service. 
 (2) For purposes of Article IV, the consecutive 12-month period beginning
with the date of the Employee’s first Hour of Service for his Employer or an Affiliate thereof if, during such consecutive 12-month period, the Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service; provided, however, that if, during such consecutive
12-month period, the Employee does not complete 1,000 Hours of Service, then “Year of Service” shall mean any Plan Year beginning after the date of the Employee’s first Hour of Service during which the Employee completes 1,000 or more
Hours of Service. In either event, for purposes of Article IV, the Year of Service is not completed until the end of the consecutive 12-month period or the Plan Year, as the case may be, without regard to when during the period that the 1,000 Hours
of Service are completed. 
 (3) Effective for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1,
2000, for purposes of Article VII, an Employee’s “Years of Service” shall not include the following: 
 (A) Any Year of Service prior to a One Year Break in Service, but only prior to such time as the Participant has completed a Year of Service after such One Year Break in Service. 

(B) (i) In the case of a Participant who has no vested interest in the balance of his Accounts (other than the Rollover
Contribution Account), Years of Service before any period of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service shall not be required to be taken into account if the number of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of five
(5) or the aggregate number of Years of Service completed by the Participant prior to such period of consecutive One Year Breaks in Service. 

  
 I-17

 (ii) For purposes of this subparagraph (2)(B), any Years of Service not
required to be taken into account by reason of the application of this subparagraph shall not be taken into account in applying this subparagraph (2)(B) to a subsequent period of One Year Breaks in Service. 

(4) For purposes of eligibility and vesting, an Employee shall be credited with service he earned with a
predecessor employer in calculating the Employee’s Years of Service. For purposes of this subparagraph, the term “predecessor employer” shall mean an entity that is acquired by or merged with the Company or otherwise becomes an
Affiliated Employer. The term “predecessor employer” shall also include GE Capital Information Technology Systems-North America, Inc. (“GE”) with respect to Employees hired by the Employer from GE in the Frederick, Maryland
Distribution and Configuration facility. 
 (5) For purposes of this section, the term
“Employee” shall include any individual employed by an Employer, including a leased employee. 

  
 I-18

 ARTICLE II  

Name and Purpose of the Plan and the Trust 

(a) Name of Plan. A 401(k) plan is hereby established in accordance with the terms hereof and shall be
known as the “TECH DATA CORPORATION 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN.” 
 (b) Exclusive
Benefit. This Plan has been established for the sole purpose of providing benefits to the Participants and enabling them to share in the growth of their Employer. Except as otherwise permitted by law, in no event shall any part of the
principal or income of the Trust be paid to or reinvested in any Employer or be used for or diverted to any purpose whatsoever other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their beneficiaries. 

(c) Return of Contribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of paragraph (b), any
contribution made by an Employer to this Plan by a mistake of fact may be returned to the Employer within one year after the payment of the contribution; and any contribution made by an Employer that is conditioned upon the deductibility of the
contribution under Section 404 of the Code (each contribution shall be presumed to be so conditioned unless the Employer specifies otherwise) may be returned to the Employer if the deduction is disallowed and the contribution is returned (to
the extent disallowed) within one year after the disallowance of the deduction. 
 (d) Participants’
Rights. The establishment of this Plan shall not be considered as giving any Employee, or any other person, any legal or equitable right against any Employer, any Affiliate, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee or the principal or the income
of the Trust, except to the extent otherwise provided by law. The establishment of this Plan shall not be considered as giving any Employee, or any other person, the right to be retained in the employ of any Employer or any Affiliate. 

(e) Qualified Plan. This Plan and the Trust are intended to qualify under the Code as a tax-qualified
employees’ plan and trust as described in Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. 

  
 II-1

 ARTICLE III  

Plan Administrator 
 (a) Administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, except with respect to investments. The Plan Administrator shall
have no duty with respect to the investments to be made of the funds in the Trust except as may be expressly assigned to it by the terms of the Trust Agreement. 

(b) Powers and Duties. The Plan Administrator shall have complete control over the administration of the
Plan herein embodied, with all powers necessary to enable it to carry out its duties in that respect. Not in limitation, but in amplification of the foregoing, the Plan Administrator shall have the power and discretion to interpret or construe this
Plan and to determine all questions that may arise as to the status and rights of the Participants and others hereunder. 
 (c) Direction of Trustee. It shall be the duty of the Plan Administrator to direct the Trustee with regard to the allocation and the distribution of the benefits to the Participants and
others hereunder. 
 (d) Summary Plan Description and Reports. The Plan Administrator shall
prepare or cause to be prepared a summary plan description (if required by law) and such periodic and annual reports as are required by law. 
 (e) Disclosure. The Plan Administrator shall from time to time furnish to each Participant a statement containing the value of his interest in the Trust Fund and such other information as
may be required by law. 
 (f) Conflict in Terms. The Plan Administrator shall notify each
Employee, in writing, as to the existence of the Plan and Trust and the basic provisions thereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement and any explanatory booklet or other description, this Plan and the
Trust Agreement shall control. 
 (g) Records. The Plan Administrator shall keep a complete record
of all its proceedings as such Plan Administrator and all data necessary for the administration of the Plan. All of the foregoing records and data shall be located at the principal office of the Plan Administrator. 

(h) Final Authority. Except to the extent otherwise required by law, the decision of the Plan Administrator
in matters within its jurisdiction shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each Employer and each Employee, member and beneficiary and every other interested or concerned person or party. 

  
 III-1

 (i) Claims. 

(1) Claims for benefits under the Plan may be made by a Participant or a beneficiary of a Participant on
forms supplied by the Plan Administrator. Written notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant by the Plan Administrator within ninety (90) days after the application is filed with the Plan Administrator, unless
special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which event action shall be taken as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the application is filed with the Plan Administrator; and, in
the event that no action has been taken within such ninety (90) or one hundred eighty (180) day period, the claim shall be deemed to be denied for the purposes of subparagraph (2). In the event that the claim is denied, the denial
shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall include the specific reasons for the denial, specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of the material information,
if any, necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, an explanation of why such material information is necessary and an explanation of the claim review procedure. 

(2) If a claim is denied (either in the form of a written denial or by the failure of the Plan
Administrator, within the required time period, to notify the claimant of the action taken), a claimant or his duly authorized representative shall have sixty (60) days after the receipt of such denial to petition the Plan Administrator in
writing for a full and fair review of the denial, during which time the claimant or his duly authorized representative shall have the right to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing. The Plan Administrator shall
promptly review the claim and shall make a decision not later than sixty (60) days after receipt of the request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which event a decision shall be rendered as
soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the receipt of the request for review. If such an extension is required because of special circumstances, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the
claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. The decision of the review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, with specific references to the
Plan provisions on which the decision is based. 
 (j) Appointment of Advisors. The Plan
Administrator may appoint such accountants, counsel (who may be counsel for an Employer), specialists and other persons that it deems necessary and desirable to assist in the administration of this Plan. The Plan Administrator, by action of its
Board of Directors, may designate one or more of its employees to perform the duties required of the Plan Administrator hereunder. 

  
 III-2

 ARTICLE IV  

Eligibility and Participation 
 (a) Eligibility and Participation. 

(1) Any Employee of an Employer shall be eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to elective
contributions upon completing 30 days of employment with the Employer and attaining 18 years of age. 
 (2) Any Employee of an Employer shall be eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to Employer nonelective contributions, matching contributions and qualified nonelective contributions upon
completing one Year of Service and attaining 18 years of age. 
 (3) Upon completion of the
eligibility requirements described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) above, an Employee shall enter the Plan as a Participant, if he is still an Employee of an Employer, on the first Entry Date concurring therewith or occurring thereafter. An Employee
who has completed the eligibility requirements described in paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) above prior to becoming an Employee shall enter the Plan as a Participant on the date he becomes an Employee of an Employer (or, of later, on the first Entry
Date following the completion of his eligibility requirements). 
 (b) Former Employees.

 (1) An Employee who ceases to be a Participant and who subsequently reenters the employ of an
Employer shall be eligible again to become a Participant on the date of his reemployment. 
 (2)
An Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements set forth above and who terminates employment with the Employer prior to becoming a Participant will become a Participant on the later of the Entry Date on which he would have entered the Plan
had he not terminated employment or the date of his reemployment. 
 (3) An Employee who incurs a
One Year Break in Service prior to satisfying the eligibility requirements set forth above shall be eligible to become a Participant upon completion of such requirements. 

(c) Change in Employment Classification. 

(1) A Participant who ceases to be an Employee will no longer actively participate in the Plan after the
date he ceases to be an Employee. If such individual subsequently resumes his status as an Employee, he shall be eligible again to become an active Participant on the date of his reemployment, regardless of whether such date is a normal Entry Date.
This requirement is 

  
 IV-1

 
satisfied if such Employee is permitted to commence or resume, as the case may be, making elective contributions no later than the beginning of the first payroll period commencing after the date
he resumes his status as an Employee. 
 (2) If an individual who is employed by an Employer but
who is not an Employee becomes an Employee, such Employee shall enter the Plan as an active Participant on the later of (1) the date the individual becomes an Employee or (2) the Entry Date on which he would have entered the Plan had he
been an Employee throughout his employment with the Employer. If the Employee must enter the Plan as an active Participant on the date the he becomes an Employee, then he must be permitted to commence making elective contributions no later than the
beginning of the first payroll period commencing after the date he becomes an Employee. 

  
 IV-2

 ARTICLE V  

Contributions to the Trust 
 (a) Participants’ Elective Contributions. 
 (1) The Employer shall contribute to the Trust, on behalf of each Participant, an elective contribution as specified in a written salary reduction agreement (if any) between the Participant and such
Employer, subject to the following: 
 (A) Such contribution for a Participant shall not exceed
the lesser of (i) or (ii): 
 (i) With respect to elective contributions made under this
Plan, or any other plan, contract or arrangement maintained by the Employer, during any calendar year, the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year. In
the case of a Participant aged 50 or over by the end of the taxable year, the dollar limitation described in the preceding sentence includes the amount of elective contributions that can be Catch-up Contributions. The dollar limitation contained in
Code Section 402(g) is $10,500 for taxable years beginning in 2000 and 2001 increasing to $11,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002 and increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $15,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006 and later
years. After 2006, the $15,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Section 402(g)(4). Any such adjustments shall be in multiples of $500. 

(ii) 90% of the Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year. 

(B) Catch-up Contributions are elective contributions made to the Plan that are in excess of an otherwise
applicable plan limit and that are made by Participants who are aged 50 or over by the end of their taxable years. An otherwise applicable plan limit is a limit in the Plan that applies to elective contributions without regard to Catch-up
Contributions, such as the limits on annual additions, the dollar limitation on elective contributions under Code §402(g) (not counting Catch-up Contributions) and the limit imposed by the actual deferral percentage (ADP) test under
§401(k)(3). Catch-up Contributions for a Participant for a taxable year may not exceed the dollar limit on Catch-up Contributions under Code §414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year. The dollar limit on

  
 V-1

 
Catch-up Contributions under Code §414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002, increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for taxable years beginning in
2006 and later years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code §414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. 

Catch-up Contributions are not subject to the limits on annual additions, are not counted in the ADP test
and are not counted in determining the minimum allocation under Code §416 (but Catch-up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy). Provisions in the Plan relating to Catch-up Contributions apply
to elective contributions made after 2001. 
 (2) (A) The minimum deferral percentage made on behalf of a
Participant electing to make a contribution for any Plan Year shall be 1% of his Compensation. 
 (B) Deferrals
made on behalf of a Participant shall be in whole percentages. 
 (3) If the Plan Administrator
is notified that a Participant’s elective contributions, together with any employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement (‘CODA’) described
in Code Section 401(k), any salary reduction simplified employee pension described in § 408(k)(6), any SIMPLE IRA plan described in § 408(p) and any plan described under § 501(c)(18), and any employer contributions made on behalf
of a participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under § 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement, exceed the limitation set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this Article V, the Plan Administrator shall refund to such
Participant the portion of such excess deferrals that are attributable to such elective contributions to the Plan, plus the earnings thereon. The Participant may assign to this Plan any excess elective contributions made during a taxable year of the
Participant. For this purpose, the Plan Administrator shall be deemed to have been notified of such excess if the excess arises solely from elective contributions made under the Plan or any other plan, contract or arrangement of the Employer. The
Plan Administrator may use any reasonable method for computing the income allocable to such excess deferrals, provided that the method does not violate Section 401(a)(4) of the Code, is used consistently for all Participants and for all
corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants’ Accounts. Any such refund shall be made on or before April 15 of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the
excess deferral is made. The amount of excess deferrals that may be distributed under this paragraph (a)(3) with respect to a Participant for any taxable year shall be reduced by any excess contributions previously distributed pursuant to paragraph
(a)(7) with respect to such Participant for the Plan Year ending with or within such taxable year. 

  
 V-2

 (4) (A) Any Employee who has satisfied the requirements to participate in
the Plan with respect to elective contributions may elect to have the Employer contribute amounts to the Plan in the form of elective contributions or to receive such amounts directly in cash. Any such election shall be made through the execution of
a salary reduction agreement. To be effective, the salary reduction agreement must be executed and in effect prior to the end of the pay period to which it applies. Any such agreement may be revised by the Participant, in accordance with rules and
procedures established by the Plan Administrator, which rules must provide a reasonable period at least once each Plan Year during which a Participant may elect to modify the amount of his elective contributions. 

(B) A salary reduction agreement may be executed with respect to a bonus provided the amount of any such
bonus is not “currently available” to an Employee on the date such salary reduction agreement is executed. For this purpose, an amount is not currently available to an Employee if there is a significant limitation or restriction on the
Employee’s right to receive the amount currently or if the Employee may under no circumstances receive the amount before a particular time in the future. 

(5) A Participant may suspend further elective contributions to the Plan at any time, provided the request
for such suspension is received by the Plan Administrator prior to the first day of the first pay period to which such suspension applies. Any Participant who suspends further contributions relating to periodic pay may resume making elective
contributions to the Plan by providing notice in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator. 
 (6) (A) The Plan Administrator may establish such other rules and procedures regarding Participant salary reduction agreements and elective contributions as it deems necessary, which rules and procedures
shall be applied in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner. 
 (B) The Plan Administrator shall have
the right to require any Participant to reduce his elective contributions under any such agreement, or to refuse deferral of all or part of the amount set forth in such agreement, if necessary to comply with the requirements of this Plan and the
Code. 
 (7) (A) In the event that the elective contributions of Highly Compensated Employees exceed the
limitations set forth in paragraph (e), such excess (plus the earnings thereon), determined as set forth in subparagraph (7)(B) below, may be distributed to the Highly Compensated 

  
 V-3

 
Employees described in subparagraph (7)(C), below, on or before the 15th day of the third month after the close of the Plan Year to which the excess contributions relate. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, the Plan Administrator shall in no event delay the distribution of any excess elective contributions (plus the earnings thereon) beyond the date that is 12 months after the close of the Plan Year to which the excess contributions
relate. If such excess amounts (other than Catch-up Contributions) are distributed more than 2  1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10-percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts. Excess elective
contributions shall be treated as annual additions under the Plan even if distributed. 

(B) (i) The amount of such excess for the Plan Year shall be equal to the amount by which the Actual
Deferral Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Deferral Ratio for the Plan Year would be reduced to the extent required to 

a. enable the arrangement to satisfy the limitations set forth in paragraph (e), or 

b. cause such Highly Compensated Employee’s Actual Deferral Ratio to equal the Actual Deferral Ratio
of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest Actual Deferral Ratio. 
 This process shall be
repeated until the arrangement satisfies the limitations set forth in paragraph (e). 

(ii) For each Highly Compensated Employee described in subparagraph (7)(B)(i) above, the amount of
such excess shall be deemed to equal 
 a. the total elective contributions, plus qualified
nonelective contributions, if any, that are treated as elective contributions, on behalf of the Participant (determined prior to the application of this paragraph (a)(7)), minus 

b. the amount determined by multiplying the Participant’s Actual Deferral Ratio (determined after
application of this paragraph (a)(7)) by his compensation used in determining such ratio. 

(C) The elective contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest dollar amount of
elective contributions for the Plan Year shall be reduced by an amount equal to the excess elective contributions determined under subparagraph (7)(B). The reduced 

  
 V-4

 
amount shall be distributed to such Highly Compensated Employee in accordance with subparagraph (7)(A); provided, further, that such Highly Compensated Employee’s elective contributions
shall be reduced to a level that is equal to the elective contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest dollar amount of elective contributions. Thereafter, the elective contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees with
the same dollar amounts of elective contributions shall be reduced on an equal basis by an amount equal to any additional excess elective contributions determined under subparagraph (7)(B) above, which reduced amounts shall be distributed to
such Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with subparagraph (7)(A). For purposes of this subparagraph, elective contributions shall include amounts treated as elective contributions. To the extent a Highly Compensated Employee has not reached
his or her Catch-up Contribution limit under the Plan, excess elective contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee are Catch-up Contributions and will not be treated as excess elective contributions. 

(D) The amount of excess elective contributions that may be distributed under this paragraph (a)(7) with
respect to a Participant for a Plan Year shall be reduced by any excess deferrals previously distributed to such Participant under paragraph (a)(3) for the Participant’s taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year. 

(E) The Plan Administrator may use any reasonable method for computing the income allocable to excess
contributions, provided that the method does not violate Section 401(a)(4) of the Code, is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating
income to Participants’ Accounts. 
 (b) Matching Contributions. 

(1) Each Employer may make matching contributions to the Trust in each Plan Year, as follows: 

(A) Basic Matching Contributions. 

Each Employer, in its discretion, may contribute a basic matching contribution on behalf of each
Participant for whom an elective contribution is made during the Plan Year. The amount of such basic matching contribution will be equal to a discretionary percentage of each Participant’s elective contribution for the Plan Year. No basic
matching contribution shall be made with respect to a Participant’s elective contribution per payroll period that exceeds a specified percentage of his Compensation for such payroll period as determined by the Employer. 

  
 V-5

 (B) Incentive Matching Contributions. 

Each Employer, in its discretion, may contribute an incentive matching contribution on behalf of each
Participant (i) for whom an elective contribution is made during the Plan Year, and (ii) who is employed on January 31 in the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year for which the incentive matching contribution is made. The
amount of such incentive matching contribution will be equal to a discretionary percentage of each eligible Participant’s elective contribution for the Plan Year. No incentive matching contribution shall be made with respect to a
Participant’s elective contribution for the Plan year that exceeds a specified percentage of his Compensation for such Plan year as determined by the Employer. 

(C) Basic matching contributions and incentive matching contributions may be made by each Employer independent of any
other Employer, and the matching percentage and Compensation caps applicable to each such type of matching contribution for a Plan Year shall be separately stated by each Employer. 

(D) Except where specifically provided otherwise, the basic matching contributions and incentive matching contributions
under this paragraph (1) shall be aggregated and treated together as “matching contributions” under this Plan. 
 (2) No matching contribution shall be made for the portion of a Participant’s elective contribution (i) that is subject to the refund requirements of paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(7) or
(ii) that exceeds the limitations of paragraph (e) of Article VI. 
 (3) Any matching
contribution made by an Employer on account of an elective contribution that has been refunded pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) or paragraph (a)(7), above, or distributed to satisfy the limitations set forth in paragraph (e) of Article VI shall be
forfeited and used as an additional matching contribution for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs. 
 (4) In the event that the matching contributions of Highly Compensated Employees exceed the limitations of paragraph (e): 

(A) The nonvested portion of such excess (including earnings thereon), if any, determined as set forth in
subparagraph (4)(C) below, shall be forfeited and used as an additional matching contribution for the benefit of Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs. 

  
 V-6

 (B) The vested portion of such excess
(including earnings thereon), if any, determined as set forth in subparagraph (4)(C) below, shall be distributed to the Highly Compensated Employees described in subparagraph (4)(F) below, on or before the 15th day of the third month after
the close of the Plan Year to which the matching contributions relate. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Plan Administrator shall in no event delay the distribution of any excess matching contributions (plus the earnings thereon) beyond
the date that is 12 months after the close of the Plan Year to which the excess contributions relate. If such Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2  1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess
amounts arose, a 10-percent excise tax will be imposed on the employer maintaining the Plan with respect to those amounts. Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as annual additions under the Plan even if distributed. 

(C) The amount of such excess for the Plan Year shall be equal to the amount determined by the following
leveling method, under which the Actual Contribution Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Contribution Ratio would be reduced to the extent required to 

(i) enable the Plan to satisfy the limitations set forth in paragraph (e), or 

(ii) cause such Highly Compensated Employee’s Actual Contribution Ratio to equal the Actual
Contribution Ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest Actual Contribution Ratio. 
 This
process shall be repeated until the Plan satisfies the limitations set forth in paragraph (e). For each Highly Compensated Employee, the amount of such excess is equal to the total matching contributions, plus elective contributions and
qualified nonelective contributions, if any, treated as matching contributions, on behalf of the Employee (determined prior to the application of this paragraph (b)(4)(C)) minus the amount determined by multiplying the Employee’s Actual
Contribution Ratio (determined after application of this paragraph (b)(4)(C)) by his compensation used in determining such ratio. 
 (D) In determining the amount of such excess, Actual Contribution Ratios shall be rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent of the Employee’s compensation. 

  
 V-7

 (E) In no case shall the amount of such excess with respect
to any Highly Compensated Employee exceed the amount of matching contributions on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employee for such Plan Year. 
 (F) The matching contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest dollar amount of matching contributions for the Plan Year shall be reduced by an amount equal to the excess matching
contributions determined in accordance with subparagraph (4)(C) above. The reduced amount shall be either forfeited or distributed to such Highly Compensated Employee in accordance with subparagraphs (4)(A) and (B) above, provided,
further, that such Highly Compensated Employee’s matching contributions shall be reduced to a level that is equal to the matching contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest dollar amount of matching contributions.
Thereafter, the matching contributions of the Highly Compensated Employees with the same dollar amounts of matching contributions shall be reduced on an equal basis by an amount equal to any additional excess matching contributions determined in
accordance with subparagraph (4)(C) above, which reduced amounts shall be either forfeited or distributed to such Highly Compensated Employees in accordance with subparagraphs (4)(A) and (B) above. For purposes of this subparagraph,
matching contributions shall include amounts treated as matching contributions. 
 (G) The Plan
Administrator may use any reasonable method for computing the income allocable to excess contributions, provided that the method does not violate Section 401(a)(4) of the Code, is used consistently for all Participants and for all corrective
distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants’ Accounts. 
 (5) For purposes of paragraph (3) and subparagraph (4)(A), above, any forfeitures of matching contributions shall first be made from incentive matching contributions (as described in subparagraph
(1)(A)), to the extent thereof, and only then from basic matching contributions (as described in subparagraph (1)(B)). Forfeitures of incentive matching contributions shall be allocated as additional incentive matching contributions, and forfeitures
of basic matching contributions shall be allocated as additional basic matching contributions. 

(6) For purposes of subparagraph (4)(B), above, distributions of excess matching contributions shall first
be made from vested incentive matching contributions (as described in subparagraph (1)(A)), to the extent thereof, and only then from vested basic matching contributions (as described in subparagraph (1)(B)). 

  
 V-8

 (c) Nonelective Contributions. An Employer, in its discretion,
may make nonelective contributions to the Nonelective Contribution Accounts of Participants. 
 (d)
Qualified Nonelective Contributions. An Employer, in its discretion, may make qualified nonelective contributions to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts of Participants. 

(e) Actual Deferral Percentage and Actual Contribution Percentage Tests. The amounts contributed as
elective and matching contributions shall be limited as follows: 
 (1) The Actual Deferral
Percentage for the group of eligible Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall bear a relationship to the Actual Deferral Percentage for all other eligible Employees for the current Plan Year which meets either of the following tests:

 (A) The Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of eligible Highly Compensated Employees for
a Plan Year shall not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of all other eligible Employees multiplied by 1.25, or 
 (B) The excess of the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of eligible Highly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year over the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of all other eligible Employees
shall not exceed two (2) percentage points (or such lesser amount as may be required by the Secretary of the Treasury, through regulations or otherwise); and the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of eligible Highly Compensated Employees
shall not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of all other eligible Employees, multiplied by 2.0. 
 (2) (A) The Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of eligible Highly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year shall not exceed the greater of: 

(i) 125% of the Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of all other eligible Employees for the
current Plan Year, or 
 (ii) The lesser of 200% of the Actual Contribution Percentage for the
group of all other eligible Employees for the current Plan Year, or the Actual Contribution Ratio for the group of all other eligible Employees for the current Plan Year, plus two (2) percentage points (or such lesser amount as may be required
by the Secretary of the Treasury, through regulations or otherwise). 

  
 V-9

 (B) The Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of
eligible Employees who are not Highly Compensated Employees shall be determined on the basis of the current Plan Year. 
 (3) (A) In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code §§401(k), 401(m), 401(a)(4), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one or more other plans
satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the ADP and ACP of employees as if all such plans were a single plan. Plans may be aggregated in order to
satisfy Code §401(k) or Code §401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP and ACP testing methods. 
  

	 	 (B)
	 (i) The Actual Deferral Ratio of a Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to participate in more than one cash or deferred arrangement
maintained by an Employer shall be determined by treating all such cash or deferred arrangements in which the Employee is eligible to participate (other than arrangements that may not be permissively aggregated) as a single arrangement. If a Highly
Compensated Employee participates in two or more CODAs of the Employer that have different plan years, all Elective Deferrals made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall be aggregated. For plan years beginning before 2006, all such
CODAs ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under Code §401(k).

 (ii) The Actual Contribution Ratio of a Highly Compensated Employee who is
eligible to participate in more than one plan of an Employer to which Employee or matching contributions are made shall be determined by treating all such plans (other than arrangements that may not be permissively aggregated) as a single plan. If a
Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more such plans or arrangements that have different plan years, all Contribution Percentage Amounts made during the Plan Year under all such plans and arrangements shall be aggregated. For plan
years beginning before 2006, all such plans and arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a single plan or arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily
disaggregated under regulations under Code §401(m). 

  
 V-10

 (4) (A) An elective contribution will be taken into
account in determining the Actual Deferral Percentage only if it relates to Compensation that either would have been received by the Employee in the Plan Year but for the Employee’s election to defer under the cash or deferred arrangement or is
attributable to services performed by the Employee in the Plan Year and, but for the Employee’s election to defer, would have been received by the Employee within 2 1/2 months after the close of the Plan Year. 

(B) An elective contribution will be taken into account in determining the Actual Deferral Percentage only
if it is allocated to the Participant as of a date within that Plan Year; and provided further, that such allocation shall not be contingent on participation or performance of services and that such elective contribution shall be paid to the Trust
no later than twelve (12) months after the Plan Year to which the contribution relates. 

(5) For any Plan Year, the Employer can elect to perform the tests described in (e)(1) and (e)(2) above by
comparing the ADP and ACP of Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year to the ADP and ACP of all other eligible Employees for the prior Plan Year, but only if the Plan has used the method described in (e)(1) and (e)(2) above for each of
the preceding five Plan Years or if, as a result of a merger or acquisition described in Code § 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan using the prior year testing method and a plan using the current year testing method and the
change is made within the transition period described in § 410(b)(6)(C)(ii). If more than 10 percent of the Employer’s Non-highly Compensated Employees are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulations §1.401(k)-2(c)(4)
or 1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the Nonhighly Compensated Employees’ ADP for the prior year will be made in accordance with such Regulations, unless the Employer is using the Current Year Testing method described in (e)(1) and
(e)(2) above. 
 (6) For any Plan Year, the Employer can elect to utilize the permissive
disaggregation rules contained in Treasury Regulation §1.401(k)-1(b)(4)(iv)(A) or §1.401(k)-2(a)(1)(iii)(A) in performing the ADP or ACP tests described in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above. 

(f) Form and Timing of Contributions. Payments on account of the contributions due from an Employer for any
Plan Year shall be made in cash or Employer Stock. Such payments may be made by a contributing Employer at any time, but payment of the Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be completed on or before the time prescribed by law, including
extensions thereof, for filing such Employer’s federal income tax return for its taxable year with which or within which such Plan Year ends. Payment of any elective contribution must be made as soon as is administratively feasible following
the date on which the contribution is withheld from a Participant’s pay, but in any case, no later than the fifteenth business day of the month following the month in which the contribution is withheld from a Participant’s pay. 

  
 V-11

 (g) Rollover Contributions and Direct Transfers. The Trustee
may accept rollover contributions and direct transfers, as follows: 
 (1) For Plan Years
beginning prior to January 1, 2002, and with the consent of the Plan Administrator and in such manner as prescribed by the Plan Administrator, the Trustee may accept: 

(A) a rollover contribution (as defined in the applicable sections of the Code) on behalf of an Employee,
and 
 (B) a direct transfer from a trustee of another qualified plan in which an Employee is or
was a participant. 
 (2) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the Plan will
accept Participant rollover contributions and/or direct rollovers of an eligible rollover distribution from the following types of plans described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, excluding after-tax Employee contributions: 

(A) General. The Plan will accept a direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from a
qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code. 
 (B) Participant
Rollover Contributions from Other Plans. The Plan will accept a Participant contribution of an eligible rollover distribution from a qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code. 

(C) Participant Rollover Contributions from IRAs. The Plan will accept a Participant rollover
contribution of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code (including an account or annuity described in Section 408(p)) that is eligible to be rolled
over and would otherwise be includible in gross income. 
 (3) Any Transfer Contribution Account,
ESOP Merger Account or Retirement Savings Plan Merger Account that would cause this Plan to be a transferee plan within the meaning of Section 401(a)(11)(B)(iii)(III) of the Code shall be accounted for separately, and shall be subject to the
requirements of Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. 
 (h) No Duty to Inquire. The Trustee
shall have no right or duty to inquire into the amount of any contribution made by an Employer or any Participant or the method used in determining the amount of any such contribution, or to collect the same, but the Trustee shall be accountable
only for funds actually received by it. 

  
 V-12

 ARTICLE VI 
 Participants’ Accounts and Allocation of Contributions 
 (a) Common Fund. The assets of the Trust shall constitute a common fund in which each Participant shall have an undivided interest. 

(b) Establishment of Accounts. 

(1) The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain with respect to each Participant an account,
designated as a Nonelective Contribution Account, Elective Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account. 
 (2) (A) For each Participant who has been credited with a rollover contribution or a transfer from another qualified plan pursuant to Article V, the Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain a
Rollover Contribution Account or a Transfer Contribution Account. 
 (B) In the case of a direct
transfer of assets from another plan, the protected benefits (within the meaning of Section 411(d)(6) of the Code) attributable to the transferor plan shall apply to the assets in the Participant’s Transfer Contribution Account.

 (3) The Plan Administrator shall establish and maintain an ESOP Merger Account and/or a
Retirement Savings Plan Merger Account for each Participant for whom assets from the Tech Data Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan and/or the Tech Data Corporation Retirement Savings Plan have been merged into this Plan. 

(4) The Plan Administrator may establish such additional Accounts as are necessary to reflect a
Participant’s interest in the Trust Fund. 
 (c) Interests of Participants. The interest of a
Participant in the Trust Fund shall be the vested balance remaining from time to time in his Accounts after making the adjustments required in paragraph (d). 

(d) Adjustments to Accounts. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (e), the Accounts of a Participant
shall be adjusted from time to time as follows: 
 (1) First, the value of a
Participant’s Accounts shall be converted into units or shares. 
 (2) Next,
contributions made on each Valuation Date shall be credited in accordance with the following and shall be used to purchase additional units or shares: 

(A) The Elective Contribution Account of a Participant shall be credited with any elective contributions
not previously credited. 

  
 VI-1

 (B) The Matching Contribution Account of a Participant shall
be credited with any matching contributions made by his Employer not previously credited. 
 (C)
The Nonelective Contribution Account of a Participant shall be credited with his share of the nonelective contribution not previously credited, if any, made by his Employer with respect to the Plan Year to which such contribution relates. The amount
of the nonelective contribution credited to a Participant shall be the amount that bears the same ratio to the total of such nonelective contributions as the Participant’s Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all Participants who are
entitled to share in the nonelective contributions for the Plan Year. 
 (i) A Participant shall
not be entitled to share in the nonelective contribution for a Plan Year unless (a) the Plan Year constitutes a Year of Service for such Participant and he is employed by his Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, or (b) his employment
is terminated during the Plan Year as a result of retirement, disability or death. 
 (ii) a. I.
In the event that the requirements set forth in subparagraph (i) above would cause this Plan to fail to satisfy the coverage requirement described in subparagraph (ii)a.II. below, a Participant shall be entitled to share in the nonelective
contribution if he satisfies the requirements of subparagraph (ii)b. below. 
 II. In order to
satisfy the coverage requirement of this subparagraph (ii)a.II. for the Plan Year, the Plan’s ratio percentage (as described in subparagraph (ii)a.III. below) with respect to the Employer contribution for the Plan Year shall be at least seventy
percent (70%). 
 III. For purposes of this subparagraph (ii)a., “ratio percentage”
shall mean the percentage (rounded to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point) determined by dividing the percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees (as defined below) who benefit under the Plan by the percentage of the Highly
Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan. 

  
 VI-2

 1. For purposes of determining the ratio percentage
applicable to any contribution made pursuant to Article V and allocated pursuant to Article VI, the percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan shall be determined by dividing the number of Non-Highly Compensated
Employees who are Participants in the Plan and are entitled to share in the applicable contribution under the Plan by the total number of Non-Highly Compensated Employees who have met the service requirements of paragraph (b) of Article IV. The
percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan shall be determined by dividing the number of Highly Compensated Employees who are Participants in the Plan and are entitled to share in the applicable contribution under the
Plan by the total number of Highly Compensated Employees who have met the service requirements of paragraph (b) of Article IV. 
 2. The Plan’s ratio percentage shall be determined as of the last day of the Plan Year, taking into account all Employees who were Employees on any day during the Plan Year. 

b. If this Plan would otherwise fail to satisfy the requirements of subparagraph (ii)a. for the Plan
Year, a Participant shall be entitled to share in the Employer nonelective contribution credited if the following requirements are satisfied: 
 I. he is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee; 
 II.
he completes more than 500 Hours of Service during such Plan Year, regardless of whether he is employed by his Employer on the last day of the Plan Year; and 

III. the crediting of a share of the contribution to the Participant is required by this subparagraph
(ii)b.III. The number of Participants 

  
 VI-3

 
required to be credited with a contribution by this subparagraph (ii)b.III. (the “Required Number of Participants”), when added to the Non-Highly Compensated Employees who are eligible
to be credited with a contribution pursuant to the provisions of subparagraph (C)(i), shall be equal to the minimum number of Non-Highly Compensated Employees who are required to be credited with an Employer contribution under the Plan during the
Plan Year in order to satisfy the minimum coverage requirement of subparagraph (ii)a. A Participant will be credited with a contribution under this subparagraph (ii)b.III. if the Participant is among the Required Number of Participants paid the
lowest Compensation by his Employer for the Plan Year (determined without regard to those Participants who are entitled to be credited with a contribution pursuant to subparagraph (C)(i) above). 

(D) The Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of a Participant shall be credited with his share of the qualified
nonelective contribution made by his Employer not previously credited as follows: 
 (i) The
amount of the qualified nonelective contribution shall be credited first to the Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee and whose eligible Compensation as described in paragraph (k) of Article I for the Plan Year is the lowest of
all Plan Participants in an amount that does not exceed the limitations on Annual Additions described in paragraph (e) of this Article; provided, however, that such qualified nonelective contribution shall not exceed the Compensation of the
Non-Highly Compensated Employee times the greater of 5% or twice the Plan’s representative contribution rate. The Plan’s representative contribution rate is the lowest applicable contribution rate of any eligible Non-Highly Compensated
Employee among a group of eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees that consists of half of all such eligible Employees for the Plan Year (or of any eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employee in the group of all eligible Non-Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, if greater). The applicable contribution rate is the sum of the qualified nonelective contributions made for the eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employee
for the Plan Year, divided by the eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Compensation for the same 

  
 VI-4

 
period. If any qualified nonelective contributions remain to be credited, then such qualified nonelective contributions shall be credited to the Non-Highly Compensated Employee whose eligible
Compensation as described in paragraph (k) of Article I for the Plan Year is the second lowest of all Plan Participants in the same manner as the first level of crediting and such crediting process shall continue until all of the qualified
nonelective contributions are credited; provided, however, that a Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee or a Non-Highly Compensated Employee who has not met the minimum age and service requirements of Section 410(a)(1)(a) of the Code
as of the last day of the Plan Year for which the qualified nonelective contribution is being made shall not be eligible to be credited with qualified nonelective contributions. 

(ii) Adequate accounting procedures shall be established so that portions credited to the Qualified
Nonelective Contribution Account and used to determine the Actual Contribution Percentage and the Actual Deferral Percentage may be separately identified. 

(E) The Rollover Contribution Account and Transfer Contribution Account of a Participant shall be credited
with any rollover or transfer contributions not previously credited. 
 (F) Elective, Employer
(matching and nonelective) and qualified nonelective contributions shall be attributable to the Plan Year with respect to which such contributions relate. 

(3) Finally, the amount of distributions, withdrawals or transfers between investment funds, or
other fees not previously charged to the Participant’s Accounts shall be charged to the appropriate Accounts of the Participant and the number of units or shares equal in value to the amount paid from the Participant’s Accounts shall be
deducted from the Participant’s outstanding units or shares. 
 (4) For each Plan Year in
which this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, a Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of such Plan Year and who is a Non-Key Employee for such Plan Year shall be entitled to receive a combined credit of contributions and forfeitures to
his Nonelective Contribution Account and his Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account equal in the aggregate to at least three percent (3%) of his Section 415 Compensation (or, if less, the highest percentage of such Section 415
Compensation credited to a Key Employee’s Account hereunder, as well as his employer contribution accounts under any other defined contribution plan maintained by such Employer or an Affiliate, including any elective contribution to any plan
subject to Section 401(k) of the Code), except to the extent such a contribution is made by an 

  
 VI-5

 
Employer or an Affiliate on behalf of the Employee for the Plan Year to any other defined contribution plan maintained by such Employer or Affiliate. For Plan years beginning after
December 31, 2001, Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect
to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements
shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code. 

(5) The Plan Administrator also may adopt such additional accounting procedures as are necessary to
accurately reflect each Participant’s interest in the Trust Fund, which procedures shall be effective upon approval by the Employer. All such procedures shall be applied in a consistent and nondiscriminatory manner. 

(e) Limitation on Allocation of Contributions. 

(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Plan to the contrary, for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 2001, and except to the extent permitted under Section V(a)(1)(B) and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable, the Annual Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s account under the Plan for any
limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of: 
 (A) $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the
cost-of-living under Section 415(d) of the Code; or 
 (B) 100 percent of the
Participant’s compensation, within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the limitation year. 
 (2) The compensation limit referred to in subparagraph (e)(1)(B) above shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or
Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. 
 (3) In
the event that the Annual Additions, under the normal administration of the Plan, would otherwise exceed the limits set forth above for any Participant, or in the event that any Participant participates in both a defined benefit plan and a defined
contribution plan maintained by any Employer or any Affiliate and the aggregate annual additions to and projected benefits under all of such plans, under the normal administration of such plans, would otherwise exceed the limits provided by law,
then the Plan Administrator shall take such actions, applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, as will keep the annual additions and projected benefits for such Participant from exceeding the

  
 VI-6

 
applicable limits provided by law. Excess Annual Additions shall be disposed of as provided in subparagraph (3). Adjustments shall be made to this Plan, if necessary to comply with such
limits, before any adjustments may be made to other plans. 
 (4) If as a result of the
allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Section 415 Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective contributions that may be made with respect to any Participant under the limits
of Section 415 of the Code, or other circumstances permitted under Section 415 of the Code, the Annual Additions attributable to Employer contributions for a particular Participant would cause the limitations set forth in this
paragraph (e) to be exceeded, the excess amount shall be deemed first to consist of elective contributions, which excess shall be returned to the Participant. Any remaining excess amount shall be used to reduce Employer contributions for the
next Plan Year (and succeeding Plan Years, as necessary) for that Participant if that Participant is covered by the Plan as of the end of the Plan Year. If the Participant is not covered by the Plan as of the end of the Plan Year, such excess amount
shall be held unallocated in a suspense account for the Plan Year and reallocated among the Participants as of the end of the next Plan Year to all of the Participants in the Plan in the same manner as an Employer contribution under the terms of
paragraph (d) of this Article VI before any further Employer contributions are allocated to the Accounts of the Participants, and such allocations shall be treated as Annual Additions to the Accounts of the Participants. In the event that
the limits on Annual Additions for any Participant would be exceeded before all of the amounts in the suspense account are allocated among the Participants, then such excess amounts shall be retained in the suspense account to be reallocated as of
the end of the next Plan Year and any succeeding Plan Years until all amounts in the suspense account are exhausted. 
 (f) Exercise of Voting and Other Rights. Any voting and other rights with respect to shares of Employer Securities held as part of each Participant’s Accounts, or a part of any suspense
account within the Trust Fund shall be exercised as follows: 
 (1) (A) If any Employer does not have a
registration-type class of securities, as defined in Section 409(e) of the Code, each Participant who is an Employee of such Employer shall be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of any voting rights, attributable to shares
allocated to his Accounts, with respect to the approval or disapproval of any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business. 

(B) If any Employer has a registration-type security, as defined in Section 409(e) of the Code, any
voting and other rights with respect to Employer Securities (including fractional shares) allocated to any Participant’s Accounts shall be exercised by the Trustee in accordance with instructions received from such Participant. 

  
 VI-7

 (C) In connection with the exercise of the rights set forth
in subparagraphs (A) and (B) above, the Trustee shall notify each Participant at least thirty (30) days prior to the date upon which such rights are to be exercised; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be under any
obligation to notify the Participants sooner that it receives such information as a security holder of record. In the event the notice received by the Trustee makes it impossible for the Trustee to comply with such thirty (30) day notice
requirement, the Trustee shall notify the Participants regarding the exercise of such rights as soon as practicable. The notification shall include all information distributed to the security holders of record by the Employer regarding the exercise
of such rights. 
 (D) Any voting and other rights with respect to Employer Securities (including
fractional shares) held by the Trustee that are not allocated to the Participants’ Accounts shall be exercised by the Trustee in its discretion. 

  
 VI-8

 ARTICLE VII  

Benefits Under the Plan 
 (a) Retirement Benefit 
 (1) A
Participant shall be entitled to a retirement benefit upon his Normal Retirement Date. Until a Participant actually retires from the employ of his Employer, his retirement benefit shall not be paid and he shall continue to be treated in all respects
as a Participant. 
 (2) Upon the retirement of a Participant as provided in
subparagraph (1), such Participant shall be entitled to a retirement benefit paid in accordance with Article VIII in an amount equal to 100% of the balance in his Accounts as of the date of distribution of his benefit. 

(b) Disability Benefit 

(1) In the event a Participant’s employment with his Employer is terminated by reason of his total
and permanent disability, such Participant shall be entitled to a disability benefit paid in accordance with Article VIII in an amount equal to 100% of the balance in his Accounts as of the date of distribution of his benefit. 

(2) Total and permanent disability shall mean a medically determinable physical or mental impairment of a
Participant which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months and which renders him unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity. The
disability of a Participant will be deemed to have occurred only when certified by a physician who is acceptable to the Plan Administrator and only if such proof is received by the Administrator within sixty (60) days after the date of the
termination of such Participant’s employment. 
 (c) Termination of Employment Benefit

 (1) In the event a Participant’s employment with his Employer is terminated for reasons
other than retirement, total and permanent disability or death, such Participant shall be entitled to a termination of employment benefit paid in accordance with Article VIII in an amount equal to his vested interest in the balance in his Accounts
as of the date of distribution of his benefit. 

  
 VII-1

 (2) (A) A Participant’s vested interest in his Matching Contribution
Account and his Nonelective Contribution Account shall be a percentage of the balance of such Accounts as of the applicable Valuation Date, based upon such Participant’s Years of Service as of the date of the termination of his employment, as
follows: 
  

					
	 TOTAL NUMBER OF YEARS OF SERVICE
	  	VESTED INTEREST	 
		
	 Less than 1 Year of Service
	  	 	0	% 
	 1 year, but less than 2 years
	  	 	25	% 
	 2 years, but less than 3 years
	  	 	50	% 
	 3 years, but less than 4 years
	  	 	75	% 
	 4 or more years
	  	 	100	% 

 (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall be 100% vested in
his Matching Contribution Account and his Nonelective Contribution Account upon attaining his Normal Retirement Date if he is still an Employee. A Participant’s vested interest in his Elective Contribution Account, Qualified Nonelective
Contribution Account, Retirement Savings Plan Merger Account and his Rollover Contribution Account shall be 100% regardless of the number of his Years of Service. 

(C) A Participant’s vested interest in his ESOP Merger Account shall be a percentage of the balance
of such Accounts as of the applicable Valuation Date, based upon such Participant’s Years of Service as of the date of the termination of his employment, as follows: 

 

					
	 TOTAL NUMBER OF YEARS OF SERVICE
	  	VESTED INTEREST	 
		
	 Less than 3 Years of Service
	  	 	0	% 
	 3 years, but less than 4 years
	  	 	20	% 
	 4 years, but less than 5 years
	  	 	40	% 
	 5 years, but less than 6 years
	  	 	60	% 
	 6 years, but less than 7 years
	  	 	80	% 
	 7 or more years
	  	 	100	% 

 (D) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (c)(2)(C), above, for any
Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, a Participant’s vested interest in his ESOP Merger Account shall be a percentage of the balance of his ESOP Merger Account based upon such Participant’s Years of Service as of the date of
the termination of his employment, as follows: 
  

					
	 TOTAL NUMBER OF YEARS OF SERVICE
	  	VESTED INTEREST	 
		
	 Less than 2 Years of Service
	  	 	0	% 
	 2 years, but less than 3 years
	  	 	20	% 
	 3 years, but less than 4 years
	  	 	40	% 
	 4 years, but less than 5 years
	  	 	60	% 
	 5 years, but less than 6 years
	  	 	80	% 
	 6 or more years
	  	 	100	% 

  
 VII-2

 (E) If at any time this Plan ceases to be a Top Heavy Plan
after being a Top Heavy Plan for one or more Plan Years, such change from being a Top Heavy Plan shall be treated as if it were an amendment to the Plan’s vesting schedule for purposes of paragraph 1 of Article XII. 

(F) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall be 100% vested in his ESOP Merger Account upon
attaining his Normal Retirement Date if he is still an Employee. 
 (3) If the termination of
employment results in five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, then upon the occurrence of such five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, the nonvested interest of the Participant in his Matching Contribution Account, Nonelective Contribution
Account and ESOP Merger Account as of the Valuation Date concurring with the date of his termination of employment shall be deemed to be forfeited. Such forfeited amount shall be used to reduce his Employer’s contributions (other than elective
contributions) under Article V. If the Participant is later reemployed by an Employer or an Affiliate, the unforfeited balance, if any, in his Matching Contribution Account, Nonelective Contribution Account and ESOP Merger Account that has not been
distributed to such Participant shall be set aside in a separate account, and such Participant’s Years of Service after any five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service resulting from such termination of employment shall not be taken into
account for the purpose of determining the vested interest of such Participant in the balance of his Matching Contribution Account, Nonelective Contribution Account and ESOP Merger Account that accrued before such five consecutive One Year Breaks in
Service. 
 (4) (A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph (c), if at any time a Participant
is less than 100% vested in his Accounts and, as a result of his termination of employment, he receives his entire vested termination of employment benefit pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII, and the distribution of such benefit is made
not later than the close of the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such termination occurs (or such longer period as may be permitted by the Secretary of the Treasury, through regulations or otherwise), then upon the occurrence of such
distribution, the non-vested interest of the Participant in his Accounts shall be deemed to be forfeited. Such forfeited amount shall be used to reduce his Employer’s contributions (other than elective contributions) under Article V.

 (B) If a Participant is not vested as to any portion of his Accounts, he will be deemed to
have received a distribution immediately following his termination of employment. Upon the occurrence of such deemed distribution, the non-vested interest of the Participant in his Accounts shall be deemed to be forfeited. Such forfeited amount
shall be used to reduce his Employer’s contributions (other than elective contributions) under Article V. 

  
 VII-3

 (C) If a Participant whose interest is forfeited under this
subparagraph (4) is reemployed by an Employer prior to the occurrence of five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service commencing after his distribution, then such Participant shall have the right to repay to the Trust, before the date that is
the earlier of (1) five years after the Participant’s resumption of employment, or (2) the close of a period of five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, the full amount of the termination of employment benefit previously
distributed to him. If the Participant elects to repay such amount to the Trust within the time periods prescribed herein, or if a non-vested Participant whose interest was forfeited under this subparagraph (4) is reemployed by an Employer
prior to the occurrence of five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, the non-vested interest of the Participant previously forfeited pursuant to the provisions of this subparagraph (4) shall be restored to the Accounts of the Participant,
such restoration to be made from forfeitures of non-vested interests and, if necessary, by contributions of his Employer, so that the aggregate of the amounts repaid by the Participant and restored by the Employer shall not be less than the Account
balances of the Participant at the time of forfeiture unadjusted by any subsequent gains or losses. 
 (d)
Death Benefit 
 (1) In the event of the death of a Participant while actively
employed by the Employer, the Participant’s beneficiary shall be entitled to a death benefit paid in accordance with Article VIII in an amount equal to 100% of the balance in his Accounts as of the date of distribution of his benefit.

 (2) Subject to the provisions of Article VIII, at any time and from time to time, each
Participant shall have the unrestricted right to designate a beneficiary to receive his death benefit and to revoke any such designation. Each designation or revocation shall be evidenced by written instrument filed with the Plan Administrator,
signed by the Participant and bearing the signature of a witness to his signature. In the event that a Participant has not designated a beneficiary or beneficiaries, or if for any reason such designation shall be legally ineffective, or if such
beneficiary or beneficiaries shall predecease the Participant, then the personal representative of the estate of such Participant shall be deemed to be the beneficiary designated to receive such death benefit, or if no personal representative is
appointed for the estate of such Participant, then his next of kin under the statute of descent and distribution of the state of such Participant’s domicile at the date of his death shall be deemed to be the beneficiary or beneficiaries to
receive such death benefit. 

  
 VII-4

 (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant is
married as of the date of his death, the Participant’s surviving spouse shall be deemed to be his designated beneficiary and shall receive the full amount of the death benefit attributable to the Participant unless the spouse consents or has
consented to the Participant’s designation of another beneficiary. Any such consent to the designation of another beneficiary must acknowledge the effect of the consent, must be witnessed by a Plan representative or by a notary public and shall
be effective only with respect to that spouse. A spouse’s consent shall be a restricted consent (which may not be changed as to the beneficiary unless the spouse consents to such change in the manner described herein). Notwithstanding the
preceding provisions of this subparagraph (3), a Participant shall not be required to obtain spousal consent to his designation of another beneficiary if (A) the Participant is legally separated or the Participant has been abandoned, and the
Participant provides the Plan Administrator with a court order to such effect, or (B) the spouse cannot be located. 

  
 VII-5

 ARTICLE VIII 
 Payment of Benefits 
 (a) Time of Benefit
Payment. 
 (1) (A) The distribution of the retirement, disability, termination of employment or death
benefit to which a Participant is entitled under paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of Article VII shall commence as soon as administratively practicable following the Participant’s retirement, disability, death or termination of
employment. 
 (B) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, a Participant’s
elective contributions, qualified nonelective contributions and earnings attributable to these contributions shall be distributed on account of the Participant’s severance from employment. However, such a distribution shall be subject to the
other provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a separation from service before such amounts may be distributed. 

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Participant’s ESOP Merger Account, the
distribution of the retirement, disability, termination of employment or death benefit to which a Participant is entitled under paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of Article VII which is attributable to his ESOP Merger Account shall commence
not later than the date provided for in this subparagraph (2). 
 (A) The distribution of the
retirement, disability or death benefit to which a Participant is entitled under paragraph (a), (b) or (d) of Article VII shall commence within the 12 month period following the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s
employment with an Employer terminates on or after his Normal Retirement Date, disability or death, as the case may be. 
 (B) The distribution of the termination of employment benefit to which a Participant is entitled under paragraph (c) of Article VII shall commence within the 12 month period following the close of
the Plan Year that is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant’s termination of employment occurs, except that this subparagraph (2)(B) shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by an Employer before the
first day of such fifth Plan Year. 
 (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
paragraph, no distribution shall be made of the retirement, disability or termination of employment benefit to which a Participant is entitled under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of Article VII unless the value of his benefit attributable to
Employer contributions and Employee contributions, if any, determined at the time of 

  
 VIII-1

 
distribution, does not exceed $5,000, or unless the Participant consents to the distribution, except as provided in subparagraph (4) below. In the event of a distribution greater than $1,000
and less than $5,000, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant in a direct rollover or to receive the distribution directly, then the Plan Administrator
will pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan Administrator. 
 (3) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any distribution paid to a Participant (or, in the case of a death benefit, to his beneficiary or beneficiaries) pursuant to this paragraph
shall commence not later than the earlier of: 
 (A) the 60th day after the last day of the Plan
Year in which the Participant’s employment is terminated or, if later, in which occurs the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, provided the Participant or his beneficiary(ies) consents to such distribution; or 

(B) April 1 of the calendar year immediately following 

(i) the calendar year in which the Participant reaches age 70- 1/2, or 

(ii) if later, the calendar year in which the Participant retires; provided, however,
that this subparagraph (4)(B)(ii) shall not apply in the case of a Participant who is a 5% owner (as defined in Section 416 of the Code) with respect to the Plan Year ending in the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70- 1/2. 

Any distributions required to be made pursuant to this Section VIII(a)(4)(B) will be made in accordance with Treasury
Regulation §§1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9. 
 (4) If a distribution is one to
which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that: 

(A) the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of
at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option), and 

(B) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. 

  
 VIII-2

 (b) Form of Benefit Payment. The form of benefit payment shall
be a single sum distribution in cash; provided, however, that a Participant (or, in the case of a deceased Participant, his beneficiary(ies)) may elect to have all or any portion of his Account that is invested in Employer Securities paid to him in
the form of whole shares of Employer Securities. 
 (1) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein: 
 (A) In the case of a retirement, disability or termination of employment benefit, in
no event shall payments extend beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his designated beneficiary. If the Participant dies before receiving the entire amount payable to him, the balance shall
be paid to his designated beneficiary or, if there is none, to the beneficiary specified in Article VII; in each case the balance shall be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method being used prior to the Participant’s death.

 (B) In the case of a death benefit, 

(i) payment to the designated beneficiary shall begin within one year following the
Participant’s death (unless the designated beneficiary is the Participant’s surviving spouse, in which case such benefit shall begin no later than the date the Participant would have reached age 70- 1/2) and shall not, in any event, extend beyond the life expectancy of
the designated beneficiary, and 
 (ii) payment to a non-designated beneficiary shall be
totally distributed within five years from the date of the Participant’s death. 
 (C) (A) Notwithstanding
the foregoing, payments under any of the options described in this paragraph shall satisfy the incidental death benefit requirements and all other applicable provisions of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, the regulations issued thereunder
(including Treasury Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-2), and such other rules thereunder as may be prescribed by the Commissioner. 
 (D) 
 (c) 

(d) 

  
 VIII-3

 (1) 

(e) Share Legend. Shares of Employer Securities held or distributed by the Trustee may include such legend
restrictions on transferability as the Company may reasonably require in order to assure compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. 
 (f) Distribution for a Minor Beneficiary. In the event a distribution is to be made to a beneficiary who is a minor under the laws of the state in which the beneficiary resides, the Plan
Administrator may, in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, direct that such distribution be paid to the legal guardian or custodian of such beneficiary as permitted by the laws of the state in which said beneficiary resides. A payment to
the legal guardian or custodian of a minor beneficiary shall fully discharge the Trustee, Employer, Plan Administrator, and Plan from further liability on account thereof. 

(g) Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown. In the event that all, or any portion of the
distribution payable to a Participant or his beneficiary, hereunder shall remain unpaid after the Participant has incurred five consecutive One Year Breaks in Service solely by reason of the inability of the Plan Administrator, after sending a
registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address, and after further diligent effort, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or his Beneficiary, the amount so distributable shall be treated as a forfeiture pursuant to
the provisions of Article VII. In the event a Participant or beneficiary of such Participant is located subsequent to his benefit being forfeited, the amount forfeited (unadjusted for gains and losses) shall be restored to the Participant’s
Accounts. Such restoration shall be made from forfeitures occurring in the Plan Year of the restoration and, if necessary, by contributions of his Employer. 
 (h) Transfer to Other Qualified Plans. The Trustee, upon written direction by the Plan Administrator, shall transfer some or all of the assets held under the Trust to another plan or trust
meeting the requirements of the Code relating to qualified plans and trust, whether such transfer is made pursuant to a merger or consolidation of this Plan with such other plan or trust or for any other allowable purpose. 

(i) Direct Rollovers. 

(1) Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a
distributee’s (as defined below) election under this paragraph, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution (as defined below) that is
equal to at least $500 paid directly to an eligible retirement plan (as defined below) specified by the distributee in a direct rollover (as defined below). If an eligible rollover distribution is less than $500, a distributee may not make the
election described in the preceding sentence to rollover a portion of the eligible rollover distribution. 

  
 VIII-4

 (2) For purposes of this paragraph, the following terms
shall have the following meanings: 
 (A) An “eligible rollover distribution” is any
distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee’s designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more;
any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with
respect to employer securities); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and any other distribution(s) that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. 

(B) An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code
Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s
eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. For distributions made after
December 31, 2001, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of
a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the definition of eligible
retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code. 

(C) A “distributee” includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or
former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), are distributees with
regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse. 
 (D) A “direct rollover” is a
payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee. 

  
 VIII-5

 ARTICLE IX 
 Hardship and Other Distributions 
 (a)
Hardship Distributions. A Participant who is an Employee may request a Hardship Distribution from the Plan in accordance with the following: 
 (1) The distribution must be made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need. The distribution shall be deemed to be on account of an immediate and heavy financial need only if the distribution
is for the purpose of: 
 (A) expenses incurred for or necessary to obtain medical care (as described in Code
Section 213(d)) for the Participant, his or her spouse or any of the Participant’s dependents; 
 (B)
costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence for the Participant (excluding mortgage payments); 
 (C) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, his or her spouse, children, or
dependents (as defined in Code Section 152); 
 (D) payments necessary to prevent eviction of the
Participant from his or her principal residence or foreclosure of the mortgage on that residence; 
 (E)
payments for funeral or burial expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse, child or dependent; or 
 (F) expenses to repair damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code §165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10
percent of adjusted gross income). 
 (2) The distribution must be necessary to satisfy the financial need. The
distribution shall be deemed necessary to satisfy the financial need if all of the following requirements are met: 
 (A) the Participant has obtained all distributions (other than Hardship Distributions) and all nontaxable loans available under all other plans maintained by the Employer; 

  
 IX-1

 (B) the distribution does not exceed the amount needed to satisfy the
immediate financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution); and 

(C) the Participant does not make any further salary reduction contributions or employee contributions to the Plan or any
other plan maintained by the Employer for at least six (6) months after receipt of the Hardship Distribution. 
 (3) A Participant shall request a Hardship Distribution under this Section by written application to the Plan Administrator, and shall complete such forms and provide such information as the Plan
Administrator, in its sole discretion, may require to determine whether or not the distribution should be permitted. The determination of whether or not any individual Participant’s circumstances permit a distribution hereunder shall be made by
the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, and in a manner that does not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. 
 (4) Any Hardship Distribution requested under this Section IX(a) shall not exceed the sum of the following amounts: 

(A) The vested portion of his or her Matching Contribution Account, Nonelective Contribution Account, and ESOP Merger
Account; 
 (B) All or any portion of his or her Rollover Contribution Account and Retirement Savings Plan
Merger Account; 
 (C) Such portion of his or her vested Transfer Contribution Account that does not consist of
elective deferrals; 
 (D) Such portion of his or her Elective Contribution Account and his or her Transfer
Contribution Account consisting of elective deferrals which, when added to other Hardship Distributions made from the Plan and any transferor plan, does not exceed the Participant’s total salary reduction contributions to the Plan and the
transferor plan, increased by any income credited to such accounts as of December 31, 1988; and 

  
 IX-2

 (E) All or any portion of his or her Qualified Nonelective Contribution
Account, and any income allocable thereto, to the extent the contributions or earnings were credited as of December 31, 1988. 
 (b) Distributions After Age 59 1/2. Upon reaching age 59 1/2, a Participant may apply to the Plan Administrator (but not more
than once during any 12-month period) for a single sum distribution of all or any part of the vested portion of his Accounts. 
 (c) In-Service Distribution of ESOP Merger Account. 
 (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan or the Trust, each Qualified Participant in the Plan may elect within 90 days after the close of each Plan Year in the Qualified Election Period (or
more frequently, if permitted by the Plan Administrator on a uniform, nondiscriminatory basis) to receive a distribution of the value (determined as of the preceding Valuation Date) of no more than 25% (in whole multiples of 1%) of the number of
shares of Employer Securities allocated to his ESOP Merger Account. 
 (2) The amount that may be
distributed pursuant to this paragraph shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Employer Securities credited to the Participant’s ESOP Merger Account (including shares of Employer Securities the value of which has been
previously distributed pursuant to this paragraph) by 25% or, with respect to a Participant’s final election, 50% reduced by the amount of any prior distributions received by such Participant pursuant to this paragraph. 

(3) The Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to make distributions under this paragraph to
Qualified Participants pursuant to their valid and timely elections within 180 days after the end of the Plan Year to which such elections apply. 

(4) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Qualified Participant shall not be entitled to make the election
hereunder for a Plan Year within the Qualified Election Period if the fair market value of his Employer Securities Account as of the last day of such Plan Year is less than $500. 

(5) For purposes of this paragraph, the following definitions shall apply: 

(A) “Qualified Election Period” shall mean the six Plan Year period beginning with
the first Plan Year in which the Participant first becomes a Qualified Participant. 
 (B)
“Qualified Participant” shall mean any Participant who, prior to January 1, 2000, has attained age 55 and has been a Participant in the Tech Data Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan for at least ten years.

  
 IX-3

 ARTICLE X  

Investment Funds and Loans to Participants 
  

	 	 (a)
	 Investment Funds. 

(1) Each Participant may direct the Plan Administrator to invest his Accounts, including his ESOP Merger
Account, in one or more investment funds that may be made available from time to time and/or in Employer Securities. A Participant’s Accounts shall be divided into sub-accounts to properly account for the various investment funds in which such
Accounts are invested. Each sub-account shall be adjusted as of each Valuation Date in accordance with Article VI to account for distributions, withdrawals, loans, contributions and forfeitures allocated to it and with respect to its share of the
income, loss, appreciation and depreciation of such investment fund. 
 (2) This Plan is
intended to satisfy the requirements of an “ERISA Section 404(c) Plan” providing Participants (and beneficiaries) with the opportunity to exercise control over the investment of assets held in their Accounts and to select, from a
broad range of investment funds, the manner in which some or all of the assets in their Accounts are invested. The Trustee intends to select and offer investment funds in accordance with Section 404(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder.

 (3) The Plan Administrator shall establish procedures regarding Participant investment
direction as are necessary, which procedures shall be communicated to all Participants and applied in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner. 
 (4) Each investment fund shall be treated separately for purposes of (A) crediting dividends, interest, and other income on the investments in a particular investment fund, and all realized and
unrealized gains shall be credited to that fund, and (B) charging brokerage commissions, taxes, and other charges and expenses in connection with the investments in a particular investment fund, and all realized and unrealized losses shall be
charged to that fund. Other charges or fees separately incurred and not charged to an investment fund, and incurred as a result of an election made by a Participant associated with the investment of his Accounts, shall be charged against his
Accounts in accordance with Article VI. 
 (5) Neither the Trustee, the Plan Administrator, nor
any other person shall be under any duty to question any election by a Participant or to make any suggestions to him in connection therewith. Any loss occasioned by a Participant’s election or failure to change an election of an investment fund
shall not be the responsibility of the Trustee, the Plan Administrator, or any other person. Nor shall the Trustee or the Plan Administrator be liable to any 

  
 X-1

 
Participant for failure to make an investment in any investment fund elected by him if in the exercise of due diligence the Trustee has not been able to acquire satisfactory securities or other
property for that fund satisfying the specifications and parameters established by the Plan Administrator and reasonable requirements as to price, terms, and other conditions, or for inability to liquidate an investment in a fund promptly upon
receipt of a new election form from the Participant. 
 (b) Loans to Participants. Participant
loans shall be available under the Plan in accordance with a written loan policy adopted by the Plan Administrator. 

  
 X-2

 ARTICLE XI  

Trust Fund and Expenses of Administration 

(a) Trustee. The Trust Fund shall be held by the Trustee, or by a successor trustee or trustees, for use in
accordance with the Plan under the Trust Agreement. The Trust Agreement may from time to time be amended in the manner therein provided. Similarly, the Trustee may be changed from time to time in the manner provided in the Trust Agreement.

 (b) Expenses of Administration. 

(1) (A) Unless otherwise paid or provided by the Company and the other Employers, the assets of the Trust Fund shall be
used to pay all expenses of the administration of the Plan and the Trust Fund, including the Trustee’s compensation, the compensation of any investment manager, the expense incurred by the Plan Administrator in discharging its duties, all
income or other taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or future laws upon or in respect of the Trust Fund, and any interest that may be payable on money borrowed by the Trustee for the purpose of the Trust.

 (B) (i) The Company and the other Employers may pay the expenses of the Plan and the Trust Fund. Any such
payment by the Company or another Employer shall not be deemed a contribution to this Plan. 

(ii) To the extent the Company and/or the other Employers pay expenses of the Plan and Trust Fund, the
Plan Administrator may direct the Trustee to reimburse the Company and/or the other Employers from the Trust Fund. 
 (2) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no excise tax or other liability imposed upon the Trustee, the Plan Administrator or any other person for failure to comply with the
provisions of any federal law shall be subject to payment or reimbursement from the assets of the Trust. 
 (3) For its services, any corporate trustee shall be entitled to receive reasonable compensation in accordance with its rate schedule in effect from time to time for the handling of a retirement trust.
Any individual trustee shall be entitled to such compensation as shall be arranged between the Company and the Trustee by separate instrument; provided, however, that no person who is already receiving full-time pay from any Employer or any
Affiliate shall receive compensation from the Trust Fund (except for the reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred). 

  
 XI-1

 ARTICLE XII  

Amendment and Termination 
 (a) Restrictions on Amendment and Termination of Plan. It is the present intention of the Company to maintain the Plan set forth herein indefinitely. Nevertheless, the Company specifically
reserves to itself the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend or terminate this Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that no such amendment: 

(1) shall have the effect of vesting in any Employer, directly or indirectly, any interest, ownership or
control in any of the present or subsequent funds held subject to the terms of the Trust; 
 (2)
shall cause or permit any property held subject to the terms of the Trust to be diverted to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their beneficiaries or for the administrative expenses of the Plan Administrator and the
Trust; 
 (3) shall (A) reduce any vested interest of a Participant on the later of the date
the amendment is adopted or the date the amendment is effective, except as permitted by law, or (B) reduce or restrict either directly or indirectly any benefit provided any Participant prior to the date an amendment is adopted; 

(4) shall reduce the Accounts of any Participant; 

(5) shall amend any vesting schedule with respect to any Participant who has at least three Years of
Service at the end of the election period described below, except as permitted by law, unless each such Participant shall have the right to elect to have the vesting schedule in effect prior to such amendment apply with respect to him, such
election, if any, to be made during the period beginning not later than the date the amendment is adopted and ending no earlier than sixty (60) days after the latest of the date the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective or the
Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by his Employer or the Plan Administrator; 

(6) shall increase the duties or liabilities of the Trustee without its written consent, or 

(7) No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The
preceding sentence shall not apply to a Plan amendment that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his or her account balance under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment provides a single-sum
distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For this purpose, a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if the single-sum distribution form is identical in all
respects to the eliminated or restricted 

  
 XII-1

 
optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. 

(b) Amendment of Plan. Subject to the limitations stated in paragraph (a), the Company shall have the
power to amend this Plan in any manner that it deems desirable, and, not in limitation but in amplification of the foregoing, it shall have the right to change or modify the method of allocation of contributions hereunder, to change any provision
relating to the administration of this Plan and to change any provision relating to the distribution or payment, or both, of any of the assets of the Trust. 
 (c) Discontinuance of Contributions. 
 (1) (A) Any
Employer, in its sole and absolute discretion, may permanently discontinue making contributions under this Plan (with respect to all Employers if it is the Company, or with respect to itself alone if it is an Employer other than the Company) at any
time without any liability whatsoever for such permanent discontinuance. 
 (B) In the event an Employer decides
to permanently discontinue making contributions under this Plan, such decision shall be evidenced by an appropriate resolution (of the Board in the case of a corporate Employer) and a certified copy of such resolution shall be delivered to the Plan
Administrator and the Trustee. 
 (2) (A) Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in subparagraph
(1) above, the affected Participants, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, shall have fully vested interests in the amounts credited to their respective Accounts at the time of such permanent discontinuance of contributions. All
such vested interests shall be nonforfeitable. 
 (B) In the event there is a permanent discontinuance of
contributions under this Plan without formal documentation, full vesting of the interests of the affected Participants in the amounts credited to their respective Accounts will occur as of the last day of the Plan Year in which a substantial
contribution was made to the Trust. 
 (d) Termination Procedure. 

(1) (A) The Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may terminate this Plan and the Trust, completely or partially,
at any time without any liability for such complete or partial termination. 
 (B) In the event the Company
decides to terminate this Plan and the Trust, such decision shall be evidenced by an appropriate resolution and a certified copy of such resolution shall be delivered to the Plan Administrator and the Trustee. 

  
 XII-2

 (2) In the event the Plan is terminated, the affected
Participants, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, shall have fully vested interests in the amounts credited to their respective Accounts at the time of such complete or partial termination of this Plan and the Trust. All such vested
interests shall be nonforfeitable. 
 (3) Following a termination, complete or partial, and after
payment of all expenses and adjustments of individual accounts to reflect such expenses and other changes in the value of the Trust Fund each affected Participant (or the beneficiary of any such Participant) shall be entitled to receive a
distribution of the amounts then credited to his Accounts in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII; provided, however, that no such distribution shall be made if the Employer maintains another defined contribution plan (other than an
employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) or 409(a), a simplified employee pension plan as defined in §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in §408(p), a plan or contract described in §403(b) or a plan
described in §457(b) or (f) ) at any time during the period beginning on the date of Plan termination and ending 12 months after all assets have been distributed from the Plan. Such a distribution must be made in a lump sum. 

  
 XII-3

 ARTICLE XIII  

Miscellaneous 
 (a) Merger or Consolidation. This Plan and the Trust may not be merged or consolidated with, and the assets or liabilities of this Plan and the Trust may not be transferred to, any other
plan or trust unless each Participant would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer, if the plan and trust then terminated, that is equal to or greater than the benefit the Participant would have received
immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer if this Plan and the Trust had then terminated. 
 (b)
Alienation. 
 (1) Except as provided in subparagraph (2), no Participant or
beneficiary of a Participant shall have any right to assign, transfer, appropriate, encumber, commute, anticipate or otherwise alienate his interest in this Plan or the Trust or any payments to be made thereunder; no benefits, payments, rights or
interests of a Participant or beneficiary of a Participant of any kind or nature shall be in any way subject to legal process to levy upon, garnish or attach the same for payment of any claim against the Participant or beneficiary of a Participant;
and no Participant or beneficiary of a Participant shall have any right of any kind whatsoever with respect to the Trust, or any estate or interest therein, or with respect to any other property or right, other than the right to receive such
distributions as are lawfully made out of the Trust, as and when the same respectively are due and payable under the terms of this Plan and the Trust. 
 (2) (A) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (b)(1), the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to make payments pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as defined in
Section 414(p) of the Code. This Plan shall permit distributions pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order at any time. 
 (B) The Plan Administrator shall establish procedures consistent with Section 414(p) of the Code to determine if any order received by the Plan Administrator, or any other fiduciary of the Plan, is a
Qualified Domestic Relations Order. 
 (3) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary, an offset to a Participant’s Accounts for an amount that the Participant is ordered or required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order or decree issued, or a settlement entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, shall
be permitted in accordance with Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D) of the Code. 
 (c) Electronic Media
and Other Technology. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may use telephonic media, electronic media or other technology in administering the Plan to the extent not prohibited by applicable law,
regulation or other pronouncement. 

  
 XIII-1

 (d) Waiver of Notice. Any Participant, beneficiary or other
person entitled to notice under the Plan may waive the right to such notice to the extent that such waiver is not inconsistent with applicable law, regulation or other pronouncement 

(e) USERRA Requirements. This Plan shall comply with the requirements of the Uniformed Services Employment
and Reemployment Rights Act (USERRA) and Section 414(u) of the Code, including the following: 
 (1) An individual reemployed under USERRA shall be treated as not having incurred a break in service with Employer by reason of such individual’s qualified military service (as defined in
Section 414(u) of the Code). 
 (2) Each period of qualified military service served by an
individual is, upon reemployment, deemed to constitute service with the Employer for purposes of vesting and the accrual of benefits under the Plan. 

(3) An individual reemployed under USERRA is entitled to accrued benefits that are contingent on the
making of, or derived from, Employee contributions or elective deferrals only to the extent the individual makes payment to the Plan with respect to such contributions or deferrals; provided, however, that no such payment may exceed the amount the
individual would have been permitted or required to contribute had the individual remained continuously employed by the Employer throughout the period of qualified military service. Any payment to the Plan under this subparagraph (3) shall be
made during the period beginning with the date of reemployment and whose duration is 3 times the period of the qualified military service (but not greater than 5 years). 

(f) Governing Law. This Plan shall be administered, construed and enforced according to the laws of the
State of Florida, except to the extent such laws have been expressly preempted by federal law. 
 (g)
Action by Employer. Whenever an Employer under the terms of this Plan is permitted or required to do or perform any act, it shall be done and performed, in the case of a corporate Employer, by the Board of Directors of such Employer
and shall be evidenced by proper resolution of such Board of Directors of such Employer. 
 (h)
Alternative Actions. In the event it becomes impossible for the Company, another Employer, the Plan Administrator or the Trustee to perform any act required by this Plan, then the Company, such other Employer, the Plan Administrator or
the Trustee, as the case may be, may perform such alternative act that most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Plan. 

  
 XIII-2

 (i) Severability of Provisions. In the event that any
provision of the Plan shall be determined to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Plan shall be construed as though the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision is not part of the Plan. 

(j) Gender. Throughout this Plan, and whenever appropriate, the masculine gender shall be deemed to include
the feminine and neuter; the singular, the plural; and vice versa. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Plan has
been executed on the 20th day of April, 2007 and is effective as of the date first set forth above. 
  

			
	 TECH DATA CORPORATION

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/    Charles V.
Dannewitz        

		
	 By:
	 	 Tech Data Corporation

		 	“COMPANY”

  
 XIII-3

 FIRST AMENDMENT 

TO THE 

TECH DATA CORPORATION 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN 
 (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2006) 

WHEREAS, Tech Data Corporation, by written agreement, established a certain qualified retirement plan named the
Tech Data Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”) for its eligible employees effective January 1, 2000, and 
 WHEREAS, the Tech Data Corporation Retirement Savings Plan and the Tech Data Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan were merged into the Plan as of January 1, 2000; and 

WHEREAS, the Plan has thereafter been amended from time to time, and was last restated effective January 1,
2006; and 
 WHEREAS, it is now deemed desirable to amend said Plan to add an automatic enrollment
program, permit the Plan Administrator to limit the percentage of salary that can be contributed to the Plan by highly compensated employees, require that matching contributions be made solely in cash, and permit the Plan Administrator to delegate
some of it responsibilities under this Plan to one or more committees. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by
the undersigned that the said Plan is hereby amended in the following manner: 
 1. Paragraph
(a) (“Participants’ Elective Contributions”) of Article V (“Contributions to the Trust”) shall be amended, effective as of August 1, 2007, by adding a new subparagraph (a)(2)(C) to read as follows: 

“(C) Automatic Enrollment. The Plan Administrator shall implement an automatic enrollment program with
respect to each Employee who is hired by the 

  
 XIII-4

 
Employer on or after August 1, 2007. Such Employees, when they meet the eligibility requirements set forth in paragraph (a) of Article IV, shall be deemed to make a salary
reduction election to contribute to the Participant’s Elective Contribution Account, and the Employer shall so contribute, an elective contribution in an amount equal to two percent (2%) of the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan
Year, unless the Participant elects a greater or lesser percentage (including zero) in a salary reduction agreement entered into between the Participant and the Employer with respect to such Plan Year. Each such Participant shall have an effective
opportunity to receive notice of availability of such election, as well as a salary reduction agreement, and the Participant shall have a reasonable period to make a salary reduction election change before the date on which the deemed election shall
take place. The terms of the automatic enrollment program, including, but not limited to, changes in the salary deferral percentage, automatic increases to that percentage, if any, and the Participants to whom the program applies, may be as set
forth in rules and procedures established by the Plan Administrator.” 
 2. Subparagraph 6(B) of paragraph
(a) (“Form and Timing of Contributions”) of Article V (“Contributions to the Trust”) shall be amended, effective as of August 1, 2007, by replacing the entire subparagraph with the following: 

“(B) The Plan Administrator (or its delegate) shall have the right to set a maximum salary deferral percentage for
Highly Compensated Employees, require any Participant to reduce his or her elective contributions under any such salary deferral agreement, or refuse deferral of all or part of the amount set forth in such agreement, if necessary to comply with the
requirements of this Plan and the Code.” 
 3. Paragraph (f) (“Form and Timing of
Contributions”) of Article V (“Contributions to the Trust”) shall be amended, effective January 1, 2008, by replacing the entire paragraph with the following: 

“(f) Form and Timing of Contributions. Payments on account of the contributions due from an Employer for any
Plan Year shall be made in cash or Employer Stock; however, effective January 1, 2008, Matching Contributions shall be made solely in cash. Such payments may be made by a contributing Employer at any time, but payment of the Employer
contributions for any Plan Year shall be completed on or before the time prescribed by law, including extensions thereof, for filing such Employer’s federal income tax return for its taxable year with which or within which such Plan Year ends.
Payment of any elective contribution must be made as soon as is administratively feasible following the date on which the contribution is withheld from a Participant’s pay, but, in any case, no later than the fifteenth business day of the month
following the month in which the contribution is withheld from a Participant’s pay.” 

  
 XIII-5

 4. Article III (“Administration”) shall be amended, effective
January 1, 2008, by adding a new Paragraph (k) to read as follows: 
 “(k) Appointment of
Committees. The Company may elect to delegate certain of its responsibilities as Plan Administrator or as Plan sponsor to one or more committee(s). Any action by a committee shall be by majority vote. Officers and directors of the Company will
not be precluded from serving as members. A member will serve until his or her resignation, death, or disability, or until removed. In the event of a vacancy arising by reason of the death, disability, removal, or resignation of a member, the
Company may, but is not required to, appoint a successor to serve in his or her place. The proper expenses of any such committee will be paid directly by the Company.” 

5. Paragraph (b) (“Amendment of Plan”) of Article XII (“Amendment and Termination”) shall be
amended, effective January 1, 2008, by adding a new sentence to the end of the paragraph to read as follows: 
 “The Company may delegate its power to amend this Plan to a committee pursuant to paragraph (k) of Article III.” 

6. In all other respects, the said Plan is hereby ratified and confirmed. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TECH DATA CORPORATION has caused this instrument to be duly executed as of the
             day of November, 2007. 
  

	
	 TECH DATA CORPORATION

	
	  

	 By:

	 Name:

	 Title:

  
 XIII-6

 SECOND AMENDMENT 

TO THE 

TECH DATA CORPORATION 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN 
 (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2006) 

WHEREAS, Tech Data Corporation, by written agreement, established a certain qualified retirement plan named the
Tech Data Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”) for its eligible employees effective January 1, 2000, and 
 WHEREAS, the Tech Data Corporation Retirement Savings Plan and the Tech Data Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan were merged into the Plan as of January 1, 2000; and 

WHEREAS, the Plan has thereafter been amended from time to time, was last restated effective January 1, 2006
and was thereafter amended; and 
 WHEREAS, it is now deemed desirable to further amend said Plan to
change the timing requirements for participants who have a change in classification or are rehired to make salary deferrals and clarify the exclusion of temporary employees to comply with the minimum participation standards of Section 410(a) of
the Internal Revenue Code. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by the undersigned that the said Plan is
hereby amended in the following manner: 
 1. Paragraph (c) (“Change in Employment
Classification”) of Article IV (“Eligibility and Participation”) shall be amended, in its entirety, to read as follows: 
 “(c) Change in Employment Classification. 
 (1) A Participant who ceases to be an Employee will no longer actively participate in the Plan after the date he ceases to be an Employee. If such individual subsequently resumes his status as an
Employee, he shall be eligible again to become an active Participant on the date of his reemployment, 

  
 XIII-7

 
regardless of whether such date is a normal Entry Date. This requirement is satisfied if such Employee is permitted to commence or resume, as the case may be, making elective contributions as
soon as is administratively feasible following the date he resumes his status as an Employee. 

(2) If an individual who is employed by an Employer but who is not an Employee becomes an Employee, such
Employee shall enter the Plan as an active Participant on the later of (1) the date the individual becomes an Employee or (2) the Entry Date on which he would have entered the Plan had he been an Employee throughout his employment with the
Employer. If the Employee must enter the Plan as an active Participant on the date the he becomes an Employee, then he is permitted to commence or resume, as the case may be, making elective contributions as soon as is administratively feasible
following the date he resumes his status as an Employee.” 
  

	 	 2.
	 Subparagraph 1(F) of definition (n) (“Employees”) of Article I (“Definitions”) shall be amended by replacing the entire
subparagraph with the following: 

 “(F) persons employed on a temporary
basis, including but not limited to seasonal employees, interns, and other persons whose employment with the Employer is not intended to be of a, Permanent or regular nature; however, any person employed on a temporary basis who completes one Year
of Service shall immediately become an Employee.” 
  

	 	 3.
	 In all other respects, except as hereinbefore modified, the said Plan is hereby ratified and confirmed, the within amendment to be immediately
effective. 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TECH DATA CORPORATION has caused this instrument to be duly
executed as of the              day of March, 2008. 
  

			
	 TECH DATA CORPORATION

	
	 /c/    Caryl N.
Lucarelli        

	 By:
	 	
	 Name:
	 	 Caryl N. Lucarelli

	 Title:
	 	 V.P. Human Resources

  
 XIII-8

 THIRD AMENDMENT 

TO THE 

TECH DATA CORPORATION 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN 
 (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2006) 

WHEREAS, Tech Data Corporation, by written agreement, established a certain qualified retirement plan named the
Tech Data Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”) for its eligible employees effective January 1, 2000, and 
 WHEREAS, the Tech Data Corporation Retirement Savings Plan and the Tech Data Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan were merged into the Plan as of January 1, 2000; and 

WHEREAS, the Plan has thereafter been amended from time to time, was last restated effective January 1, 2006
and was thereafter amended; and 
 WHEREAS, it is now deemed desirable to further amend said Plan to
clarify the definition of Employee and the procedure for a change in employment classification. 
 NOW,
THEREFORE, it is agreed by the undersigned that the said Plan is hereby amended in the following manner: 
  

	 	 1.
	 Paragraph (1) of definition (n) (“Employees”) of Article I (“Definitions”) shall be amended by replacing the entire
paragraph with the following: 

 “(1) any person employed by and on the
payroll records of an Employer as an employee and who is deemed by the Employer to be a common law employee other than: 
 (A) a member of a collective bargaining unit if retirement benefits were a subject of good faith bargaining between such unit and an Employer; provided, however, that this subparagraph (A) shall not
apply to a member of a collective bargaining unit if such unit and Employer agree that the member shall participate in the Plan; 

  
 XIII-9

 (B) a non-resident alien who does not receive earned income
from sources within the United States; 
 (C) an individual whose employment status has not been
recognized by completion of Internal Revenue Service Form W-4 and who is not initially treated as a common law employee of an Employer on the payroll records of an Employer; 

(D) leased employees, including any individual classified by an Employer as a leased employee, even if
that individual is later determined to be an Employee; 
 (E) individuals who are classified as
expatriates by the Employer and who become subject to the tax laws of a foreign country under circumstances where participation in the Plan is not practical, as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion; or 

(F) persons employed on a temporary basis, including but not limited to seasonal employees, interns, and
other persons whose employment with the Employer is not intended to be of a, Permanent or regular nature; however, any person employed on a temporary basis who completes one Year of Service shall immediately become an Employee.” 

 

	 	 2.
	 Paragraph (c) (“Change in Employment Classification”) of Article IV (“Eligibility and Participation”) shall be amended, in
its entirety, to read as follows: 

 “(c) Change in Employment
Classification. 
 (1) A Participant who ceases to be an Employee will no longer actively
participate in the Plan after the date he ceases to be an Employee. If such individual subsequently resumes his status as an Employee, he shall be eligible again to become an active Participant on the date of his reemployment, regardless of whether
such date is a normal Entry Date. This requirement is satisfied if such Employee is permitted to commence or resume, as the case may be, making elective contributions as soon as is administratively feasible following the date he resumes his status
as an Employee. 
 (2) If an individual who is employed by an Employer but who is not an Employee
becomes an Employee, such Employee shall enter the Plan as an active Participant on the later of (1) the date the individual becomes an Employee or (2) the Entry Date on which he would have entered the Plan had he been an Employee
throughout his employment with the Employer. If the Employee must 

  
 XIII-10

 
enter the Plan as an active Participant on the date the he becomes an Employee, then he is permitted to commence making elective contributions as soon as is administratively feasible following
the date he resumes his status as an Employee. 
 (3) If an individual who provides services for
an Employer but is not reported on the payroll records of an Employer as a common law employee is later determined by an Employer, a court, or governmental agency to be an Employee or to have been an Employee of an Employer, and so long as such
individual is an eligible Employee, then such individual will only be eligible for Plan participation prospectively and will participate in the Plan as of the later of (1) the date that such determination is made, or (2) the Entry Date
that coincides with or next follows such determination and after such individual has satisfied all other eligibility requirements. If the individual enters the Plan as an active Participant as of the date it is determined that he is an Employee,
then he is permitted to commence or resume, as the case may be, making elective contributions as soon as is administratively feasible following the determination date.” 

 

	 	 3.
	 In all other respects, except as hereinbefore modified, the said Plan is hereby ratified and confirmed, the within amendment to be immediately
effective. 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TECH DATA CORPORATION has caused this instrument to be duly
executed as of the 22 day of September, 2009. 
  

			
	 TECH DATA CORPORATION

	
	 /c/    Caryl N.
Lucarelli        

	 By:
	 	
	 Name:
	 	 Caryl N. Lucarelli

	 Title:
	 	 V.P. Human Resources

  
 XIII-11

 POST-EGTRRA "GOOD FAITH" AMENDMENT

 FOR DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS 

ELECTION FORM 
  

			
	Plan Name	 	     Tech Data Corporation 401(k) Savings
Plan

 All references to the "Amendment" are to the Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith"
Amendment for Defined Contributions Plan attached to this Election Form. The Amendment is comprised of 36 pages (not including the cover page and the table of contents page). The Amendment is a "good faith" amendment, is not part of the pre-approved
EGTRRA document, and has not been reviewed by the IRS for compliance with post-EGTRRA statutory and Regulatory changes. However, pursuant to the provisions of Revenue Procedure 2007-44, this Amendment does not affect the status of reliance upon the
Plan. Execution of the Amendment by the Sponsoring Employer is accomplished by the execution of this Election Form. 

Section 1.  Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2006 And Earlier 

 
  

											
					
		 	  
 1.1
	 	 ̈	 	  
 Revised Definition of Financial Hardship. Section 1.5 of the Amendment regarding hardship distributions to a Participant's Primary Beneficiary
is adopted effective
                                        
. 
	 	
					
		 	  
 1.2
	 	 ̈	 	  
 Distributions to a Qualified Reservist. Section 1.6 of the Amendment regarding distributions to a Qualified Reservist is adopted effective
                                        
.
	 	
					
		 	  
 1.3
	 	 ̈	 	  
 Hurricane Provisions. Section 1.7 of the Amendment regarding distributions made from the Plan on account of Hurricanes Katrina, Rita, or Wilma
is adopted, subject to the following elections: (check any that apply)
	 	
						
		 		 		 	  ̈
	 	 The special financial hardship distribution provision in Section 1.7(c) of the Amendment applies
	 	
		 		 		 	  ̈
	 	 The Participant loan provision in Section 1.7(d) of the Amendment applies
	 	
		 		 		 	  ̈
	 	 The re-contribution of Qualified Hurricane Distributions provision in Section 1.7(e) of the Amendment applies
	 	
		 		 		 	  ̈
	 	 The re-contribution of Qualified Distributions provision in Section 1.7(f) of the Amendment applies
	 	
					
		 	  
 1.4
	 	 ̈	 	  
 Revocation of Prior Amendment On Account Of Heinz. Section 1.8 of the Amendment regarding the revocation of an Original Amendment on account of
the Heinz decision is adopted effective
                                        
. The Original Amendment is hereby revoked retroactively with respect to: (check one)
	 	
						
		 		 		 	  ̈

 

 ̈
	 	  
 All accrued benefits, which are allocations that
were accrued as of the Applicable Amendment Date and allocations that were accrued after the Applicable Amendment Date.
	 	
		 		 		 	 	 Only accrued benefits as of the Applicable Amendment Date, which are allocations that were accrued as of the Applicable Amendment Date. Allocations accrued after
the Applicable Amendment Date will continue to be subject to the restrictions on the form or timing of distributions as set forth in the Original Amendment.
	 	
					
		 	  
 1.5
	 	 ̈	 	  
 Exclusion of 403(b) Participants. Section 1.9 of the Amendment regarding the exclusion from the Plan of certain Employees who participate in a
403(b) plan sponsored by the tax-exempt Employer is adopted.
	 	

 Section 2. Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2007 

 
  

											
		 	  
 2.1
	 	x	 	  
 Direct Rollovers and the $500 Threshold. Pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Amendment, if a Distributee elects to have only a portion of an Eligible
Rollover Distribution paid to an Eligible Retirement Plan in a Direct Rollover, then that portion must equal or exceed $500.
	 	
				
		 	2.2	 	Code §415 Limitations under the Final §415 Regulations.	 	
					
		 		 	 (a)
	 	 Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for Top Heavy Allocation Purposes and Key Employee
Determinations. Pursuant to Section 2.5(c)(2) of the Amendment, an Employee's Code §415(c)(3) Compensation which is used to determine any Top Heavy Minimum Allocations and
whether an Employee is also a Key Employee is: (check one)
	 	

  

							
		 	Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment for DC Plans - Election Form	  	Page 1 of 6	 	

											
		 		 		 	x	 	FormW-2 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Code §3401 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Statutory Code §415 Compensation	 	
					
		 		 	(b)	 	 Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for Code §415 Limitation Determinations. Pursuant to Section 2.5(c)(2) of the Amendment, an Employee's Code §415(c)(3) Compensation used to determine the Employee's Annual Addition limitation under Article 6 of the Basic Plan is based
on the selection below.
	 	
						
		 		 		 	x	 	FormW-2 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Code §3401 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Statutory Code §415 Compensation	 	
					
		 		 	(c)	 	 Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for Highly Compensated Employee Determinations and Other
Statutory Purposes. Pursuant to Section 2.5(c)(2) of the Amendment, an Employee's Code §415(c)(3) Compensation used to determine whether the Employee is also a Highly
Compensated Employee, and for other statutory purposes that do not appear elsewhere in this Adoption Agreement, is based on the selection below.
	 	
						
		 		 		 	x	 	FormW-2 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Code §3401 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Statutory Code §415 Compensation	 	
						
		 		 	(d)	 	 x
	 	 Compensation Earned in Limitation Year but Paid in Next Limitation Year. Section 2.5(c)(2)(E) of the Amendment defines Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for a Limitation Year to include any amounts earned during that Limitation Year but not paid until the next Limitation
Year.
	 	
					
		 		 	(e)	 	 Post-Severance Compensation. For all
Plan purposes, Section 2.5(c)(6) of the Amendment defines Post-Severance Compensation as including regular pay after Termination of Employment during the timeframe permitted by the Regulations, plus any/all of the items selected below:
(check all that apply)
	 	
						
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Leave cash-outs and deferred compensation under Section 2.5(c)(6)(B) of the Amendment
	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Imputed compensation when the Participant becomes disabled under Section 2.5(c)(6)(C) of the Amendment
	 	
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Continuation of compensation while in qualified military service under Section 2.5(c)(6)(D) of the Amendment
	 	
					
		 	  
 2.3
	 	x	 	  
 Vesting of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions. Pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Amendment and PPA §904, the Vesting Schedule that
applies to Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts is effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, subject to the following elections:
	 	
						
		 		 		 	(a)	 	Participants to Whom the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule Relates.
Under Section 2.6(a) of the Amendment, the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule applies to the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account of:	 	

  

													
		 		 		 		 	x	 	 Any Participant who completes an Hour of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006.
	 	
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Any Participant (regardless of whether he or she has Terminated Employment) who has a Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account balance in any Plan
Year beginning after December 31, 2006 and whose Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account has not become subject to the Forfeiture provisions of the Plan prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31,
2006.
	 	
						
		 		 		 	 (b)
	 	 Account Balances to Which the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule Relates. Under Section 2.6(b) of the Amendment, the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule applies to:
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	x	 	 The entire Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account.
	 	
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 The portion of the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account to which is allocated Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions, Forfeitures, and
earnings for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006 (and subsequent earnings attributable to such allocations). The portion of the Non-Safe Harbor Non-
	 	

  

							
		 	Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment for DC Plans - Election Form	  	Page 2 of 6	 	

															
		 		 		 		 		 	 Elective Contribution Account to which was allocated Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions, Forfeitures, and earnings for Plan Years beginning
prior to January 1, 2007 (and subsequent earnings attributable to such allocations) will remain subject to the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule, without regard to this Section or the Vesting schedule enumerated in the current Plan document that
applies to Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts.
	 	
						
		 		 		 	(c)	 	Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule. Under Section 2.6(f)(3)
of the Amendment, the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule was:	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	x	 	7 Year Graded	 	
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	5 Year Cliff	 	
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The schedule set forth below	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 1 Year / Period of Service
                        %
 2 Years / Periods of Service                      %

3 Years / Periods of
Service                      % (must be at least 20% unless 100% Vesting occurs at 5 years)

4 Years / Periods of
Service                      % (must be at least 40% unless 100% Vesting occurs at 5 years)

5 Years / Periods of
Service                      % (must be at least 60%)

6 Years / Periods of
Service                      % (must be at least 80%)

7 Years / Periods of
Service                      % (must be 100%)
	 	
					
		 	  
 2.4
	 	x	 	  

Rollovers by a Non-Spouse Beneficiary.
Section 2.9 of the Amendment regarding rollovers by a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary is adopted
effective           Jan 1, 2010     
       .
	 	
					
		 	  
 2.5
	 	 ̈	 	  
 Money Purchase or Target Benefit Plan In-Service Distributions. Section 2.10 of the Amendment regarding in-service distributions from a money
purchase or target benefit plan is adopted effective
                                        
. A Participant who has reached Age              (cannot be earlier than Age 62) and who has not yet Terminated Employment may elect to receive a
distribution of his or her Vested Account Balance.
	 	
					
		 	  
 2.6
	 	x	 	  
 QDIA. If the Plan has an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement as described in Code §414(w)(3), then Section 2.11 of the Amendment
regarding QDIAs is adopted effective as of the effective date of the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (unless an earlier effective date is indicated in the next sentence). Otherwise, Section 2.11 of the Amendment regarding QDIAs is
adopted effective           Dec 24,
2007            .
	 	
					
		 	  
 2.7
	 	 ̈	 	  
 Modification of Normal Retirement Age. Section 2.12 of the Amendment regarding the definition of Normal Retirement Age is adopted effective
                                        
, subject to the following provisions:
	 	
						
		 		 		 	 (a)
	 	 Normal Retirement Age Amended in Plan or this Amendment. Under Section 2.12(a) of the Amendment, the definition of Normal Retirement Age is amended as of the effective date above to be:
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 The definition selected in the Adoption Agreement.
	 	
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Age              (max. 65)
	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Or the                  (maximum. 5th) anniversary of becoming a
Participant in the Plan, if later.
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Or the date the Participant is credited with at least              Years of
Service/Periods of Service, if later, but in no event later than the later of Age 65 or the 5th anniversary of becoming a Participant.
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Or
                                        
                                         
       , but in no event later than the later of Age 65 or the 5th anniversary of becoming a Participant in the Plan.
	 	
							
		 		 		 	(b)	 	 ̈	 	 Plan Provisions for Code §411(a)(10) and/or Code §411(d)(6) Compliance. Under Section 2.12(c) of the Amendment, the Plan is amended by the following additional provisions:
                                         
                 
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	                           
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                .	 	

  

							
		 	Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment for DC Plans - Election Form	  	Page 3 of 6	 	

 Section 3. Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2008 

 
  

											
		 	  
 3.1
	 	x	 	  
 Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Contributions. Section 3.1 of the Amendment regarding the elimination of gap period income for
Excess Contributions is adopted effective           Jan 1,
2008            .
	 	
					
		 	  
 3.2
	 	x	 	  
 Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Aggregate Contributions. Section 3.2 of the Amendment regarding the elimination of gap period income
for Excess Aggregate Contributions is adopted by the Plan effective           Jan 1, 2008             .
	 	
					
		 	  
 3.3
	 	 ̈	 	  
 Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. Section 3.3 of the Amendment regarding a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement is adopted
effective
                                        
, subject to the following:
	 	
						
		 		 		 	(a)	 	 QACA Contribution Requirement. Pursuant to
Section 3.3(a) of the Amendment, the Employer will make the following QACA Contribution to the following Participants: (check one)
	 	

  

															
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 QACA Non-Elective Contribution. The
Employer will make a QACA Non-Elective Contribution equal to 3% (or such higher percentage as may be elected by the Employer by resolution) of Compensation for the Plan Year. Such QACA Non-Elective Contribution will be made on behalf of: (check
one)
	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE, regardless of whether he or she makes Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee
Contributions.
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan, regardless of whether such Participant makes Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee
Contributions.
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 The following Participants
                                         
                                         
                                         
    (Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE must be included regardless of whether he or she makes Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee Contributions)
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 QACA "Basic" Matching Contributions.
The Employer will make a QACA Matching Contribution equal to the sum of (1) 100% of the Participant's Elective Deferrals that do not exceed 1% of Compensation for the Allocation
Period, plus (2) 50% of the Participant's Elective Deferrals that exceed 1% of Compensation for the Allocation Period but do not exceed 6% percent of Compensation for the Allocation Period. Such QACA Matching Contribution will be made on behalf
of: (check one)
	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE and on whose behalf Elective Deferrals are made to the Plan.	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan and on whose behalf Elective Deferrals are made to the Plan.	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 The following Participants
                                         
                                         
                                         
  (Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE must be included regardless of whether he or she makes Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee Contributions)
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 QACA "Enhanced" Matching
Contributions. The Employer will make a QACA Matching Contribution equal to (1) 100% of the Participant's Elective Deferrals that do not exceed
            % (must be at least 1% but not greater than 6%) of Compensation for the Allocation Period; plus, if applicable,
(2)             % of Elective Deferrals that exceed             % (must be at least 1% but
not greater than 6%) of Compensation but do not exceed             % (must be greater than 1% but not greater than 6%) of Compensation for the Allocation Period;
plus, if applicable, (3)             % of Elective Deferrals that exceed             % (must
be greater than 1% but not greater than 6%) of Compensation but do not exceed             % (must be greater than 1% but not greater than 6%) of Compensation
for the Allocation Period.
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 		 	 Note: If applicable, the first blank in (2) and the first blank in (3) must be completed so that, at any rate of elective deferrals, the
QACA "Enhanced" Matching Contribution is at least equal to the Matching Contribution receivable if the Employer was making the QACA "Basic" Matching Contributions, but the rate of Matching Contributions cannot increase as Elective Deferrals
increase.
	 	

  

							
		 	Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment for DC Plans - Election Form	  	Page 4 of 6	 	

																	
		 		 		 		 		 	Such QACA Matching Contribution will be made on behalf of:	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan who is a NHCE and on whose behalf Elective Deferrals are made to the Plan.	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Any Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan and on whose behalf Elective Deferrals are made to the Plan.	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 The following Participants
                                         
                                         
                                         
            
 (Any Participant in the Elective Deferral
component of the Plan who is a NHCE must be included regardless of whether he or she makes Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee Contributions)
	 	
						
		 		 		 	(b)	 	 Plan to Which QACA Contribution Will Be Made. Pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(2) of the Amendment, the QACA Contribution will be made to: (check one)
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	This Plan	 	
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The following plan, so long as that other plan meets the requirements of Code §401(k)(12)(F) and the Regulations thereunder
                                        
                                         
                                         
                                      .	 	
						
		 		 		 	(c)	 	 Compensation for QACA Contribution Purposes. Pursuant to Section 3.3(a)(5) of the Amendment, a Participant's Compensation for QACA Contribution purposes is determined by the provisions selected below:
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	(1)	 	 Compensation is defined as:
(check one)
	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	FormW-2 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Code §3401 Compensation	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	(2)	 	 Elective contributions under Code §125, §132(f)(4), §401(k), §402(h),
§403(b), §457(b) and §414(h)(2) will: (check one)
	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Be included as Compensation	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Not be included as Compensation	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 (3)
	 	 The Compensation measuring period is the: (check one)
	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Plan Year
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Fiscal Year ending on or within the Plan Year	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Calendar year ending on or within the Plan Year	 	
								
		 		 		 		 	 (4)
	 	  ̈
	 	 The following categories will not be counted as Compensation: (check all that apply)
	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	A) Compensation received prior to becoming a
Participant	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	B) Compensation received while an ineligible Employee	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	C) All items in Regulation §1.414(s)-1(c)(3)
(i.e., expense allowances, fringe benefit, etc.)	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	D) Post-Severance Compensation 1	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	E) Deemed 125 Compensation 1	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	F) Bonuses 1	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 G) Overtime 1
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	H) Commissions 1	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	I) Other (describe) 1        
                                         
                                         
                                      
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
                             
                                         
                                         
                                         
        
	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 1 If checked,
the Plan's definition of compensation may fail to satisfy the safe harbor requirements unless such compensation is excluded only with respect to HCEs under paragraph (5) below.
	 	

  

							
		 	Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment for DC Plans - Election Form	  	Page 5 of 6	 	

																	
		 		 		 		 	 (5)
	 	  ̈
	 	 The amounts excluded under (4)(D) – (I) are only excluded with respect
to: (check all that apply)
	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	 Highly Compensated Employees
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Other (cannot be a class that only includes NHCEs)
                                        
                                         
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
                             
                                         
                                         
                                         
              
	 	
						
		 		 		 	(d)	 	 Vesting of QACA Contribution Account.
Pursuant to Section 3.3(b) of the Amendment, a Participant's Vested Interest in his or her QACA Contribution Account will be determined by the provisions selected
below:
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 (1)
	 	 The Vesting schedule for the QACA Contribution Account is: (check one)
	 	
								
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	100% full and immediate	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	2-year cliff Vesting (1 year/0%; 2 years/100%)	 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	The Vesting schedule set forth below:	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 1 Year/Period of Service
                     %
	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	 2 Years/Periods of Service         100    %
	 	
								
		 		 		 		 	(2)	 	 ̈	 	 Service Excluded for Vesting. All
Service with the Employer is counted in determining a Participant's Vested Interest in the QACA Contribution Account except the following: (check all that apply)
	 	
									
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Service before age 18	 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan	 	
						
		 		 		 	 (e)
	 	 Usage of Forfeitures of QACA Contribution Account. If the Vesting schedule selected in Section 3.3(d) above is other than 100% full and immediate, then pursuant to Section 3.3(c) of the Amendment, Forfeitures that are not used for the purposes
described in Section 3.3(c) of the Amendment will be: (check one)
	 	
							
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Used to reduce any, or any combination of, Employer contributions, as determined by the Administrator	 	
		 		 		 		 	 ̈	 	Added to any, or any combination of, Employer contributions, as determined by the Administrator	 	
					
		 	  
 3.4
	 	x	 	  
 Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. Section 3.4 of the Amendment regarding an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement is adopted
effective
          Jan 1, 2008       
 .
	 	
					
		 	  
 3.5
	 	 ̈	 	  
 Eligible Participant's Election for Permissible Withdrawal. Section 3.5 of the Amendment regarding a Participant's election for a Permissible
Withdrawal is adopted effective
                                        
. (the date cannot be earlier than the effective date of either Section 3.3 or Section 3.4 above)
	 	

  
  

			
		 	SIGNATURE OF THE SPONSORING EMPLOYER

  

											
		 	 By
	 	   /s/ Caryl N. Lucanelli
	 	         Title
	 	   Vice President /Human Resources Americas
	 	

  

											
		 	 Print Name
	 	   Caryl Lucanelli
	 	         Date
	 	   12/15/09
	 	

  

							
		 	Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment for DC Plans - Election Form	  	Page 6 of 6	 	

 Supplemental Amendment #1 to the 

Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment for Defined Contribution Plans 
 Covering Applicable Provisions of the HEART Act of 2008 and WRERA 2008 
  

			
	Plan Name	 	     Tech Data Corporation 401(k) Savings
Plan

 This Supplemental Amendment #1 (the "Supplemental Amendment") to the
Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment (the "Amendment") is intended as good faith compliance with certain provisions of the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Tax Relief Act of 2008 (HEART) and the Worker, Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (WRERA),
including Technical Corrections to the Pension Protection Act of 2006. This Amendment supersedes any conflicting provisions of the Plan, any administrative policy, the Plan's funding policy, and/or any previously-adopted "good faith" amendment of
the same subject matter, as applicable. This Amendment is a "good faith" amendment, is not part of the pre-approved EGTRRA document, and has not been reviewed by the Internal Revenue Service for compliance with post-EGTRRA statutory and Regulatory
changes. Furthermore, pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2007-44, this Amendment does not affect the status of reliance upon the Plan. 
 Section 1.
WRERA Technical Corrections to the Pension Protection Act of 2006 
  

 

	 	1.1	 Elimination of Gap Period Income Upon Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals. This Section
supersedes Section 2.8 of the Amendment. If the Plan is a Code §401(k) Plan, then Excess Elective Deferrals (as defined in Code §402(g)(2)(A)) which are distributed with respect to the 2008 Plan Year, or with respect to any later Plan
Year, will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the last day of the Plan Year to which the distribution relates, without regard to the gap period (the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution) or any adjustment for
income or loss during the gap period. 
	 

  

	 	1.2	 Rollover by a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary. This Section supersedes Section 2.9 of
the Amendment. Unless an earlier date is selected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form to the Amendment, then effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2009, a Beneficiary who (a) is other than the Participant's
Spouse and (b) is considered to be a Designated Beneficiary under Code §401(a)(9)(E) (known as a "Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary") may establish an individual retirement account under Code §408(a) or an individual retirement
annuity under Code §408(b) (known as an "Inherited IRA") into which all or a portion of a death benefit (to which such Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary is entitled) can be transferred in a direct trustee-to trustee transfer (a direct
rollover). Notwithstanding the above, any amount payable to a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary that is deemed to be a required minimum distribution pursuant to Code §401(a)(9) may not be transferred into such Inherited IRA. The Non-Spouse
Designated Beneficiary may deposit into such Inherited IRA all or any portion of the death benefit that is deemed to be an eligible rollover distribution (but for the fact that the distribution is not an eligible rollover distribution because the
distribution is being paid to a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary). In determining the portion of such death benefit that is considered to be a required minimum distribution that must be made from the Inherited IRA, the Non-Spouse Designated
Beneficiary may elect to use either the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule, pursuant to Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-3, Q&A-4(c). Any distribution made pursuant to this Section is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Code
§401(a)(31), the notice requirements of Code §402(f), or the mandatory withholding requirements of Code §3405(c). If a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary receives a distribution from the Plan, then the distribution is not eligible for
the "60-day" rollover rule, which is available to a Beneficiary who is a Spouse. If the Participant's Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary is a trust, then the Plan may make a direct rollover to an IRA on behalf of the trust, provided the trust
satisfies the requirements to be a Designated Beneficiary within the meaning of Code §401(a)(9)(E). In order to be able to roll over the distribution, the distribution otherwise must satisfy the definition of an eligible rollover distribution.
Any distribution made prior to January 1, 2010 is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Code §401(a)(31) (including Code §401(a)(31)(B), the notice requirements of Code §402(f) or the mandatory withholding
requirements of Code §3405(c)). If a non-spouse Beneficiary receives a distribution from the Plan, the distribution is not eligible for a "60-day" rollover. If the Participant’s named Beneficiary is a trust, the Plan may make a direct
rollover to an individual retirement account on behalf of the trust, provided the trust satisfies the requirements to be a Designated Beneficiary within the meaning of Code §401(a)(9)(E). 
	 

  

							
		 	Supplemental Amendment #1 to the Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment for DC Plans	 	Page 1 of 3	 	

	 	1.3	 Qualified Default Investment Alternative. This Section supersedes Section 2.6 of the
Amendment Election Form. If elected here x by the Sponsoring Employer, then,
effective           Dec 24,
2007            , if the Plan gives Participants or Beneficiaries
the opportunity to direct the investment of any assets in the Participant's Account (or any sub-account) and if any Participant or Beneficiary does not direct the investment of such assets, then such assets in the Participant's Account (or such
sub-account(s)) will be invested in a Qualified Default Investment Alternative ("QDIA"), subject to the provisions of Section 2.11 of the Amendment. 
	 

 Section 2. HEART Act of 2008 

 
  

	 	2.1	 Contributions and Allocations. If elected here  ̈ by the Sponsoring Employer, then the following provisions apply to a Qualified Reservist’s
rights to contributions and allocations under the Plan: 
	 

  

	 	(a)	 Determination of Amount. If a
Qualified Reservist dies or incurs a Disability on or after January 1, 2007 while performing Qualified Military Service, then in determining any contribution or allocation such Participant is otherwise entitled to under the terms of the Plan,
such Participant will be deemed to have resumed employment with the Employer in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under USERRA on the day preceding such death or Disability, and will be deemed to have Terminated Employment on
the actual date of death or Disability. 
	 

  

	 	(b)	 Amount of Elective Deferrals and/or Voluntary Employee Contributions. The amount of a Qualified Reservist’s Elective Deferrals and/or Voluntary Employee Contributions which are considered for purposes of this Section 2.1 will be determined on the basis of the
Qualified Reservist’s average Elective Deferrals and/or Voluntary Employee Contributions which are actually made for the lesser of the following two computation periods: (1) the 12-month period of service with the Employer immediately
prior to Qualified Military Service; or (2) the actual length of continuous service with the Employer. 
	 

  

	 	2.2	 Differential Wage Payment. For computation periods beginning after December 31, 2008,
the following applies: 
	 

  

	 	(a)	 Employee Status. An individual
receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code §3401(h)(2), will be treated as an Employee of the Employer making such payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), a Participant is treated as
having Terminated Employment during any period he or she is performing service in the uniformed services described in Code §3401(h)(2)(A). 
	 

  

	 	(b)	 Treatment as Compensation. Any
amounts received by a Qualified Reservist as differential wage payments will be treated as Compensation (to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services
for the Employer rather than entering Qualified Military Service). 
	 

  

	 	(c)	 Coordination With USERRA. The Plan
will not be treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code §414(u)(1)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the Differential Wage Payments. However, this paragraph only applies if all
Employees of the Employer performing service in the uniformed services described in Code §3401(h)(2)(A) are entitled to receive differential wage payments (as defined in Code §3401(h)(2)) on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to
participate in a retirement plan maintained by the employer, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms (taking into account Code §§410(b)(3), (4), and (5)). 
	 

  

	 	2.3	 Suspension of Elective Deferrals. If a Qualified Reservist elects to receive a distribution
of all or a portion of his or her Participant’s Account under the provisions of Sections 5.1, 5.2 and/or 5.3 of the Plan by reason of death, Disability or Termination of Employment, such Participant will not be permitted to contribute Elective
Deferrals and/or Employee Voluntary Contributions to the Plan for a period of 6 months. Such 6 month period will commence on the date of the distribution. 
	 

  

	 	2.4	 Death Benefits. If a Participant dies on or after January 1, 2007 while performing
Qualified Military Service, such Participant will be deemed to have resumed employment with the Employer in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under USERRA on the day preceding death, and will be deemed to have Terminated
Employment on the actual date of death. 
	 

  

							
		 	Supplemental Amendment #1 to the Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment for DC Plans	 	Page 2 of 3	 	

	 	2.5	 Definition of Qualified Reservist. The term "Qualified Reservist" means an individual who is
a member of a reserve component, as defined in §101 of title 37, United States Code, and who is ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001 either for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period.

	 

  

	 	2.6	 Definition of Qualified Military Service. The term "Qualified Military Service" means
military service as that term is used in Code §414(u)(1). 
	 

 Section 3. 2009 Required Minimum Distributions (RMDs) 

 
  

	 	3.1	 2009 RMDs Will Be Made Unless the Participant or Beneficiary Elect Not to Receive Them. If
this Section 3.1 is checked here  ̈, then notwithstanding Section 5.9 of the
Plan to the contrary, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code §401(a)(9)(H) ("2009 RMDs"), and who would have satisfied that requirement by
receiving distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy)
of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years ("Extended 2009 RMDs"), will receive those distributions for 2009 unless the
Participant or Beneficiary chooses not to receive such distributions. 
	 

  

	 	3.2	 2009 RMDs Will Not Be Made Unless the Participant or Beneficiary Elect to Receive Them. If
this Section 3.2 is checked here x, then notwithstanding Section 5.9 of the
Plan, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code §401(a)(9)(H) ("2009 RMDs"), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving
distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the
Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years ("Extended 2009 RMDs"), will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the
Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. 
	 

  

	 	3.3	 Direct Rollovers. Notwithstanding Section 5.14 of the Plan to the contrary, and solely
for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, the additional distributions in 2009 checked below (if any) will be treated as eligible rollover distributions. However, if no election is made below, a direct rollover will be
offered only for distributions that would be eligible rollover distributions without regard to Code §401(a)(9)(H). 
	 

  

	 	 ̈	 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs (both as defined in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 above). 
	 

  

	 	 ̈	 2009 RMDs (as defined in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 above) but only if paid with an additional amount that is an eligible rollover distribution without
regard to Code §401(a)(9)(H). 
	 

  

			
		 	SIGNATURE OF THE SPONSORING EMPLOYER

  

											
		 	 By
	 	 /s/ Caryl N. Lucanelli
	 	         Title
	 	   Vice President /Human Resources Americas
	 	

  

											
		 	 Print Name
	 	 Caryl Lucanelli
	 	         Date
	 	   12/15/09
	 	

  

							
		 	Supplemental Amendment #1 to the Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment for DC Plans	 	Page 3 of 3	 	

  
  
 POST-EGTRRA "GOOD FAITH" AMENDMENT 

 Table of Contents 

 

					
	 Article 1
	 	- 1 -
	 Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2006 And Earlier
	 	- 1 -
	   1.1
	 	 Bonding Requirements
	 	- 1 -
	   1.2
	 	 Service for Vesting Purposes When Previously Frozen Plan Resumes Allocations
	 	- 1 -
	   1.3
	 	 Eliminating Forms of Distribution
	 	- 2 -
	   1.4
	 	 Application of Code §411(a) With Respect to Protected Benefits
	 	- 3 -
	   1.5
	 	 Financial Hardship Distributions
	 	- 3 -
	   1.6
	 	 Distribution to a Qualified Reservist
	 	- 4 -
	   1.7
	 	 Hurricane Provisions
	 	- 4 -
	   1.8
	 	 Retroactive Revocation of Prior Amendment on account of the Heinz Decision
	 	- 9 -
	   1.9
	 	 Certain Employees of Tax Exempt Entity Excluded From 401(k) Plan or 401(m) Plan
	 	- 10 -
		
	 Article 2
	 	- 11 -
	 Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2007
	 	- 11 -
	   2.1
	 	 Notice and Consent Requirements
	 	- 11 -
	   2.2
	 	 Direct Rollovers
	 	- 13 -
	   2.3
	 	 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders
	 	- 15 -
	   2.4
	 	 Determination Whether Partial Termination of the Plan Has Occurred
	 	- 15 -
	   2.5
	 	 Code §415 Limitations Under the Final Code §415 Regulations
	 	- 16 -
	   2.6
	 	 Vesting of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts
	 	- 23 -
	   2.7
	 	 Diversification
	 	- 25 -
	   2.8
	 	 Calculation of Gap Period Income for Excess Elective Deferrals
	 	- 26 -
	   2.9
	 	 Rollover by a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary
	 	- 26 -
	   2.10
	 	 Money Purchase or Target Benefit Plan In-Service Distributions
	 	- 27 -
	   2.11
	 	 Qualified Default Investment Alternative
	 	- 27 -
	   2.12
	 	 Modification to Normal Retirement Age
	 	- 29 -
	   2.13
	 	 Mid-Year Changes Permitted for Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan
	 	- 30 -
		
	 Article 3
	 	- 31 -
	 Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2008
	 	- 31 -
	   3.1
	 	 Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Contributions
	 	- 31 -
	   3.2
	 	 Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Aggregate Contributions
	 	- 31 -
	   3.3
	 	 Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement
	 	- 31 -
	   3.4
	 	 Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement
	 	- 34 -
	   3.5
	 	 Eligible Participant's Election for Permissible Withdrawal
	 	- 35 -
	   3.6
	 	 Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity
	 	- 36 -

  
 1 

 Introduction 
 This Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment (the "Amendment") is intended as good faith compliance with various post-EGTRRA provisions, including the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and various changes to the
Regulations. This Amendment supersedes any conflicting provisions of the Plan, any administrative policy, the Plan's funding policy, and/or any previously-adopted "good faith" amendment of the same subject matter, as applicable. If this Amendment
establishes/memorializes an Automatic Contribution Arrangement, then this Amendment supersedes any State (or Commonwealth) law that would directly or indirectly prohibit or restrict the inclusion of an Automatic Contribution Arrangement in the Plan,
pursuant to ERISA §514(e)(1) and Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(f). 
 This Amendment is a
"good faith" amendment, is not part of the pre-approved EGTRRA document, and has not been reviewed by the IRS for compliance with post-EGTRRA statutory and Regulatory changes. Furthermore, pursuant to Revenue Procedure 2007-44, this Amendment does
not affect the status of reliance upon the Plan. 
 The Amendment consists of this document (the Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith"
Amendment) and the Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith" Amendment Election Form (the "Election Form"). Each Article of the Amendment is based upon the earliest effective year that a specific Section (or specific paragraph of a Section) can apply to the Plan,
but the effective year of an Article is used for reference purposes only. The actual effective date of (a) a specific Section of this Amendment, (b) a specific paragraph in a Section of this Amendment, or (c) a specific Section of the
Election Form, applies to the Plan and overrides any conflict with the effective year of an Article. Furthermore, the rules of the Plan's Section entitled "Interpretation of the Plan and Trust" apply to this Amendment. 

Article 1 
 Post-EGTRRA
Provisions Effective 2006 And Earlier 
  

	1.1	 Bonding Requirements. Paragraph (a) below is effective as of the first day of the first
Plan Year beginning after August 17, 2006. Furthermore, paragraph (b) below is effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2007. 

 

	 	(a)	 Determination of Amount. Every Plan
fiduciary other than a bank, an insurance company, a broker-dealer who is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 §15(b) and who is subject to the fidelity bond requirements of a self-regulatory organization as defined in ERISA
§412(a) as amended by PPA, or a fiduciary of a Sponsoring Employer that has no common-law employees, will be bonded in an amount that is not less than 10% of the amount of funds under such Plan fiduciary's direct or indirect control; however,
such bond will not be less than $1,000 nor more than $500,000 (or such other amount as may be required by law). The bond will provide protection to the Plan against any loss for acts of fraud or dishonesty by a Plan fiduciary acting alone or in
concert with others. The cost of such bond will be an expense of either the Sponsoring Employer or the Plan, at the election of the Sponsoring Employer. 

 

	 	(b)	 Investment in Employer Securities.
If the Plan holds employer securities as defined in ERISA §407(d)(1), the maximum bond described in paragraph (a) is increased to $1,000,000 unless the Department of Labor
prescribes a larger amount after notice and an opportunity for interested parties to be heard. 

  

	1.2	 Service for Vesting Purposes When Previously Frozen Plan Resumes Allocations. If (a) the
Plan becomes frozen; (b) the freezing of allocations under the Plan causes a partial termination of the Plan to occur; and (c) allocations later resume under the previously-frozen Plan, then all Years of Service or 1-Year Periods of Service, as
applicable, after the Plan was established must be recognized for Vesting purposes. In addition, if allocations are made under a new plan maintained by the same Employer and if the new plan is merged with the frozen Plan, then all Years of Service
or 1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable, after the frozen Plan was established must be recognized for Vesting purposes for any allocations under the new plan after the merger. The provisions of this Section comply with Revenue Ruling 2003-65.

  
 - 1 - 

	1.3	 Eliminating Forms of Distribution. In addition to rules that are enumerated by Regulations
and other guidance concerning the modification of the Plan's Normal Form of Distribution and the modification and/or the elimination of the Plan's Optional Forms of Distribution, for any applicable Plan amendment that is adopted on or after
August 12, 2005 (except as otherwise provided), the Plan may be amended to eliminate a form of distribution, subject to the following rules: 

  

	 	(a)	 General Rule for Eliminating a Form of Distribution. The Plan may eliminate a form of distribution previously available to Participants, so long as: 

  

	 	(1)	 Single Sum Available. A single sum
payment is available to Participants at the same time or times as the form of distribution being eliminated; 

  

	 	(2)	 Same or Greater Portion of Participant's Account. Such single sum payment is based upon the same or greater portion of the Participant's Account as the form of distribution being eliminated; and 

 

	 	(3)	 Single Sum Otherwise Identical.
Such single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical to the form of benefit being eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this subparagraph, a single-sum distribution form is
otherwise identical to the form of benefit that is eliminated or restricted only if the single-sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted form of distribution (or would be identical except that it provides
greater rights to the Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement. However, an otherwise identical distribution form need not retain rights or features of the form of benefit that is eliminated or restricted to the
extent that those rights or features would not be protected from elimination or restriction under Code §411(d)(6). 

  

	 	(b)	 Eliminating Optional Forms of Distribution Through Utilization Test. If the Plan is a money purchase plan or a target benefit plan, then in addition to the provisions of paragraph (a) above, for any applicable Plan amendment adopted after December 31, 2006, the
Plan may eliminate any/all Optional Forms of Distribution that comprise a Generalized Optional Form for a Participant with respect to allocations that occurred before the Applicable Amendment Date under the "Utilization Test" of Regulation
§1.411(d)-3(f). The elimination of Optional Forms of Distribution of this paragraph (b) is subject to the following: 

  

	 	(1)	 Not a Core Benefit. The Optional
Forms of Distribution being eliminated cannot be a Core Option. 

  

	 	(2)	 Timeframe for Amendment. The Plan
amendment is not applicable with respect to an Optional Form of Distribution with an Annuity Starting Date that is earlier than the number of days in the maximum Applicable Election Period after the date that the amendment is adopted.

  

	 	(3)	 Requirements. During the Look-Back
Period, (1) the Generalized Optional Form has been available to at least the Applicable Number of Participants; and (2) no Participant has elected any Optional Form of Distribution that is part of the Generalized Optional Form with an
Annuity Starting Date that is within the Look-Back Period. 

  

	 	(c)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Applicable Amendment Date. The term
"Applicable Amendment Date" means the later of the effective date of the amendment or the date that the amendment is adopted. 

  

	 	(2)	 Applicable Election Period. The
term "Applicable Election Period" means the period described in Code §417(a)(6), to wit: with respect to an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the period that begins not later than 180 days prior to the Annuity Starting
Date (unless future guidance requires/permits otherwise). 

  

	 	(3)	 Applicable Number of Participants.
The term "Applicable Number of Participants" means 50 Participants. However, the Applicable Number of Participants may include Participants Taken Into Account who elected an Optional Form
of Distribution that included a single-sum distribution that applied with respect to at least 25% of the Participant's Account, but only if the Applicable Number of Participants is increased to 1,000 Participants. 

  
 - 2 - 

	 	(4)	 Core Option. The term "Core Option"
means (A) a straight life annuity Generalized Optional Form under which the Participant is entitled to a level life annuity with no benefit payable after the Participant's death; (B) a 75% joint and contingent annuity Generalized Optional
Form under which the Participant is entitled to a life annuity with a survivor annuity for any individual designated by the Participant (including a non-Spousal contingent annuitant) that is 75% of the amount payable during the Participant's life;
(C) a 10-year term certain and life annuity Generalized Optional Form under which the Participant is entitled to a life annuity with a guarantee that payments will continue to any person designated by the Participant for the remainder of a
fixed period of 10 years if the Participant dies before the end of the 10-year period; and (D) the most valuable option for a Participant with a short life expectancy, as defined in Regulation §1.411(d)-3(g)(5)(iii). The rules of
Regulation §1.411(d)-3(g)(5) apply to the determination of Core Options. 

  

	 	(5)	 Generalized Optional Form. The term
"Generalized Optional Form" means a group of Optional Forms of Distribution that are identical except for differences due to actuarial factors used to determine the amount of the distributions under those Optional Forms of Distribution and the
Annuity Starting Dates. 

  

	 	(6)	 Look-Back Period. The term
"Look-Back Period" means the period that includes: (A) the portion of the Plan Year in which such Plan amendment is adopted that precedes the date of adoption (known as the "Pre-Adoption Period"); and (B) the 2 Plan Years immediately
preceding the Pre-Adoption Period. With regard to the Look-Back Period, the following rules apply: (A) in the Look-Back Period, at least 1 of the Plan Years must be a 12-month Plan Year; (B) the Plan may exclude, pursuant to an
administrative policy that is promulgated by the Administrator, the calendar month in which the amendment is adopted from the Look-Back Period and the preceding 1 or 2 calendar months to the extent those preceding months are contained within the
Pre-Adoption Period; and (C) in order to have a Look-Back Period that satisfies the requirement of the minimum Applicable Number of Participants, the Look-Back Period may be expanded pursuant to an administrative policy that is promulgated by
the Administrator, to include the 3, 4, or 5 Plan Years immediately preceding the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. However, if the Plan does not satisfy the requirement of the minimum Applicable Number of Participants using the
Pre-Adoption Period and the immediately preceding 5 Plan Years, then the Plan is not permitted to be amended in accordance with the Utilization Test of this Section. 

 

	 	(7)	 Participant Taken Into Account. The
term "Participant Taken Into Account" means a Participant who was eligible to elect to commence payment of an Optional Form of Distribution that is part of the Generalized Optional Form being eliminated with an Annuity Starting Date that is within
the Look-Back Period. A Participant is not a Participant Taken Into Account if the Participant (A) did not elect any Optional Form of Distribution with an Annuity Starting Date that was within the Look-Back Period; (B) elected an Optional Form
of Distribution that included a single-sum distribution that applied with respect to at least 25% of the Participant's Account; (C) elected an Optional Form of Distribution that was only available during a limited period of time and that
contained a retirement-type subsidy where the subsidy that is part of the Generalized Optional Form being eliminated was not extended to any Optional Form of Distribution with the same Annuity Starting Date; or (D) elected an Optional Form of
Distribution with an Annuity Starting Date that was more than 10 years before Normal Retirement Age. 

  

	1.4	 Application of Code §411(a) With Respect to Protected Benefits. Any applicable Plan
amendment adopted after August 9, 2006 which decreases a Participant's Account balance, or otherwise places greater restrictions or conditions on a Participant's rights to Code §411(d)(6) protected benefits is not permitted, even if the
Plan amendment merely adds a restriction or condition that is permitted under the Vesting rules in Code §411(a)(3) through (11). However, a Plan amendment does not violate Code §411(d)(6) to the extent that the amendment applies to
allocations after the Applicable Amendment Date. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section, a Plan amendment that satisfies the requirements of Department of Labor Regulation 2530.203–2(c) (relating to Vesting Computation Periods) does
not violate the requirements of Code §411(d)(6) even though the Plan amendment changes the Plan's Vesting Computation Periods. For purposes of this Section, the term "Applicable Amendment Date" means the later of the effective date of the
amendment or the date the amendment is adopted. 

  

	1.5	 Financial Hardship Distributions. If the Plan is either a profit sharing plan or a 401(k)
Plan and if elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the effective date elected in the Election Form, and the following provisions apply to the Plan: 

  
 - 3 - 

	 	(a)	 Revised Definition of Financial Hardship. With respect to financial hardship distributions made on or after the effective date of this Section, the determination of any deemed immediate and heavy financial need described in Regulation
§1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B) will be expanded to include any immediate and heavy financial need (expenses described in Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B)(1), (3), or (5), which relate to medical, tuition, and funeral expenses, respectively)
of a Participant's Primary Beneficiary. For purposes of this Section, the term "Primary Beneficiary" means the individual(s) who is named and designated as a Beneficiary under the terms of the Plan and who has an unconditional right to all or a
portion of the Participant's Account balance upon the Participant's death. 

  

	 	(b)	 Amounts to Which the Revised Definition of Financial Hardship Applies. The provisions of this Section apply to financial hardship distributions under the provisions of an administrative policy regarding financial hardship distributions that is promulgated by the
Administrator. 

  

	1.6	 Distribution to a Qualified Reservist. If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan and if elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective with respect to any Qualified Reservist Distribution that is taken after September 11, 2001 but before December 31, 2007 (but the December 31, 2007 date has been
eliminated by the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (HEART)), as follows: 

  

	 	(a)	 Qualified Reservist Distribution Permitted for Any Reason. A Qualified Reservist Distribution may be made to a Qualified Reservist under any circumstance and/or for any reason without violating the distribution restrictions of Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i).

  

	 	(b)	 Qualified Reservist Distribution Not Subject To Excise Tax and May Be Repaid To an
IRA. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any distribution is a Qualified Reservist Distribution, the otherwise applicable 10% excise tax of Code
§72(t)(1) on early distributions will not apply. In addition, at any time during the two-year period beginning on the day after the last day of the Qualified Reservist's active duty (but the two-year period will end no earlier than
August 17, 2008), a Qualified Reservist who has received one or more Qualified Reservist Distributions may make one or more repayment contributions to an IRA in an aggregate amount not to exceed the total amount of such Qualified Reservists
Distributions. The dollar or compensation limitations otherwise applicable to contributions to an IRA will not apply to a repayment contribution of Qualified Reservist Distributions. No deduction is allowed for a repayment contribution of Qualified
Reservist Distributions. 

  

	 	(c)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Qualified Reservist. The term
"Qualified Reservist" means an individual who is a member of a reserve component, as defined in §101 of title 37, United States Code, and who is ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001 and before December 31, 2007
(but the December 31, 2007 date has been eliminated by the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (HEART)) either for a period in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period. 

 

	 	(2)	 Qualified Reservist Distribution.
The term "Qualified Reservist Distribution" means a distribution of Elective Deferrals to a Qualified Reservist that is made during the period beginning on the date that the Qualified
Reservist is ordered or called to duty and ending on the last day of active duty. 

  

	1.7	 Hurricane Provisions. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Post-EGTRRA "Good Faith"
Amendment Election Form, then except as otherwise provided in paragraphs (c) through (f) below, this Section applies to any Participant in the Plan that was affected by Hurricanes Katrina, Rita, or Wilma: 

 

	 	(a)	 Qualified Hurricane Distributions.
The following provisions apply to Qualified Hurricane Distributions: 

  

	 	(1)	 Qualified Hurricane Distribution Not Subject to Code §72(t). Any Qualified Hurricane Distribution will not be subject to Code §72(t). The aggregate amount of distributions received by an individual which may be treated as Qualified Hurricane Distributions for
any taxable year shall not exceed the excess (if any) of (A) $100,000, minus (B) the aggregate amounts treated as Qualified Hurricane Distributions received by such individual for all prior taxable years. 

  
 - 4 - 

	 	(2)	 Clarification of Qualified Hurricane Distribution. If a distribution to an individual would (without regard to subparagraph (c)(1)) be a Qualified Hurricane Distribution, then this Plan shall not be treated as violating any requirement of subparagraph
(c)(1) merely because the Plan treats such distribution as a Qualified Hurricane Distribution, unless the aggregate amount of such distributions from all plans (including this Plan) maintained by the Sponsor Employer (and any Affiliated Employer of
the Sponsoring Employer) to such individual exceeds $100,000. 

  

	 	(3)	 Exemption of Qualified Hurricane Distributions from Trustee to Trustee Transfer and Withholding
Rules. For purposes of Code §401(a)(31), §402(f), and §3405, Qualified Hurricane Distributions shall not be treated as eligible rollover distributions.

  

	 	(4)	 Qualified Hurricane Distributions Treated as Meeting Plan Distribution Requirements. A Qualified Hurricane Distribution will be treated as meeting the requirements of Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i), §403(b)(7)(A)(ii), §403(b)(11), and §457(d)(1)(A).

  

	 	(b)	 Procedural Requirements. Any
otherwise applicable procedural requirements that are imposed by the Plan, any administrative policy, or any procedure may be disregarded with respect to any provision of this Section, so long as the Administrator makes a good-faith effort under the
circumstances to comply with such requirements of the Plan, administrative policy, or procedure and makes a reasonable attempt to assemble any required documentation as soon as practical including, if applicable, Spousal consent.

  

	 	(c)	 Special Financial Hardship Distributions on Account of Hurricane Disasters. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then regardless of any other distribution provisions in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant or former Participant (1) whose Principal
Place of Abode is/was located in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area, Hurricane Rita Disaster Area, or Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area; (2) whose place of employment is/was located in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area, Hurricane Rita Disaster Area,
or Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area; or (3) whose lineal ascendant or descendant, dependent or Spouse has/had a Principal Place of Abode or place of employment in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area, Hurricane Rita Disaster Area, or Hurricane
Wilma Disaster Area; and the Participant or former Participant, or the Participant's (or former Participant's) lineal ascendant or descendant, dependent, or Spouse faces an immediate and heavy financial need, may receive a special financial hardship
distribution on or after August 29, 2005 and not later than March 31, 2006 of the Participant's Elective Deferrals (as well as the Participant's Vested Interest in the Participant's Account or any sub-account of the Participant's Account
that is not prohibited by law or Regulation from being distributed as a hardship distribution). The determination of whether a Participant or former Participant, or the Participant's (or former Participant's) lineal ascendant or descendant,
dependent, or Spouse has an immediate and heavy financial need will be made by the Administrator, subject to the following provisions: 

  

	 	(1)	 Immediate and Heavy Financial Need.
The determination by the Administrator of an immediate and heavy financial need will be based upon such severity that a Participant or former Participant, or the Participant's (or former
Participant's) lineal ascendant or descendant, dependent, or Spouse is confronted or endangered by present or impending financial ruin, present or impending want, or privation. The Administrator will determine whether an immediate and heavy
financial need exists based on all relevant facts and circumstances in a nondiscriminatory manner, and will not be limited to the circumstances enumerated in subparagraph (2) below. The Participant or former Participant must demonstrate the
immediate and heavy financial need with positive evidence submitted to the Administrator, if positive evidence is readily available. However, the Administrator may rely upon representations from the Participant or former Participant as to the need
for and amount of a financial hardship distribution, unless the Administrator has actual knowledge to the contrary. 

  

	 	(2)	 Deemed Immediate and Heavy Financial Need. A distribution is deemed to be on account of an immediate and heavy financial need of a Participant or former Participant, or the Participant's (or former Participant's) lineal ascendant or descendant,
dependent, or Spouse if the distribution is for (A) expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code §213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income);
(B) costs directly related to the purchase of a principal residence (excluding mortgage payments); (C) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the next 12 months of post-secondary education;
(D) payments necessary to prevent the eviction from the principal residence or foreclosure on 

  
 - 5 - 

	 	 
the mortgage on that residence; (E) payments for burial or funeral expenses; or (F) expenses for the repair of damage to the principal residence that would qualify for the casualty
deduction under Code §165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income). 

  

	 	(3)	 Certain Restrictions Do Not Apply to Special Financial Hardship Distributions. If this Plan (or any other plan of the Sponsoring Employer) is a 401(k) Plan or permits Voluntary Employee Contributions, then a Participant who receives a special financial hardship distribution of
Elective Deferrals pursuant to this paragraph (c) is not prohibited from making Elective Deferrals or Voluntary Employee Contributions to the Plan (or any other plan of the Sponsoring Employer) at any time after receipt of the special financial
hardship distribution. 

  

	 	(d)	 Participant Loans. If elected by
the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then the following provisions apply to a Qualified Individual with respect to loans made during the Applicable Period: 

 

	 	(1)	 Increase in Limit on Loans Not Treated as Distributions. In the case of any Participant loan to a Qualified Individual made during the Applicable Period, the following Participant loan limits that are contained in the separate written loan program are increased
as follows: (A) the $50,000 aggregate limit on a Participant's loans of Code §72(p)(2)(A)(i) is increased to $100,000; and (B) the aggregate amount of a Participant's loans which is limited to 50% of the Participant's Vested Account
balance of Code §72(p)(2)(A)(ii) is increased to 100% of the Participant's Vested Account balance. 

  

	 	(2)	 Adequate Security. The requirements
of ERISA with respect to adequate loan security are not enforced with respect to any Participant loan to a Qualified Individual during the Applicable Period. 

 

	 	(3)	 Delay of Repayment. In the case of
a Qualified Individual with an outstanding Participant loan from this Plan on or after the Qualified Beginning Date, the following will apply: (A) (A) if the due date for any repayment with respect to such Participant loan pursuant to Code
§72(p)(2)(B) and (C) occurs during the period beginning on the Qualified Beginning Date and ending on December 31, 2006, then such due date for any repayment will be delayed for one (1) year. Such 1-year delay period will not
trigger a deemed distribution of the Participant loan under the Plan or the Regulations; (B) in determining the 5-year period (assuming that the Participant loan is not a principal residence loan) and the term of a Participant loan under Code
§72(p)(2)(B) and (C), the 1-year delay period described in subparagraph (A) shall be disregarded; and (C) any subsequent repayments with respect to any such Participant loan will be appropriately adjusted to reflect the delay in the
due date for any repayment under subparagraph (A) and any interest accruing during such delay. After the 1-year period described in subparagraph (A), the Participant loan shall be repaid by amortizing the outstanding balance (including accrued
interest) in substantially level installments over the remaining period of the Participant loan (i.e., five (5) years from the date of the origination of the Participant loan (assuming that the Participant loan is not a principal residence
loan) plus the 1-year delay period). 

  

	 	(4)	 Applicable Period and Qualified Beginning Date. In applying this paragraph (d), the following will apply: (A) in the case of any Qualified Hurricane Katrina Individual, the Applicable Period is the period beginning on September 24, 2005 and
ending on December 31, 2006 and the Qualified Beginning Date is August 25, 2005; (B) in the case of any Qualified Hurricane Rita Individual, the Applicable Period is the period beginning on December 21, 2005 and ending on
December 31, 2006 and the Qualified Beginning Date is September 23, 2005; and (C) in the case of any Qualified Hurricane Wilma Individual, the Applicable Period is the period beginning on December 21, 2005 and ending on
December 31, 2006 and the Qualified Beginning Date is October 23, 2005. 

  

	 	(e)	 Re-Contribution of Prior Qualified Hurricane Distributions to the Plan. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then the following provisions apply to the re-contribution of Qualified Hurricane Distributions to the Plan: 

 

	 	(1)	 Re-Contribution of Qualified Hurricane Distribution. Any individual who receives a Qualified Hurricane Distribution may make, at any time during the 3-year period beginning on the day after the date on which such distribution was received, one or more
re-contributions in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such Qualified Hurricane Distribution to this Plan (which is an eligible 

  
 - 6 - 

	 	 
retirement plan as defined in Code §402(c)(8)(B)), so long as such individual is a beneficiary of the Plan and such Qualified Hurricane Distribution is (or is deemed to be, pursuant to
subparagraph (2)) an eligible rollover distribution as described in Code §402(c)(4) from the Plan. 

  

	 	(2)	 Treatment of Repayments of Distributions from Eligible Retirement Plan. If a re-contribution is made pursuant to subparagraph (1) with respect to a Qualified Hurricane Distribution from an eligible retirement plan, then the individual will, to the extent of the amount of
the re-contribution, be treated as having received the Qualified Hurricane Distribution in an eligible rollover distribution (as defined in Code §402(c)(4)) and as having transferred the amount to the eligible retirement plan in a direct
trustee to trustee transfer within 60 days of distribution. The following rules apply to any such re-contribution of a prior Qualified Hurricane Distribution: (A) required minimum distributions of Code §401(a)(9) are not permitted to be
re-contributed to this Plan or any eligible retirement plan; (B) any Qualified Hurricane Distribution paid to an individual as a Beneficiary of a Participant (other than the surviving Spouse of a Participant) cannot be re-contributed to the
Plan. However, any Qualified Hurricane Distribution paid to the surviving Spouse of a Participant can be re-contributed to the Plan (unless prohibited by clause (A) above); and (C) any financial hardship distribution that is a Qualified
Hurricane Distribution will not be treated as being made on account of hardship for purposes of the Plan and the Code; any portion of such financial hardship distribution is permitted to be re-contributed to this Plan. 

 

	 	(f)	 Re-Contribution of Prior Qualified Distributions for Home Purchases to the Plan. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this paragraph (f) apply to the re-contribution of prior Qualified Distributions. Any individual who received a Qualified Distribution
may, during the Applicable Period, make one or more re-contributions to this Plan (which is an eligible retirement plan as defined in Code §402(c)(8)(B)) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such Qualified Distribution, so long as
such individual is a beneficiary in the Plan and such Qualified Distribution is (or is deemed to be, pursuant to subparagraph (e)(2)) an eligible rollover distribution as described in Code §402(c)(4). Rules similar those in subparagraph (e)(2)
will apply to such re-contributions. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "Applicable Period" means (1) with respect to any Qualified Katrina Distribution, the period beginning on August 25, 2005 and ending on February 28, 2006;
(2) with respect to any Qualified Rita Distribution, the period beginning on September 23, 2005 and ending on February 28, 2006; and (3) with respect to any Qualified Wilma Distribution, the period beginning on October 23,
2005 and ending on February 28, 2006. 

  

	 	(g)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area.
The term "Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area" means an area with respect to which a major disaster has been declared by the President before September 14, 2005 by reason of Hurricane
Katrina, including the states of Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, and Florida. 

  

	 	(2)	 Hurricane Rita Disaster Area. The
term "Hurricane Rita Disaster Area" means an area with respect to which a major disaster has been declared by the President before October 6, 2005 by reason of Hurricane Rita. 

 

	 	(3)	 Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area. The
term "Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area" means an area with respect to which a major disaster has been declared by the President before November 14, 2005 by reason of Hurricane Wilma. 

 

	 	(4)	 Principal Place of Abode. The term
"Principal Place of Abode" means the household where a Qualified Individual lives. A temporary absence by a Qualified Individual from the Principal Place of Abode due to special circumstances, such as illness, education, business, vacation, or
military service, will not change a Qualified Individual's Principal Place of Abode. The following provisions apply to a Qualified Individual's Principal Place of Abode: 

 

	 	(A)	 Hurricane Katrina. If a Qualified
Individual's Principal Place of Abode was in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area immediately before August 28, 2005, and the Qualified Individual evacuated because of Hurricane Katrina, then the Qualified Individual's Principal Place of Abode
will be considered to be in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area on August 28, 2005. 

  
 - 7 - 

	 	(B)	 Hurricane Rita. If a Qualified
Individual's Principal Place of Abode was in the Hurricane Rita Disaster Area immediately before September 23, 2005, and the Qualified Individual evacuated because of Hurricane Rita, then the Qualified Individual's Principal Place of Abode will
be considered to be in the Hurricane Rita Disaster Area on September 23, 2005. 

  

	 	(C)	 Hurricane Wilma. If a Qualified
Individual's Principal Place of Abode was in the Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area immediately before October 23, 2005, and the Qualified Individual evacuated because of Hurricane Wilma, then the Qualified Individual's Principal Place of Abode will
be considered to be in the Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area on October 23, 2005. 

  

	 	(5)	 Qualified Distribution. The term
"Qualified Distribution" means any Qualified Katrina Distribution, Qualified Rita Distribution, and Qualified Wilma Distribution. For purposes of this definition: 

 

	 	(A)	 Qualified Katrina Distribution. The
term "Qualified Katrina Distribution" means any distribution (i) described in Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV), §403(b)(7)(A)(ii) (but only to the extent it relates to financial hardship), §403(b)(11)(B), or §72(t)(2)(F);
(ii) received after February 28, 2005 and before August 29, 2005; and (iii) which was to be used to purchase or construct a principal residence in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area, but which was not so purchased or constructed
on account of Hurricane Katrina. 

  

	 	(B)	 Qualified Rita Distribution. The
term "Qualified Rita Distribution" means any distribution (other than a Qualified Katrina Distribution) (i) described in Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV), §403(b)(7)(A)(ii) (but only to the extent it relates to financial hardship),
§403(b)(11)(B), or §72(t)(2)(F); (ii)received after February 28, 2005 and before September 24, 2005; and (iii) which was to be used to purchase or construct a principal residence in the Hurricane Rita Disaster Area, but
which was not so purchased or constructed on account of Hurricane Rita. 

  

	 	(C)	 Qualified Wilma Distribution. The
term "Qualified Wilma Distribution" means any distribution (other than a Qualified Katrina Distribution or a Qualified Rita Distribution) (i) described in Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV), §403(b)(7)(A)(ii) (but only to the extent it relates
to financial hardship), §403(b)(11)(B), or §72(t)(2)(F); (ii) received after February 28, 2005 and before October 24, 2005; and (iii) which was to be used to purchase or construct a principal residence in the Hurricane
Wilma Disaster Area, but which was not so purchased or constructed on account of Hurricane Wilma. 

  

	 	(6)	 Qualified Hurricane Distribution.
The term "Qualified Hurricane Distribution" means (A) any distribution from an eligible retirement plan made on or after August 25, 2005 and before January 1, 2007, to an
individual whose Principal Place of Abode on August 28, 2005 is located in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area and who has sustained an economic loss by reason of Hurricane Katrina; (B) any distribution which is not described in
subparagraph (A) from an eligible retirement plan made on or after September 23, 2005 and before January 1, 2007, to an individual whose Principal Place of Abode on September 23, 2005 is located in the Hurricane Rita Disaster
Area and who has sustained an economic loss by reason of Hurricane Rita; and (C) any distribution which is not described in subparagraphs (A) or (B) from an eligible retirement plan made on or after October 23, 2005 and before
January 1, 2007, to an individual whose Principal Place of Abode on October 23, 2005 is located in the Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area and who has sustained an economic loss by reason of Hurricane Wilma. An individual is permitted to
designate any distribution as a Qualified Hurricane Distribution. Qualified Hurricane Distributions are permitted to be periodic payments and required minimum distributions. A Qualified Hurricane Distribution is permitted to be a distribution
received by an individual as a Beneficiary. 

  

	 	(7)	 Qualified Individual. The term
"Qualified Individual" means any Qualified Hurricane Katrina Individual, any Qualified Hurricane Rita Individual, and any Qualified Hurricane Wilma Individual. For purposes of this definition: 

 

	 	(A)	 Qualified Hurricane Katrina Individual. A "Qualified Hurricane Katrina Individual" means an individual whose Principal Place of Abode on August 28, 2005, was located in the Hurricane Katrina Disaster Area and who has sustained an economic
loss by reason of Hurricane Katrina. 

  
 - 8 - 

	 	(B)	 Qualified Hurricane Rita Individual.
A "Qualified Hurricane Rita Individual" means an individual (other than a Qualified Hurricane Katrina Individual) whose Principal Place of Abode on September 23, 2005, was located in
the Hurricane Rita Disaster Area and who has sustained an economic loss by reason of Hurricane Rita. 

  

	 	(C)	 Qualified Hurricane Wilma Individual.
A "Qualified Hurricane Wilma Individual" means an individual (other than a Qualified Hurricane Katrina Individual or a Qualified Hurricane Rita Individual) whose Principal Place of Abode
on October 23, 2005, was located in the Hurricane Wilma Disaster Area and who has sustained an economic loss by reason of Hurricane Wilma. 

  

	1.8	 Retroactive Revocation of Prior Amendment on account of the Heinz Decision. If elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the effective date elected in the Election Form. This Section is based upon the Supreme Court decision of Central Laborers' Pension Fund v. Heinz, et al. that was decided
on June 7, 2004 and Regulation §1.411(d)-3(b)(4) that became effective June 7, 2004. The Plan is subject to the following rules and provisions: 

 

	 	(a)	 Retroactive Revocation. As elected
by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, the Original Amendment is hereby revoked retroactively with respect to either (1) all accrued benefits, which are allocations that had accrued as the Applicable Amendment Date and allocations
that have accrued after the Applicable Amendment Date; or (2) only accrued benefits as the Applicable Amendment Date, which are allocations that had accrued as the Applicable Amendment Date. Allocations that have accrued after the Applicable
Amendment Date will continue to be subject to the restrictions with respect to the form or timing of distributions from the Plan as enumerated in the Original Amendment. 

 

	 	(b)	 Effect of Revocation on Benefits to Affected Participants. Benefit payments (including any appropriate interest or actuarial increase) will resume to Affected Participants on the execution date of this Section in the applicable optional form of benefit.

  

	 	(c)	 Opportunity for Eligible Participants. An Eligible Participant must be given an opportunity to elect retroactively the commencement of payment of benefits as of the first date on which (1) this Section is effective and (2) the
Participant was eligible to commence receipt of benefits. The following provisions apply to Eligible Participants: 

  

	 	(1)	 Election Period. The election
period begins within a reasonable time period after Eligible Participants have received notification of the option in accordance with paragraph (2) below and ends no sooner than six months after notification. Reasonable efforts must be taken to
notify all Eligible Participants, including the use of the Internal Revenue Service Letter Forwarding Program. 

  

	 	(2)	 Notification Requirement. The Plan
must provide notice of the option set forth in this paragraph to each Eligible Participant. In addition to satisfying generally applicable notice requirements, the notice of the option to commence payment of benefits must be designed to be readily
understood by the average Participant, and it must explain the period for making the election as described in subparagraph (1). 

  

	 	(d)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Affected Participant. The term
"Affected Participant" means either (A) a Participant who commenced receipt of benefits and whose benefit payments had ceased as a result of the Original Amendment, or (B) a Participant who had applied for benefits (including election of the
optional form of benefit) and whose application for benefits (including the form of payment) either was approved but benefits were suspended before payments commenced as a result of the Original Amendment, or was denied as a result of the Original
Amendment. 

  

	 	(2)	 Applicable Amendment Date. The term
"Applicable Amendment Date" means the later of the effective date of the Original Amendment or the date that the Original Amendment was adopted. 

  
 - 9 - 

	 	(3)	 Eligible Participant. The term
"Eligible Participant" is a Participant who (A) at any time after the Applicable Amendment Date, was eligible to commence the receipt of benefits under the Plan, determined without regard to the suspension of benefit provisions of the Original
Amendment; (B) at the same time, engaged in service for which benefits were not permitted to commence, as determined taking into account the Original Amendment; and (C) is not an Affected Participant (e.g., is a Participant who did
not apply for benefits). 

  

	 	(4)	 Original Amendment. The term
"Original Amendment" means a previously-executed amendment that impermissibly restricted the form or timing of distributions from the Plan. 

  

	1.9	 Certain Employees of Tax Exempt Entity Excluded From 401(k) Plan or 401(m) Plan. If
(a) the Plan is a Code §401(k) Plan and/or a Code §401(m) Plan; (b) the Sponsoring Employer and/or an Adopting Employer is a tax-exempt entity described in Code §403(b)(1)(A)(i); (c) the Plan excludes Employees who
participate in a Code §403(b) plan; and (d) if elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996. Employees of the tax-exempt Employer who are
eligible to make Elective Deferrals to a Code §403(b) plan are treated as excludable with respect to the Code §401(k) Plan and/or the Code §401(m) Plan that is provided under the same general arrangement as the Code §401(k) Plan,
pursuant to Regulation §1.410(b)-6(g)(3) that was modified July 21, 2006, provided (a) Employees of the tax-exempt Employer are not Eligible Employees in the Code §401(k) Plan and/or the Code §401(m) Plan; and (b) at
least 95% of the Employees who are not Employees of the tax-exempt Employer are Eligible Employees in the Code §401(k) Plan and/or the Code §401(m) Plan. 

  
 - 10 - 

 Article 2 
 Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2007 
  

	2.1	 Notice and Consent Requirements. This Section applies to any Notices/Forms and Participant
Elections under the Plan and is effective as of January 1, 2007: 

  

	 	(a)	 Right to Defer Distribution.
Notices/Forms that relate to distributions will include a description of a Participant's right (if any) to defer receipt of a distribution and will describe the consequences of failing to
defer receipt of the distribution, pursuant to the Regulations and other guidance provided by the Treasury and/or Labor. Notices/Forms that are delivered to Participants before the 90th day after the issuance of Regulations (unless future guidance
requires otherwise) will include at a minimum: (1) a description indicating the investment options available under the Plan (including fees) that will be available if the Participant defers distribution; and (2) the portion of the summary
plan description that contains any special rules that might materially affect a Participant's decision to defer. 

  

	 	(b)	 Electronic Notice and Consent. The
use of an electronic medium to provide Notices/Forms and to make Participant Elections with respect to the Plan is permitted pursuant to the rules of this Section. 

 

	 	(1)	 Requirements of Electronic System.
The following rules relate to the design of an electronic system used to deliver Forms/Notices and to make Participant Elections: 

 

	 	(A)	 Understandable as Paper Document.
The electronic system must be reasonably designed to provide the information in the Form/Notice to a Recipient in a manner that is no less understandable to the Recipient than a written
paper document. 

  

	 	(B)	 Significance of Form/Notice. The
electronic system must be designed to alert the Recipient, at the time that a Form/Notice is provided, to the significance of the information in the Form/Notice (including identification of the subject matter of the Form/Notice), and provide any
instructions needed to access the Form/Notice, in a manner that is readily understandable. 

  

	 	(2)	 Consumer Consent Requirements. With
respect to a Notice/Form, the following consumer consent requirements must be satisfied and, in accordance with E-SIGN §101(c)(6), the Notice/Form is not provided through the use of oral communication or a recording of an oral communication:

  

	 	(A)	 Consent to Electronic Delivery. The
Recipient must affirmatively consent to the delivery of the Notice/Form using an electronic medium. This consent must be either (i) made electronically in a manner that reasonably demonstrates that the Recipient can access the Notice/Form in
the electronic medium in the form that will be used to provide the notice; or (ii) made using a written paper document (or any other permitted form under the Regulations), but only if the Recipient confirms the consent electronically in a
manner that reasonably demonstrates that the Recipient can access the Notice/Form in the electronic medium in the form that will be used to provide the notice. 

 

	 	(B)	 Withdrawal of Consumer
Consent. The consent under paragraph (A) to receive electronic delivery of Notices/Forms may be withdrawn by the Recipient at any time, and subsequent Notices/Forms
cannot be delivered electronically. 

  

	 	(C)	 Required Disclosure
Statement. The Recipient, prior to consenting under paragraph (A), must be provided with a clear and conspicuous statement containing the following disclosures:

  

	 	(i)	 Right to Receive Paper Document.
The statement informs the Recipient [a] of any right to have the Notice/Form provided using a written paper document or other non-electronic form; and [b] how, after having provided
consent to receive the Notice/Form electronically, the Recipient may, upon request, obtain a paper copy of the Notice/Form and whether any fee will be charged for such copy. 

  
 - 11 - 

	 	(ii)	 Right to Withdraw Consumer
Consent. The statement informs the Recipient of the right to withdraw consent to receive electronic delivery of a Notice/Form on a prospective basis at any time and explains
the procedures for withdrawing that consent and any conditions, consequences, or fees in the event of the withdrawal. 

  

	 	(iii)	 Scope of Consumer Consent.
The statement informs the Recipient whether the consent to receive electronic delivery of a Notice/Form applies only to the particular transaction that gave rise to the Notice/Form or to other identified transactions that may be provided or
made available during the course of the parties' relationship. The statement may provide that a Recipient's consent to receive electronic delivery will apply to all future Forms/Notices of the Recipient relating to the Plan until the Recipient is no
longer a Participant in the Plan (or withdraws the consent). 

  

	 	(iv)	 Description of the Contact
Procedures. The statement describes the procedures to update information needed to contact the Recipient electronically. 

 

	 	(v)	 Hardware or Software
Requirements. The statement describes the hardware and software requirements needed to access and retain the Notice/Form. 

 

	 	(D)	 Post-Consent Change in Hardware or Software Requirements. If there is a change in the hardware or software requirements needed to access or retain the Notice/Form after a Recipient provides consent to receive electronic delivery and such change
creates a material risk that the Recipient will not be able to access or retain the Notice/Form in electronic format, then (i) the Recipient must receive a statement of [a] the revised hardware or software requirements for access to and
retention of the Notice/Form; and [b] the right to withdraw consent to receive electronic delivery without the imposition of any fees for the withdrawal and without the imposition of any condition or consequence that was not previously disclosed in
paragraph (C); and (ii) The Recipient must reaffirm consent to receive electronic delivery in accordance with subparagraph (A). 

  

	 	(E)	 Exemption from Consumer Consent Requirements. If the requirements of this paragraph (E) are satisfied, then the other requirements of paragraph (2) do not apply. This paragraph (E) constitutes an exemption from the Consumer Consent
Requirements of E-SIGN §101(c). 

  

	 	(i)	 Effective Ability to Access.
The electronic medium used to provide a Notice/Form must be a medium that the Recipient has the effective ability to access; and 

  

	 	(ii)	 Free Paper Copy of Notice/Form. At
the time that the Notice/Form is provided, the Recipient must be advised that he or she may request and receive the Notice/Form in writing on paper at no charge, and, upon request, that Notice/Form must be provided to the Recipient at no charge.

  

	 	(3)	 Participant Elections via Electronic Delivery. Participant Elections may be made electronically, subject to the following rules: 

  

	 	(A)	 Effective Ability to Access. The
electronic medium used to make a Participant Election must be a medium that the person eligible to make the election is effectively able to access. If the appropriate individual is not effectively able to access the electronic medium for making the
Participant Election, then the Participant Election will not be treated as made available to that individual. 

  

	 	(B)	 Authentication. The electronic
system used in making Participant Elections must be reasonably designed to preclude any person other than the appropriate individual from making the election, based upon the facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the
Participant Election has the potential for a conflict of interest between the individuals involved in the election. 

  

	 	(C)	 Opportunity to Review. The
electronic system used in making Participant Elections must provide the person making the Participant Election with a reasonable opportunity to review, confirm, modify, or rescind the terms of the election before the election becomes effective.

  
 - 12 - 

	 	(D)	 Confirmation of Action. The person
making the Participant Election must receive, within a reasonable time, a confirmation of the effect of the election through a written paper document or an electronic medium under a system that satisfies the requirements of subparagraph
(2) above. 

  

	 	(E)	 Witnessing by a Plan Representative or Notary Public. If a Participant Election is required to be witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public (such as a spousal consent under Code §417), then the signature of the individual making the
Participant Election must be witnessed in the physical presence of a Plan representative or a notary public. An electronic notarization acknowledging a signature (in accordance with E-SIGN §101(g) and state law applicable to notary publics)
will be given legal effect if the signature of the individual is witnessed in the physical presence of a notary public. Future guidance by the Treasury will apply to this paragraph, without the necessity of amending this paragraph.

  

	 	(4)	 Non-applicability of Rules. The
rules of this Section do not apply to any notice, election, consent, disclosure, or obligation required under the provisions of Title I or IV of ERISA, over which the Department of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation has interpretative
and enforcement authority. The rules in this Section also do not apply to Code §411(a)(3)(B) (relating to suspension of benefits) or any other Code provision over which Department of Labor or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation has similar
interpretative authority. 

  

	 	(5)	 Retention of Electronic Records. If
an electronic record of a Notice/Form or a Participant Election is not maintained in a form that is capable of being retained and accurately reproduced for later reference, then the legal effect, validity, or enforceability of such electronic record
may be denied, pursuant to E-SIGN §101(e). 

  

	 	(c)	 Notification Period. With respect
to any Notice/Form that describes the Normal Form of Distribution and/or the Optional Forms of Distribution, and any Participant Election with respect to any distribution delivered to a Participant, the window for giving such Notice/Forms and
Participant Elections will begin not later than 180 days and not earlier than 30 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date (unless future guidance requires/permits otherwise). Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, distribution of a
benefit may begin less than 30 days after such Notice/Form and/or Participant Election is given if (1) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that he or she has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving such Notice/Form
and/or Participant Election to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution; (2) the Participant, after receiving such Notice/Form and/or Participant Election, affirmatively elects a distribution (or a particular distribution
option); and (3) if the Plan is a money purchase plan or the Normal Form of Distribution is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the Participant does not revoke the election at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins
on the date such Notice/Form and/or Participant Election is given. 

  

	 	(d)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Notice/Form. The term "Notice/Form"
means any notice, report, statement, or other document required to be provided to a Recipient under this Plan. 

  

	 	(2)	 Participant Election. The term
"Participant Election" includes any consent, election, request, agreement, or similar communication made by or from a Participant, Beneficiary, alternate payee, or an individual entitled to benefits under the Plan. 

 

	 	(3)	 Recipient. The term "Recipient"
means a Plan Participant, Beneficiary, Employee, alternate payee, or any other person to whom a Notice/Form is to be provided. 

  

	2.2	 Direct Rollovers. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
otherwise limit a Distributee's election, this Section is effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2006 (except as otherwise provided). If the $500 threshold is elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then
(a) a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is equal to at least $500 paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee
in a Direct Rollover; and (b) if an Eligible Rollover Distribution is less than $500, then a Distributee 

  
 - 13 - 

	 	 
may not make the election described in clause (a) to rollover a portion of the Eligible Rollover Distribution. If the $500 threshold is not elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election
Form, then a Distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.

  

	 	(a)	 Voluntary and Mandatory Employee Contributions as Eligible Rollover Distributions. An Eligible Rollover Distribution may include Voluntary Employee Contributions, Mandatory Employee Contributions, or other nontaxable amounts which are not includible in gross income; however, the portion
of an Eligible Rollover Distribution attributable to Voluntary Employee Contributions, Mandatory Employee Contributions, or other nontaxable amounts can be paid only in a direct Trustee-to-trustee transfer to (1) an individual retirement
account or annuity described in Code §408(a) or Code §408(b); (2) a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code §401(a) or Code §403(a); (3) effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2006, a
qualified defined benefit plan described in Code §401(a) or Code §403(a); or (4) effective for tax years beginning after December 31, 2006, to an annuity contract described in Code §403(b). Such transferee plan, trust, IRA or
contract must provide separate accounting for amounts so transferred (and earnings thereon), including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not
so includible. Furthermore, in accordance with the Job Creation and Worker Assistance Act of 2002, when a distribution includes Voluntary Employee Contributions, Mandatory Employee Contributions, or other nontaxable amounts which are not includible
in gross income, the amount that is rolled over will first be attributed to amounts includible in gross income. 

  

	 	(b)	 Direct Rollover Rules for Roth Elective Deferral Account. If the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals to be made on behalf of Participants, then the provisions of this paragraph apply to the Plan. The Plan will not provide for a Direct Rollover for distributions
from a Participant's Roth Elective Deferral Account if the amount of the distributions that are Eligible Rollover Distributions are reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. In addition, any distribution from a Participant's Roth
Elective Deferral Account is not taken into account in determining whether distributions from the other Participant's Account(s) are reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. Furthermore, if the $500 threshold is elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then the provision of this Section that allows a Participant to elect a Direct Rollover of only a portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution (but only if the amount rolled over is at least $500) is applied
by treating any amount distributed from the Participant's Roth Elective Deferral Account as a separate distribution from any amount distributed from the other Participant's Account(s), even if the amounts are distributed at the same time.

  

	 	(c)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Direct Rollover. The term "Direct
Rollover" means a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan that is specified by the Distributee. 

  

	 	(2)	 Distributee. The term "Distributee"
means an Employee or former Employee. In addition, an Employee's or former Employee's surviving Spouse and an Employee's or former Employee's Spouse or former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order as defined in
Code §414(p), are Distributees with regard to the interest of the Spouse or former Spouse. 

  

	 	(3)	 Eligible Retirement Plan. The term
"Eligible Retirement Plan" means, with respect to any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution that is paid in a Direct Rollover: (A) an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a); (B) an individual retirement annuity
described in Code §408(b); (C) an annuity plan described in Code §403(a); (D) an annuity contract described in Code §403(b); (E) a qualified trust described in Code §401(a); (F) an eligible deferred
compensation plan under Code §457(b) which is maintained by a State (or Commonwealth), a political subdivision of a State (or Commonwealth), or any agency or instrumentality of a State (or Commonwealth) or political subdivision of a State (or
Commonwealth); and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan; or (G) effective January 1, 2008, a Roth individual retirement account as described in Code §408A(b), subject to the
restrictions of Code §408A(c)(3)(B) for tax years beginning prior to January 1, 2010. This definition of Eligible Retirement Plan will also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former Spouse who is
the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in Code §414(p); such distribution will be made in the same manner as if the Spouse was the Employee. If any portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution

  
 - 14 - 

	 	 
is attributable to payments or distributions from an individual's Roth Elective Deferral Account (or the segregated portion of an individual's Rollover Contribution Account that is attributable
to Roth Elective Deferrals), then an Eligible Retirement Plan with respect to such portion will only be either another plan's designated Roth account of the individual from whose account the payments or distributions were made, or such individual's
Roth individual retirement account as described in Code §408A(b). 

  

	 	(4)	 Eligible Rollover Distribution. The
term "Eligible Rollover Distribution" means any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include: (A) any distribution that is one of a series of
substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated beneficiary, or
for a specified period of ten years or more; (B) any distribution to the extent that such distribution is a required minimum distribution under Code §401(a)(9); (C) if applicable to the Plan, the portion of any distribution that is
not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer securities); (D) if applicable to the Plan, corrective distributions of: (i) Excess Deferrals as described
in Regulation §1.402(g)–1(e)(3) including any income allocable to such corrective distributions; (ii) Excess Contributions under a 401(k) Plan described in Regulation §1.401(k)–1(f)(4) including any income allocable to such
corrective distributions; and (iii) Excess Aggregate Contributions described in Regulation §1.401(m)–2(b)(2) including any income allocable to such distributions; (E) if applicable to the Plan, loans that are treated as deemed
distributions pursuant to Code §72(p) (F) if applicable to the Plan, dividends paid on Employer securities as described in Code §404(k); (G) if applicable to the Plan, the costs of life insurance coverage (P.S. 58 costs);
(H) if applicable to the Plan, prohibited allocations that are treated as deemed distributions pursuant to Code §409(p); (I) if applicable to the Plan, the portion of any distribution which is attributable to a financial hardship
distribution; (J) if applicable to the Plan, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, a distribution that is a permissible withdrawal from an eligible automatic contribution arrangement within the meaning of Code
§414(w); and (K) any other distribution that is reasonably expected to total less than $200 during a year. 

  

	2.3	 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. This Section is effective as of April 6, 2007. The
term "Qualified Domestic Relations Order" or "QRDO" is amended to include (a) an order that is issued with respect to another domestic relations order or QDRO, including an order that revises or amends a prior order; (b) an order issued
after the Participant's Annuity Starting Date or death; or (c) an order that names as the alternate payee a person deemed financially dependent upon the Participant, provided that the other requirements for a QDRO as set forth in the Plan's
QDRO procedure and/or as defined in Code §414(p) are satisfied. 

  

	2.4	 Determination Whether Partial Termination of the Plan Has Occurred. The determination of
whether a partial termination of the Plan has occurred under Code §411(d)(3) depends on the facts and circumstances, pursuant to Revenue Ruling 2007-43. This determination is based upon the following provisions: 

 

	 	(a)	 Extent to which Participants have a Termination of Employment. If the Turnover Rate is at least 20 percent, there is a presumption that a partial termination of the Plan has occurred. 

 

	 	(b)	 Transfer to Affiliated Employer.
Employees who have a Termination of Employment with the Employer on account of a transfer to an Affiliated Employer are not considered as having a Termination of Employment for purposes
of calculating the Turnover Rate, if those Employees continue to be covered by the Plan or a plan that is a continuation of the Plan under which they were previously covered. 

 

	 	(c)	 Facts and Circumstances. Whether a
partial termination of the Plan occurs on account of Participant turnover (and the time of such event) depends on all the facts and circumstances in a particular case. Facts and circumstances indicating that the Turnover Rate for an Applicable
Period is routine for the Employer favor a finding that there is no partial termination for that Applicable Period. For this purpose, information as to the Turnover Rate in other Applicable Periods and the extent to which Employees who Terminated
Employment were actually replaced, whether the new Employees performed the same functions, had the same job classification or title, and received comparable Compensation are relevant to determining whether the turnover is routine for the Employer.

  
 - 15 - 

	 	(d)	 Effect of Partial Termination. If a
partial termination occurs on account of turnover during an Applicable Period, then all Participants who had a Termination of Employment during the Applicable Period must be fully Vested in the amounts credited to their Participant's Accounts.

  

	 	(e)	 Other Circumstances that May Trigger Partial Termination. A partial termination of the Plan can also occur for reasons other than turnover. A partial termination can occur due to Plan amendments that adversely affect the rights of Employees to Vest in benefits
under the Plan, or Plan amendments that exclude a group of Employees who have previously been covered by the Plan. 

  

	 	(f)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Applicable Period. The term
"Applicable Period" means a period that depends upon the facts and circumstances: the Applicable Period is a Plan Year (or, if a Plan Year that is less than 12 consecutive months, then the Plan Year plus the immediately preceding Plan Year) or a
longer period if there are a series of related Terminations of Employment. 

  

	 	(2)	 Employer-Initiated Termination of Employment. The term "Employer-Initiated Termination of Employment" means generally any Termination of Employment other than a Termination of Employment on account of death, Disability, or retirement on or after
Normal Retirement Age. An Employee's Termination of Employment is an Employer-Initiated Termination of Employment even if it is caused by an event outside of the Employer's control, such as Termination of Employment due to depressed economic
conditions. In certain situations, the Employer may be able to verify that a Termination of Employment is not an Employer-Initiated Termination of Employment; a claim that a Termination of Employment is purely voluntary can be supported through
items such as information from personnel files, Employee statements, and other corporate records. 

  

	 	(3)	 Turnover Rate. The term "Turnover
Rate" means the percentage equal to the number of Participants who had an Employer-Initiated Termination of Employment during the Applicable Period, divided by the sum of (A) all Participants at the start of the Applicable Period, plus
(B) the Employees who became Participants during the Applicable Period. All Participants are taken into account in calculating the Turnover Rate, including Vested Participants and non Vested Participants. 

 

	2.5	 Code §415 Limitations Under the Final Code §415 Regulations. This Section is
effective as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007 except as may otherwise be provided herein, and this Section applies for all Plan purposes. 

 

	 	(a)	 Maximum Annual Addition. The
maximum Annual Addition made to a Participant's Account maintained under the Plan for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Dollar Limitation set forth in paragraph (a)(1) or the Compensation Limitation set forth in paragraph (a)(2),
as adjusted in the remainder of this Section (a), as follows: 

  

	 	(1)	 Dollar Limitation. The Dollar
Limitation is $40,000, as adjusted by the Treasury in accordance with Code §415(d). 

  

	 	(2)	 Compensation Limitation. The
Compensation Limitation is an amount equal to 100% of the Participant's Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for the Limitation Year. However, this limitation will not apply to any contribution made for medical benefits within the meaning of Code
§401(h) or Code §419A(f)(2) after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Code §415(l)(1) or Code §419A(d)(2). 

 

	 	(3)	 Adjustments to Maximum Annual Addition. In applying the limitation on Annual Additions set forth herein, the following adjustments must be made: 

  

	 	(A)	 Short Limitation Year. In a
Limitation Year of less than 12 months, the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation in paragraph (a)(1) will be adjusted by multiplying it by the ratio that the number of months in the short Limitation Year bears to 12. 

  
 - 16 - 

	 	(B)	 Plans with Different Limitation Years. If a Participant participates in multiple Defined Contribution Plans sponsored by the Employer with different Limitation Years, the maximum Annual Addition in this Plan for the Limitation Year will be
reduced by the Annual Additions credited to the Participant's accounts in the other plans for such Limitation Year. 

  

	 	(C)	 Plans with the Same Limitation Year.
If a Participant participates in multiple Defined Contribution Plans sponsored by the Employer which have the same Limitation Year, then (i) if only one of the plans is subject to
Code §412, Annual Additions will first be credited to the Participant's accounts in the plan so subject; and (ii) if none of the plans are subject to Code §412, the maximum Annual Addition in this Plan for a given Limitation Year will
either [a] equal the product of the maximum Annual Addition for such Limitation Year minus any other Annual Additions previously credited to the Participant's account, multiplied by the ratio that the Annual Additions which would be credited to a
Participant's accounts hereunder without regard to the limitations regarding the Aggregation of Plans in paragraph (b) bears to the Annual Additions for all plans described in this paragraph, or [b] be reduced by the Annual Additions credited
to the Participant's accounts in the other plans for such Limitation Year. 

  

	 	(D)	 Adjustment for Excessive Annual Additions. If for any Limitation Year the Annual Additions allocated to a Participant's Account exceeds the maximum Annual Addition permitted under this Section, then the Sponsoring Employer will follow the rules of
any Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) that is issued by the Internal Revenue Service. 

  

	 	(b)	 Aggregation of Plans. This Section
(b) aggregates plans for purposes of applying the provisions of this Section and the rules of Regulation §1.415(f)-1. 

  

	 	(1)	 General Rule. Except as provided in
this Section and Regulation §1.415(f)-1, for purposes of applying the limitations of this Section and Code §415(c) applicable to a Participant for a particular Limitation Year (A) all Defined Contribution Plans (without regard to
whether a plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the Employer (or a predecessor Employer) under which the Participant receives Annual Additions are treated as one Defined Contribution Plan; and (B) all 403(b) annuity contracts purchased
by an Employer (including plans purchased through salary reduction contributions) for the Participant are treated as one 403(b) annuity contract. 

  

	 	(2)	 Affiliated Employers and Leased Employees. All Employees of all Affiliated Employers are treated as employed by a single Employer for Code §415 purposes. Any Defined Contribution Plan maintained by any Affiliated Employer is deemed maintained
by all Affiliated Employers. Furthermore, under Code §414(n), with respect to any recipient for whom a Leased Employee performs services, the Leased Employee is treated as an Employee of the recipient, but contributions or benefits provided by
the leasing organization that are attributable to services performed for the recipient are treated as provided under the plan maintained by the recipient. However, under Code §414(n)(5), the rule of the previous sentence does not apply to a
Leased Employee with respect to services performed for a recipient if (A) the Leased Employee is covered by a plan that is maintained by the leasing organization and that meets the requirements of Code §414(n)(5)(B); and (B) Leased
Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the recipient's non-highly compensated workforce. 

  

	 	(3)	 Formerly Affiliated Plan of an Employer. A Formerly Affiliated Plan of an Employer is taken into account for purposes of applying the aggregation rules of this Section to the Employer, but the Formerly Affiliated Plan of an Employer is treated
as if it had terminated immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation, and had purchased annuities to provide benefits. For purposes of this paragraph, the term "Formerly Affiliated Plan of an Employer" means a plan that, immediately prior to
the Cessation of Affiliation, was actually maintained by one or more of the entities that constitute the Employer (as determined under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)), and immediately after the
Cessation of Affiliation, is not actually maintained by any of the entities that constitute the Employer (as determined under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)). For purposes of this paragraph, the
term "Cessation of Affiliation" means the event that causes an entity to no longer be aggregated with one or more other entities as a single Employer under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and
(2) (such as 

  
 - 17 - 

	 	 
the sale of a subsidiary outside a controlled group), or that causes a plan to not actually be maintained by any of the entities that constitute the Employer under the employer affiliation rules
of Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) (such as a transfer of plan sponsorship outside of a controlled group). 

  

	 	(4)	 Predecessor Employer. For purposes
of Code §415 and Regulations promulgated thereunder, a former employer is a predecessor employer with respect to a Participant in the Plan maintained by the Employer if the Employer maintains the Plan under which the Participant had accrued a
benefit while performing services for the former employer (for example, the Employer assumed sponsorship of the former employer's plan, or the Plan received a transfer of benefits from the former employer's plan), but only if that benefit is
provided under the Plan maintained by the Employer. In applying the limitations of Code §415 to a Participant in the Plan maintained by the Employer, the Plan must take into account benefits provided to the Participant under plans that are
maintained by the predecessor employer and that are not maintained by the Employer; the Employer and predecessor employer constituted a single Employer under the rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately prior to
the cessation of affiliation (as if they constituted two, unrelated employers under the rules described in Regulation §1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately after the cessation of affiliation) and cessation of affiliation was the event that
gives rise to the predecessor employer relationship, such as a transfer of benefits or plan sponsorship. However, with respect to the Employer of the Participant, a former entity that antedates the Employer is a predecessor employer with respect to
the Participant if, under the facts and circumstances, the Employer constitutes a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity. This occurs where formation of the Employer constitutes a mere formal or technical
change in the employment relationship and continuity otherwise exists in the substance and administration of the business operations of the former entity and the Employer. 

 

	 	(5)	 Nonduplication. In applying the
limitations of Code §415 to the Plan maintained by an Employer, if the Plan is aggregated with another plan pursuant to the aggregation rules of this Section, then a Participant's benefits are not counted more than once in determining the
Participant's aggregate Annual Additions, pursuant to the rules of Regulation §1.415(f)-1(d)(1). 

  

	 	(6)	 Previously Unaggregated Plans. The
following rule applies to situations in which two or more existing plans, which previously were not required to be aggregated pursuant to Code §415(f), are aggregated during a particular Limitation Year and, as a result, the limitations of Code
§415(b) or (c) are exceeded for that Limitation Year. Two or more Defined Contribution Plans that are not required to be aggregated pursuant to Code §415(f) as of the first day of a Limitation Year satisfy the requirements of Code
§415 with respect to a Participant for the Limitation Year if they are aggregated later in that Limitation Year, provided that no Annual Additions are credited to the Participant's Account after the date on which the plans are required to be
aggregated. 

  

	 	(7)	 Multiple Plan Fraction. The
provisions of Code §415(e) shall not apply to this Plan for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000 (or, if later, the first day of the Limitation Year in which Code §415(e) is not applicable to the Plan in whole or in
part, pursuant to the provisions of the prior Plan document or separate Plan amendment). 

  

	 	(c)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section and for all Plan purposes, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Annual Additions. The term "Annual
Additions" means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's Account for the Limitation Year: 

  

	 	(A)	 Amounts That Are Included. The
following amounts are included as Annual Additions: (i) Employer contributions, even if such contributions are Excess Contributions (as described in Code §401(k)(8)(B)) or Excess Aggregate Contributions (as described in Code
§401(m)(6)(B)), or such Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions are corrected through distribution; (ii) Employee Contributions, including Mandatory Employee Contributions (as defined in Code §411(c)(2)(C) and the
Regulations thereunder) and Voluntary Employee Contributions; (iii) Forfeitures; (iv) contributions allocated to any individual medical account, as defined in Code §415(l)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan established pursuant
to Code §401(h) and maintained by the Employer; (v) amounts attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated 

  
 - 18 - 

	 	 
to a separate account for a Key Employee (any Employee who, at any time during the plan year or any preceding plan year, is or was a Key Employee pursuant to Code §419A(d)), maintained by
the Employer; and (vi) effective as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the difference between the value of any assets transferred to the Plan and the consideration, where an Employee or the
Employer transfers assets to the Plan in exchange for consideration that is less than the fair market value of the assets transferred to the Plan. 

  

	 	(B)	 Amounts That Are Not Included.
Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), a Participant's Annual Additions do not include the following: (i) the restoration of an Employee's accrued benefit by the Employer under Code
§411(a)(3)(D) or Code §411(a)(7)(C) or resulting from the repayment of cashouts (as described in Code §415(k)(3)) under a governmental plan (as defined in Code §414(d)) for the Limitation Year in which the restoration occurs,
regardless of whether the Plan restricts the timing of repayments to the maximum extent allowed by Code §411(a); (ii) Catch-Up Contributions made under Code §414(v) and Regulation §1.414(v)-1; (iii) effective as of the first
day of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, a Restorative Payment that is allocated to a Participant's Account. For purposes of this clause, the term "Restorative Payment" means a payment made to restore some or all of
the Plan's losses resulting from an action (or a failure to act) by a fiduciary for which there is reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the
Plan) under ERISA or under other applicable federal or state law, where Participants who are similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments. This includes payments to the Plan made pursuant to a Department of Labor order, the
Department of Labor's Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or a court-approved settlement, to restore losses to a qualified Defined Contribution Plan. Payments made to the Plan to make up for losses due merely to market fluctuations and other
payments that are not made on account of a reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under Title I of ERISA are not Restorative Payments and generally constitute contributions that give rise to Annual Additions; (iv) Excess
Elective Deferrals that are distributed in accordance with Regulation §1.402(g)-1(e)(2) or (3); (v) Rollover Contributions (as described in Code §401(a)(31), §402(c)(1), §403(a)(4), §403(b)(8), §408(d)(3), and
§457(e)(16)); (vi) repayments of loans made to a Participant from the Plan; (vii) repayments of prior Plan distributions described in Code §411(a)(7)(B) (in accordance with Code §411(a)(7)(C)) and Code §411(a)(3)(D) or
repayment of contributions to a governmental plan (as defined in Code §414(d)) as described in Code §415(k)(3); (viii) Transfer Contributions from a qualified plan to a Defined Contribution Plan; (ix) the reinvestment of dividends on
Employer securities under an employee stock ownership plan pursuant to Code §404(k)(2)(A)(iii)(II); and (x) Employee contributions to a qualified cost of living arrangement within the meaning of Code §415(k)(2)(B).

  

	 	(2)	 Code §415(c)(3) Compensation.
The term "Code §415(c)(3) Compensation" means, for the specific purposes and as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, either Form W-2 Compensation, Code §3401
Compensation, Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation, or Statutory Code §415 Compensation during the entire Compensation Determination Period that statutorily applies, subject to the following rules: 

 

	 	(A)	 Exclusions to Compensation Do Not Apply. Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes any amounts that may be excluded from Compensation for purposes of allocation purposes. 

 

	 	(B)	 Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Code
§415(c)(3) Compensation includes any Elective Deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in gross income by reason of Code
§125 (and Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code §132(f)(4), or Code §457. 

  

	 	(C)	 Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation. 

  
 - 19 - 

	 	(D)	 Code §401(a)(17) Annual Compensation Limit. Effective as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the Code §401(a)(17)
Compensation Limit that applies to that Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is not the calendar year, then the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit that applies to such Limitation Year is the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit in
effect for the respective calendar year in which such Limitation Year begins. 

  

	 	(E)	 Compensation Earned in Limitation Year but Paid in Next Limitation Year. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then effective as of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Code §415(c)(3) Compensation for
any Limitation Year will include any amounts earned during that Limitation Year but not paid during that Limitation Year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates if: (i) these amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the
next Limitation Year; (ii) the amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated Employees; and (iii) no Code §415(c)(3) Compensation is included in more than one Limitation Year.

  

	 	(F)	 Self-Employed Individuals. Code
§415(c)(3) Compensation of a Self-Employed Individual will be equal to his or her Earned Income, plus amounts deferred at the election of the Self-Employed Individual that would be includible in gross income but for the rules of Code
§402(e)(3), §402(h)(1)(B), §402(k), or §457(b). 

  

	 	(3)	 Defined Contribution Plan. The term
"Defined Contribution Plan" means a defined contribution plan within the meaning of Code §414(i) (including the portion of a plan treated as a defined contribution plan under the rules of Code §414(k)) that is (A) a plan described in
Code §401(a) which includes a trust which is exempt from tax under Code §501(a); (B) an annuity plan described in Code §403(a); (C) a simplified employee pension described in Code §408(k); (D) an arrangement which
is treated as a Defined Contribution Plan for purposes of this Section, Code §415 and the Regulations promulgated thereunder, according to the following rules: (i) Mandatory Employee Contributions (as defined in Code §411(c)(2)(C) and
Regulation §1.411(c)-1(c)(4), regardless of whether the Plan is subject to the requirements of Code §411) to a defined benefit plan, are treated as contributions to a Defined Contribution Plan. For this purpose, contributions that are
picked up by the Employer as described in Code §414(h)(2) are not considered Employee Contributions; (ii) contributions allocated to any individual medical benefit account which is part of a pension or annuity plan established pursuant to
Code §401(h) are treated as contributions to a Defined Contribution Plan pursuant to Code §415(l)(1); (iii) amounts attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to an account established for a Key Employee (any Employee who,
at any time during the plan year or any preceding plan year, is or was a Key Employee pursuant to Code §419A(d)(1)) are treated as contributions to a Defined Contribution Plan pursuant to Code §419A(d)(2); and (iv) Annual Additions
under an annuity contract described in Code §403(b) are treated as Annual Additions under a Defined Contribution Plan. 

  

	 	(4)	 Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation. The term "Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation" means an Employee's compensation determined under Regulation §1.415(c)-2(d)(2), to wit: the Employee's wages, salaries, fees for professional
services, and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan, to the extent that the amounts are
includible in gross income (or to the extent amounts would have been received and includible in gross income but for an election under Code §125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b)). These amounts include, but are not
limited to, commissions paid to salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a
non-accountable plan as described in Regulation §1.62-2(c); and in the case of an Employee who is an Employee within the meaning of Code §401(c)(1) and Regulations promulgated under Code §401(c)(1), the Employee's Earned Income (as
described in Code §401(c)(2) and Regulations promulgated under Code §401(c)(2)), plus amounts deferred at the election of the Employee that would be includible in gross income but for the rules of Code §402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B),
402(k), or 457(b); An Employee's Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation will be determined in accordance with the following provisions: 

  
 - 20 - 

	 	(A)	 Exclusion of Certain Amounts. Safe
Harbor Code §415 Compensation does not include (1) Contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code §402(e)(3), §408(k)(6), §408(p)(2)(A)(i), or §457(b)) made by the Employer to a plan of deferred
compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Code §408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Code §408(p), and whether or not qualified) to the extent that the contributions are not includible in the gross
income of the Employee for the taxable year in which contributed. In addition, any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified) are not considered Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation, regardless of whether such
amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee when distributed. However, any amounts received by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan are Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation in the year the
amounts are actually received, but only to the extent such amounts are includible in the Employee's gross income; (2) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other than a statutory option as defined in
Regulation §1.421-1(b)), or when restricted stock or other property held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture pursuant to Code §83 and Regulations promulgated under
Code §83); (3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option (as defined in Regulation §1.421-1(b)); (4) Other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as
premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are described in Code §125); and (5) Other items of
remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in clauses (1) through (4) of this paragraph. 

  

	 	(B)	 Inclusion of Certain Amounts. Safe
Harbor Code §415 Compensation includes any Elective Deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in gross income by reason
of Code §125 (and Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code §132(f)(4), or Code §457. 

  

	 	(C)	 Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation. 

 

	 	(5)	 Statutory Code §415 Compensation. The term "Statutory Code §415 Compensation" means, in applying the Code §415 limits, an Employee's compensation as determined under Regulation §1.415(c)-2(b) and (c), to wit:

  

	 	(A)	 Amounts Includable. Statutory Code
§415 Compensation includes remuneration for services of the following types: (1) The Employee's wages, salaries, fees for professional services, and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for
personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan, to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income (or to the extent amounts would have been received and includible in gross income
but for an election under Code §125(a), 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b)). These amounts include, but are not limited to, commissions paid to salespersons, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits,
commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in Regulation §1.62-2(c); (2) In the case of an Employee who is an Employee within
the meaning of Code §401(c)(1) and Regulations promulgated under Code §401(c)(1), the Employee's Earned Income (as described in Code §401(c)(2) and Regulations promulgated under Code §401(c)(2)), plus amounts deferred at the
election of the Employee that would be includible in gross income but for the rules of Code §402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 402(k), or 457(b); (3) Amounts described in Code §104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h), but only to the extent that these
amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee; (4) Amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the extent that at the time of the payment it is reasonable to believe that
these amounts are not deductible by the Employee under Code §217; (5) The value of a nonstatutory option (which is an option other than a statutory option as defined in Regulation §1.421-1(b)) granted to an Employee by the Employer,
but only to the extent that the value of the option is includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which granted; (6) The 

  
 - 21 - 

	 	 
amount includible in the gross income of an Employee upon making the election described in Code §83(b); and (7) Amounts that are includible in the gross income of an Employee under the
rules of Code §409A or §457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are constructively received by the Employee. 

  

	 	(B)	 Exclusion of Certain Amounts.
Statutory Code §415 Compensation does not include (1) Contributions (other than elective contributions described in Code §402(e)(3), §408(k)(6), §408(p)(2)(A)(i), or
§457(b)) made by the Employer to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee pension described in Code §408(k) or a simple retirement account described in Code §408(p), and whether or not qualified) to the extent
that the contributions are not includible in the gross income of the Employee for the taxable year in which contributed. In addition, any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified) are not considered Statutory Code
§415 Compensation, regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the Employee when distributed. However, any amounts received by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan are Statutory
Code §415 Compensation in the year the amounts are actually received, but only to the extent such amounts are includible in the Employee's gross income; (2) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonstatutory option (which is an option
other than a statutory option as defined in Regulation §1.421-1(b)), or when restricted stock or other property held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture pursuant to Code
§83 and Regulations promulgated under Code §83); (3) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option (as defined in Regulation §1.421-1(b)); (4) Other amounts that
receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance (but only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts that are described in Code §125);
and (5) Other items of remuneration that are similar to any of the items listed in clauses (1) through (4) of this paragraph. 

  

	 	(C)	 Inclusion of Certain Amounts.
Statutory Code §415 Compensation includes any Elective Deferral as defined in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of
the Employee which are not includible in gross income by reason of Code §125 (and Deemed Code §125 Compensation), Code §132(f)(4), or Code §457. 

 

	 	(D)	 Treatment of Post-Severance Compensation. Effective January 1, 2005, Statutory Code §415 Compensation includes Post-Severance Compensation. 

 

	 	(6)	 Post-Severance Compensation. The
term "Post-Severance Compensation" means, for Limitation Years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, the following amounts that would have been included as Code §415(c)(3) Compensation if the amounts were paid prior to the Employee's
Termination of Employment and that are paid to the Employee by the later of 2 1/2 months after Termination of Employment or the end of the Limitation Year that includes the Employee's date of Termination of Employment: 

 

	 	(A)	 Regular Pay After Termination.
Regular pay after Termination of Employment will be considered Post-Severance Compensation if (i) the payment is regular compensation for services during the Employee's regular
working hours, or compensation for services outside the Employee's regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments; and (ii) the payment would have been paid prior to Termination
of Employment if the Employee had continued in employment with the Employer. 

  

	 	(B)	 Leave Cashouts and Deferred Compensation. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then leave cashouts and deferred compensation will be considered Post-Severance Compensation if the amount is either (i) payment for unused
accrued bona fide sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued; or (ii) received by an Employee pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but
only if the payment would have been paid to the Employee at the same time if the Employee had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the Employee's gross income.

  
 - 22 - 

	 	(C)	 Imputed Compensation when Participant Becomes Disabled. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form and a Participant in a Defined Contribution Plan becomes permanently and totally disabled as defined in Code §22(e)(3), then notwithstanding
anything in the Plan or this Section to the contrary, Code §415(c)(3) Compensation will be imputed during the time the Participant is permanently and totally disabled. The rate that Code §415(c)(3) Compensation will be imputed to such
Participant is equal to the rate of Code §415(c)(3) Compensation that was paid to the Participant immediately before becoming permanently and totally disabled. The total period in which Code §415(c)(3) Compensation will be imputed to a
Participant in the Defined Contribution Plan who becomes permanently and totally disabled will be determined pursuant to a nondiscriminatory policy established by the Administrator; however, if Code §415(c)(3) Compensation is imputed to a
Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to this paragraph, then the continuation of any Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions to such Participant will be for a fixed or determinable period pursuant to Code §415(c)(3)(C).

  

	 	(D)	 Continuation of Compensation while in Qualified Military Service. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Section to the contrary, Code §415(c)(3) Compensation includes payments by the Employer
to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Code §414(u)(1)), to the extent those payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have
received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service. 

  

	2.6	 Vesting of Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts. If elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006. This Section applies to the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts of the Plan, subject to
the following rules and provisions: 

  

	 	(a)	 Participants to Whom the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule Relates. As elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule applies to the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account of either: (1) any Participant who
completes an Hour of Service during any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006; or (2) any Participant (regardless of whether such Participant has Terminated Employment) who has a Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account
balance during any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006 and whose Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account has not become subject to the Forfeiture provisions of the Plan prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning
after December 31, 2006. 

  

	 	(b)	 Account Balances to Which the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule Relates. As elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, the Post-2006 Vesting Schedule applies to either (1) the entire Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account; or (2) the portion
of the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account to which is allocated Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions, Forfeitures, and earnings for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006 (and subsequent earnings attributable to such
allocations). The portion of the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account to which was allocated Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contributions, Forfeitures, and earnings for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2007 (and subsequent
earnings attributable to such allocations) will remain subject to the Pre- 2007 Vesting Schedule without regard to this Section or the Vesting schedule selected in the current Plan document that applies to Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution
Accounts. 

  

	 	(c)	 Protection of Participant's Vested Interest. This Section will not directly or indirectly reduce a Participant's Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an
Employee who is a Participant as of the later of (1) the date that this Section is adopted or (2) the date that this Section becomes effective, the Participant's Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution
Account determined as of such date will not be less than the Participant's Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account computed by using the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule. 

  
 - 23 - 

	 	(d)	 Participant's Special Election. Any
Participant with at least three Years of Service or 1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable, for Vesting purposes may, by filing a written request with the Administrator, elect to have the Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective
Contribution Account computed by using the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule. A Participant who fails to make an election will have the Vested Interest in his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account computed by using the Post-2006 Vesting
Schedule. The period in which the election may be made will begin on the date that this Section is adopted or is deemed to have been made and will end on the latest of: (1) sixty days after this Section is adopted; (2) sixty (60) days
after this Section becomes effective; or (3) sixty days after the Participant is given written notice of this Section by the Sponsoring Employer or Administrator. However, no election need be provided to any Participant whose Vested percentage
on and after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, at any time is not less than the Vested percentage computed by using the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, a
Participant with at least three Years of Service or 1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable, for Vesting purposes will be provided at all times with a Vested percentage of his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account that is not
less than the Vested percentage of his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account computed by using Post-2006 Vesting Schedule and the Vesting percentage of his or her Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account computed by using
the Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule. 

  

	 	(e)	 Application of this Section to the Participant's Account. If the Plan is a profit sharing volume submitter plan, a money purchase volume submitter plan, or a target benefit volume submitter plan, then the "Employer's contribution" is substituted for the
"Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution;" and the "Participant's Account" is substituted for the "Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account" throughout this Section. Furthermore, if the Plan had Prevailing Wage Accounts that did not
comply with the Vesting requirements of PPA§ 904 as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, then the "Prevailing Wage Contribution" is substituted for the "Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution;" and
the "Prevailing Wage Account" is substituted for the "Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account" throughout this Section 

  

	 	(f)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Post-2006 Vesting Schedule. The
term "Post-2006 Vesting Schedule" means the Vesting schedule that applies to the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts as set forth in the Plan document. 

 

	 	(2)	 PPA. The term "PPA" means the
Pension Protection Act of 2006. 

  

	 	(3)	 Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule. The term
"Pre-2007 Vesting Schedule" means the Vesting schedule that applied to the Non-Safe Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Accounts which was enumerated in the prior Plan document. As elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, the Pre-2007
Vesting Schedule was either subparagraphs (A), (B) or (C) below: 

  

							
	
(A) 7 Year Graded.    

	 	1 Year/Period of Service	 	0% Vested Interest	 	
		 	2 Years/Periods of Service	 	0% Vested Interest	 	
		 	3 Years/Periods of Service	 	20% Vested Interest	 	
		 	4 Years/Periods of Service	 	40% Vested Interest	 	
		 	5 Years/Periods of Service	 	60% Vested Interest	 	
		 	6 Years/Periods of Service	 	80% Vested Interest	 	
		 	7 Years/Periods of Service	 	100% Vested Interest	 	
				
	 (B) 5 Year Cliff.
	 	1 Year/Period of Service	 	0% Vested Interest	 	
		 	2 Years/Periods of Service	 	0% Vested Interest	 	
		 	3 Years/Periods of Service	 	0% Vested Interest	 	
		 	4 Years/Periods of Service	 	0% Vested Interest	 	
		 	5 Years/Periods of Service            	 	100% Vested Interest	 	

  

	 	(C)	 Other. A Participant's Non-Safe
Harbor Non-Elective Contribution Account will be Vested in accordance with the schedule selected in the Election Form, provided that any schedule selected for a non-Top Heavy Plan Year must be at least as favorable as either the 7 Year Graded
Vesting schedule or the 5 Year Cliff Vesting schedule of set forth in (A) or (B) above. 

  
 - 24 - 

	2.7	 Diversification. If all or a portion of a Participant's Account is invested in Employer
Securities on or after the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, then this Section is effective as of the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, and the Plan is subject to the
following: 

  

	 	(a)	 General Divestment Provisions.
Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Participant (and the Participant's Beneficiary who has an account in the Plan with respect to which the Beneficiary is entitled to exercise the
rights of the Participant) may elect to divest the Participant's Account of Employer Securities and reinvest the proceeds in alternative investment options described in paragraph (c) below. Notice must be given to Participants and/or
Beneficiaries not later than 30 days prior to the date on which they will have the right to divest Employer Securities. Furthermore, this paragraph applies to a Participant's Voluntary Employee Contribution Account, Mandatory Employee Contribution
Account, and/or Elective Deferral Account, if applicable to the Plan, without applying the restrictions of paragraph (b). 

	 	(b)	 Special Restrictions and Conditions on Employer Contributions (Other Than Elective
Deferrals). Special restrictions and conditions apply to a Participant's Account attributable to Employer contributions (other than a Participant's Elective Deferral Account) that are
invested in Employer Securities: 

  

	 	(1)	 Individuals Who Are Affected. The
individuals who will have the right to divest a Participant's Account of amounts attributable to Employer contributions (other than Elective Deferrals) that are invested in Employer Securities will be limited to the following: (A) a Participant
who has completed at least three (3) Years of Service or 1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable; (B) a Beneficiary of a Participant who has completed at least three (3) Years of Service or 1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable; and
(C) a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant. 

  

	 	(2)	 Employer Securities Acquired on or After January 1, 2007. To the extent that all or a portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Employer contributions (other than a Participant's Elective Deferral Account) consists of Employer Securities that were
acquired in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2007, the divestment requirements will apply to the total amount of the Employer Securities acquired with such Employer contributions. 

 

	 	(3)	 Employer Securities Acquired Before January 1, 2007. To the extent that all or a portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Employer contributions (other than a Participant's Elective Deferral Account) consists of Employer Securities acquired in a
Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, the divestment requirements only apply to a portion of the Employer Securities acquired with such Employer contributions. Such portion will be equal to 33% of such Employer Securities for the first
Plan Year, 66% for the second such Plan Year, and 100% for the third Plan Year. 

  

	 	(4)	 Restrictions Applied Separately to Each Class of Employer Securities. The special restrictions and conditions of this paragraph (b) will be applied separately with respect to each class of Employer Securities held in the Participant's Account. Furthermore, the special
restrictions and conditions of this paragraph (b) will not apply to the extent that a Participant has attained age 55 or completed at least three (3) Years of Service or 1-Year Periods of Service, as applicable, before the first Plan Year
beginning after December 31, 2005; instead, paragraph (a) will apply. 

  

	 	(c)	 Alternative Investment Options. The
Plan will offer at least three (3) investment options other than Employer Securities, to which a Participant or, if applicable, his or her Beneficiary can direct the proceeds from the divestment of Employer Securities. Each investment option
will be diverse from the other investment options, having materially different risk and return characteristics. The divestment direction can be limited to periodic, reasonable opportunities no less frequently than quarterly, in accordance with
procedures set forth by the Administrator. The Plan will not impose restrictions or conditions with respect to the investment of Employer Securities which are not imposed on the investment of other assets of the Plan, except as required by
securities laws or other Regulations. 

  

	 	(d)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the term "Employer Securities" means employer securities as defined ERISA §407(d)(1) that are readily tradable on an established securities market. 

  
 - 25 - 

	2.8	 Calculation of Gap Period Income for Excess Elective Deferrals. If the Plan is a Code
§401(k) Plan, then this Section is effective for distributions of Excess Elective Deferrals (as defined in Code §402(g)(2)(A)) in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, and will apply to Excess Elective Deferrals that
occur in taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2006. Excess Elective Deferrals will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the end of the Plan Year and during the end of the Plan Year and the actual date of distribution (the "gap
period"), until repealed by any Regulation, IRS pronouncement, or statute. Any adjustment for income or loss during the gap period will be allocated in a consistent manner to all Participants and to all corrective distributions of Excess Elective
Deferrals made for the Plan Year, and will be the amount determined by one of the methods set forth in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c), as elected by the Administrator: 

 

	 	(a)	 Method 1. The amount determined by
multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferrals for the taxable year and the gap period, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant's Excess Elective Deferrals for the taxable year and the denominator
of which is the Participant's Elective Deferral Account balance as of the beginning of the Participant's taxable year plus any Elective Deferrals allocated to the Participant during the taxable year and the gap period. 

 

	 	(b)	 Method 2. The sum of (1) and
(2) as follows: (1) the amount determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferrals for the taxable year, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant's Excess Elective Deferrals for
the taxable year and the denominator of which is the Participant's Elective Deferral Account balance as of the beginning of the Participant's taxable year plus any Elective Deferrals allocated to the Participant during such taxable year; plus
(2) the amount of gap period income or loss equal to 10% of the amount determined under clause (1) above multiplied by the number of whole months between the end of the Participant's taxable year and the distribution date, counting the
month of distribution if the distribution occurs after the 15th day of such month. 

  

	 	(c)	 Method 3. The amount determined by
any reasonable method of allocating income or loss to the Participant's Excess Elective Deferrals for the taxable year and for the gap period, provided the method used is the same method used for allocating income or losses to the Participant's
Account (or any sub-account of the Participant's Account). This Plan will not fail to use a reasonable method for computing the income allocable to excess deferrals merely because the income allocable to such excess deferrals is determined on a date
that is no more than 7 days before the distribution. 

  

	2.9	 Rollover by a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the
Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the effective date elected in the Election Form. A Beneficiary who (a) is other than the Participant's Spouse and (b) is considered to be a Designated Beneficiary under Code
§401(a)(9)(E) (known as a "Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary") may establish an individual retirement account under Code §408(a) or an individual retirement annuity under Code §408(b) (known as an "Inherited IRA") into which all or a
portion of a death benefit (to which such Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary is entitled) can be transferred in a direct trustee-to trustee transfer (a direct rollover). Notwithstanding the above, any amount payable to a Non-Spouse Designated
Beneficiary that is deemed to be a required minimum distribution pursuant to Code §401(a)(9) may not be transferred into such Inherited IRA. The Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary may deposit into such Inherited IRA all or any portion of the
death benefit that is deemed to be an eligible rollover distribution (but for the fact that the distribution is not an eligible rollover distribution because the distribution is being paid to a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary). In determining the
portion of such death benefit that is considered to be a required minimum distribution that must be made from the Inherited IRA, the Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary may elect to use either the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule, pursuant to
Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-3, Q&A-4(c). Any distribution made pursuant to this Section is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Code §401(a)(31), the notice requirements of Code §402(f), or the mandatory withholding
requirements of Code §3405(c). If a Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary receives a distribution from the Plan, then the distribution is not eligible for the "60-day" rollover rule, which is available to a Beneficiary who is a Spouse. If the
Participant's Non-Spouse Designated Beneficiary is a trust, then the Plan may make a direct rollover to an IRA on behalf of the trust, provided the trust satisfies the requirements to be a Designated Beneficiary within the meaning of Code
§401(a)(9)(E). 

  
 - 26 - 

	2.10	 Money Purchase or Target Benefit Plan In-Service Distributions. If the Plan is either a money
purchase plan or a target benefit plan and if elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the effective date elected in the Election Form. A Participant who has attained the Age that is elected by
the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form and who has not yet Terminated Employment may elect to receive a distribution of his or her Vested Account Balance. 

 

	2.11	 Qualified Default Investment Alternative. If the Plan has an Eligible Automatic Contribution
Arrangement as described in Code §414(w)(3), then this Section is effective as of the date of the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement (unless an earlier effective date is elected in the Election Form). If the prior sentence does not
apply to the Plan and if elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the date elected in the Election Form. If the Plan gives Participants or Beneficiaries the opportunity to direct the investment of
any assets in the Participant's Account (or any sub-account) and if any Participant or Beneficiary does not direct the investment of such assets, then such assets in the Participant's Account (or such sub-account(s)) will be invested in a Qualified
Default Investment Alternative ("QDIA"), subject to the following: 

  

	 	(a)	 Transfer from QDIA. Any Participant
or Beneficiary on whose behalf assets are invested in a QDIA may transfer, in whole or in part, such assets to any other investment alternative available under the Plan with a frequency consistent with that afforded to a Participant or Beneficiary
who elected to invest in the QDIA, but not less frequently than once within any 3-month period. 

  

	 	(1)	 No Fees During First 90 Days. A
Participant's or Beneficiary's election to make such transfer from the QDIA during the 90-day period beginning on the date of the first investment in a QDIA on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary or, if the Participant has the opportunity to
receive a Permissible Withdrawal, a Permissible Withdrawal during the 90-day period beginning on the date of the Participant's first Elective Deferral under Code §414(w)(2)(B), will not be subject to any restrictions, fees or expenses
(including surrender charges, liquidation or exchange fees, redemption fees and similar expenses charged in connection with the liquidation of, or transfer from, the investment), except as permitted in Department of Labor Regulation
§2550.404c–5(c)(5)(ii)(B). 

  

	 	(2)	 Limited Fees after First 90 Days.
Following the end of the 90-day period described in paragraph (1), any transfer from the QDIA or, if the Participant has the opportunity to receive a Permissible Withdrawal, a Permissible
Withdrawal, will not be subject to any restrictions, fees or expenses not otherwise applicable to a Participant or Beneficiary who elected to invest in that QDIA. 

 

	 	(b)	 Broad Range of Investment Alternatives. The Plan must offer a ‘‘broad range of investment alternatives'' within the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–1(b)(3). 

 

	 	(c)	 Materials Must Be Provided. A
fiduciary must provide to a Participant or Beneficiary the materials in Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c-1(b)(2)(i)(B)(1)(viii) and (ix) and Department of Labor Regulation §404c-1(b)(2)(i)(B)(2) relating to a Participant's or
Beneficiary's investment in a QDIA. 

  

	 	(d)	 Content and Timing of Notice. The
following provisions apply to the notice required by a QDIA: 

  

	 	(1)	 Manner and Content. Such notice
must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant, and must contain the following: (A) a description of the circumstances under which assets in the Participant's Account (or any sub-account of the Participant's
Account) of a Participant or Beneficiary may be invested on behalf of the Participant or Beneficiary in a QDIA; and, if applicable, an explanation of the circumstances under which Elective Deferrals will be made on behalf of a Participant, the
percentage of such Elective Deferrals, and the right of the Participant to elect not to have such Elective Deferrals made on the Participant's behalf (or to elect to have such Elective Deferrals made at a different percentage); (B) an
explanation of the right of Participants and Beneficiaries to direct the investment of assets in their Participant's Accounts (or any sub-accounts of the Participant's Account); (C) a description of the QDIA, including a description of the
investment objectives, risk and return characteristics (if applicable), and fees and expenses attendant to the QDIA; (D) a description of the right of the Participants and Beneficiaries on whose behalf assets are invested in a QDIA to direct
the 

  
 - 27 - 

	 	 
investment of those assets to any other investment alternative under the Plan, including a description of any applicable restrictions, fees or expenses in connection with such transfer; and
(E) an explanation of where the Participants and Beneficiaries can obtain investment information concerning the other investment alternatives available under the Plan. 

 

	 	(2)	 Timing. The Participant or
Beneficiary on whose behalf an investment in a QDIA may be made must be furnished such notice during the following periods: (A) at least 30 days in advance of the Participant's Entry Date of the Plan (or any component of the Plan in which a
Participant's Account (or any sub-account of the Participant's Account) may be invested in a QDIA); or at least 30 days in advance of the date of any first investment in a QDIA on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary; or if the Participant has the
opportunity to receive a Permissible Withdrawal, on or before the Participant's Entry Date of the Elective Deferral component of the Plan; and (B) within a reasonable period of time of at least 30 days in advance of each subsequent Plan Year.

  

	 	(e)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term "Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement" means the definition of Section 3.4 of this Amendment. 

 

	 	(2)	 Permissible Withdrawal. The term
"Permissible Withdrawal" means the definition of Section 3.5 of this Amendment. 

  

	 	(3)	 QDIA. The term "QDIA" means a
qualified default investment alternative as described in Department of Labor Regulation § 2550.404c–5, which is an investment alternative available to Participants and Beneficiaries, subject to the following rules:

  

	 	(A)	 No Employer Securities. The QDIA
cannot hold or permit the acquisition of Employer securities, except as permitted by Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(e)(1)(ii); 

  

	 	(B)	 Transfer Permitted. The QDIA
permits a Participant or Beneficiary to transfer, in whole or in part, his or her investment from the QDIA to any other investment alternative available under the Plan, pursuant to the rules of Department of Labor Regulation
§2550.404c–5(c)(5); 

  

	 	(C)	 Management. The QDIA is
(i) managed by an investment manager, within the meaning of ERISA §3(38), a Plan Trustee that meets the requirements of ERISA §3(38)(A), (B) and (C), or the Sponsor Employer who is a named fiduciary within the meaning of ERISA
§402(a)(2); (ii) an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; or (iii) an investment product or fund described in Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–5(e)(4)(iv) or (v).

  

	 	(D)	 Types of Permitted Investments. The
QDIA is one of the following: 

  

	 	(i)	 An investment fund product or model portfolio that applies generally accepted investment theories, is diversified so as to minimize the risk of
large losses and that is designed to provide varying degrees of long-term appreciation and capital preservation through a mix of equity and fixed income exposures based on the Participant's age, target retirement date (such as Normal Retirement Age
under the Plan) or life expectancy, but is not required to take into account risk tolerances, investments or other preferences of an individual Participant or Beneficiary. 

 

	 	(ii)	 An investment fund product or model portfolio that applies generally accepted investment theories, is diversified so as to minimize the risk of
large losses and that is designed to provide long-term appreciation and capital preservation through a mix of equity and fixed income exposures consistent with a target level of risk appropriate for Participants of the Plan as a whole, but is not
required to take into account the age, risk tolerances, investments or other preferences of an individual Participant or Beneficiary. 

  
 - 28 - 

	 	(iii)	 An investment management service with respect to which a fiduciary, within the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation
§2550.404c–5(e)(3)(i), applying generally accepted investment theories, allocates the assets of a Participant's Account to achieve varying degrees of long-term appreciation and capital preservation through a mix of equity and fixed income
exposures, offered through investment alternatives available under the Plan, based on the Participant's age, target retirement date (such as Normal Retirement Age under the Plan) or life expectancy, but is not required to take into account risk
tolerances, investments or other preferences of an individual Participant. 

  

	 	(iv)	 An investment product or fund designed to preserve principal and provide a reasonable rate of return, whether or not such return is guaranteed,
consistent with liquidity. Such investment product will seek to maintain, over the term of the investment, the dollar value that is equal to the amount invested in the product, and be offered by a State or federally regulated financial institution.
Such investment product or fund described in this paragraph shall constitute a QDIA for not more than 120 days after the date of the first investment; or the Participant's first Elective Deferral as determined under Code §414(w)(2)(B).

  

	 	(v)	 An investment product or fund designed to guarantee principal and a rate of return generally consistent with that earned on intermediate investment
grade bonds, while providing liquidity for withdrawals by Participants and Beneficiaries, including transfers to other investment alternatives. Such investment product must meet the following requirements: [a] there are no fees or surrender charges
imposed in connection with withdrawals initiated by a Participant or Beneficiary; and [b] principal and rates of return are guaranteed by a State or federally regulated financial institution. Such product or fund described herein will constitute a
QDIA solely for purposes of assets invested in such product or fund before December 24, 2007. 

 An investment fund product or model portfolio that meets the requirements of this paragraph (4) may be offered through variable annuity or similar contracts, common or collective trust funds, or pooled
investment funds without regard to whether such contracts or funds provide annuity purchase rights, investment guarantees, death benefit guarantees, or other features ancillary to the investment fund product or model portfolio. 

 

	2.12	 Modification to Normal Retirement Age. If the Plan is either a money purchase plan or a
target benefit plan and if elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then the Plan is subject to the following: 

  

	 	(a)	 Revised Normal Retirement Age. As
elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, either: 

  

	 	(1)	 Normal Retirement Age Enumerated in Plan. The definition of "Normal Retirement Age" as set forth in the amended and restated Plan is effective as of the date elected in the Election Form; or 

 

	 	(2)	 Normal Retirement Age Amended by this Section. Effective as of the date elected in the Election Form, the Plan's definition of "Normal Retirement Age" is amended and means, as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, either:

  

	 	(A)	 Age Only. The time that a
Participant attains the Age that is elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form. 

  

	 	(B)	 Age and Participation. The later of
(i) the time that a Participant attains the Age that is elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, or (ii) the anniversary that is elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form of becoming a Participant in the Plan.

  

	 	(C)	 Age and Years/Periods of Service.
The later of (i) the time that a Participant attains the Age elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, or (ii) the date the Participant is credited with at least
the number of Years of Service/Periods of Service elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form; but in no event later than the later of Age 65 or the 5th anniversary of becoming a Participant in the Plan. 

  
 - 29 - 

	 	(D)	 Other. The time elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, but in no event later than the later of (i) the time that a Participant attains Age 65, or (ii) the 5th anniversary of becoming a Participant in the Plan. 

 

	 	(b)	 Limited Exemption from Code §411(d)(6). Although either the amended Plan or this Section, as applicable, has amended/amends the definition of "Normal Retirement Age" to a later "Normal Retirement Age" under Regulation §1.401(a)-1(b)(2)
which may eliminate a right to an in-service distribution prior to the effective date of the amended definition of "Normal Retirement Age," the Plan and this Section do not violate Code §411(d)(6) pursuant to Regulation §1.411(d)-4,
Q&A-12 with respect to in-service distributions. 

  

	 	(c)	 No Exemption from Other Code Provisions. The Plan and this Section are not exempt from the requirements of Code §411(a)(10) (if this Section changes the Plan's vesting rules) and/or Code §411(d)(6) (other than elimination of the right
to an in-service distribution prior to the amended Normal Retirement Age). If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then the Plan is amended by the additional provision(s) as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election
Form. 

  

	2.13	 Mid-Year Changes Permitted for Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. If the Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k)
Plan, then the Plan will continue to satisfy the requirements of Code §401(k)(12) and will continue to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan even if mid-year design changes are implemented to permit Roth Elective Deferrals or to amend the definition of
financial hardship distributions under Notice 2007-7, Part III. This Section does not implement such mid-year design changes but only confirms the continuing status of the Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan should such mid-year Plan design changes
occur pursuant to IRS Announcement 2007-59. 

  
 - 30 - 

 Article 3 
 Post-EGTRRA Provisions Effective 2008 
  

	3.1	 Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess
Contributions. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the date elected
in the Election Form. Excess Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the last day of the Plan Year, without regard to the gap period (the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution) or any adjustment for
income or loss during the gap period. 

  

	3.2	 Elimination of Gap Period Income for Excess Aggregate Contributions. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then this Section is effective as of the date elected in the Election Form.
Excess Aggregate Contributions will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the last day of the Plan Year, without regard to the gap period (the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution) or any adjustment for income or
loss during the gap period. 

  

	3.3	 Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the
Election Form, this Section establishes/memorializes a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement ("QACA") and is effective as of the date elected in the Election Form, and the Plan is subject to the following provisions:

  

	 	(a)	 QACA Contribution Requirement. The Employer will make a QACA Contribution as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, to the Participants as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form. The QACA Contribution
is subject to the following rules and provisions: 

  

	 	(1)	 Rules of QACA Matching Contribution.
If the QACA Contribution is satisfied with a QACA Matching Contribution, then the ratio of QACA Matching Contributions to Elective Deferrals of any Participant who is a Highly Compensated
Employee must not exceed the ratio of QACA Matching Contributions to Elective Deferrals of any Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee with Elective Deferrals at the same percentage of Compensation as any Highly Compensated Employee.
Also, the ratio of a Participant's QACA Matching Contributions to the Participant's Elective Deferrals may not increase as the amount of a Participant's Elective Deferrals increases. 

 

	 	(2)	 Plan to Which QACA Contribution Will Be Made. As elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, the QACA Contribution will be made to either (A) this Plan; or (B) another plan as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election
Form, so long as that other plan meets the requirements of Code §401(k)(12)(F) and the Regulations thereunder. 

  

	 	(3)	 QACA Contribution Subject to Withdrawal Restrictions. The QACA Contribution is subject to the withdrawal restrictions set forth in Code §401(k)(2)(B) and Regulation §1.401(k)-1(d).

  

	 	(4)	 QACA Contribution Must Not Be Used for Permitted Disparity Purposes. The QACA Contribution will be met without regard to Code §401(l); furthermore, the QACA Contribution will not be taken into account for purposes of Code §401(l). 

 

	 	(5)	 Compensation for QACA Contribution Purposes.
The term "Compensation" means, for purposes of the QACA Contribution, an Employee's Form W-2 Compensation, Code §3401 Compensation, or Safe Harbor Code §415 Compensation, as
elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, for the Compensation Determination Period as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, subject to the following provisions: 

 

	 	(A)	 Treatment of Elective Deferrals and Certain Other Amounts. Any Elective Deferral as defined
in Code §402(g)(3) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in gross income by reason of Code §125 (and if elected in the in the Election Form, Deemed Code
§125 Compensation), Code §132(f)(4), or Code §457 will be included in Compensation or will be excluded from Compensation, as elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form. 

  
 - 31 - 

	 	(B)	 Compensation Prior to Becoming a Participant. If the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Election Form that Compensation received prior to becoming a Participant is not taken in account for purposes of the QACA Contribution, then the Entry Date of
Section 2.2 when an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant in the Elective Deferral component of the Plan will be used to determined the Entry Date when an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant for purposes of the QACA Contribution.

  

	 	(C)	 Compensation of Self-Employed Individuals. For purposes of the QACA Contribution, the Compensation of a Self-Employed Individual is equal to his or her Earned Income; however, such Compensation will not exceed the Code §401(a)(17)
Compensation Limit. 

  

	 	(D)	 Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit. In determining Compensation for purposes of the QACA Contribution, a Participant's Compensation for any Compensation Determination Period will not exceed the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit.

  

	 	(E)	 Compensation for QACA Contribution Must Comply With Code §414(s). Compensation for QACA Contribution purposes excludes the amounts, if any, elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form. However, such Compensation must qualify as a nondiscriminatory definition
of compensation under Code §414(s) and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, no dollar limit, other than the Code §401(a)(17) Compensation Limit, applies to the Compensation of a NHCE. 

 

	 	(b)	 Vesting of QACA Contribution Account.
A Participant's Vested Interest in a QACA Contribution Account will be determined by the Vesting schedule elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form. If the Counting of Hours
Method is used for Vesting purposes, then a Participant's Vested Interest will be based on the Years of Service that are credited to such Participant. If the Elapsed Time Method is used for Vesting purposes, then a Participant's Vested Interest will
be based on the 1-Year Periods of Service that are credited to the Participant. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, then in determining a Participant's Vested Interest under this paragraph, a Participant's Years of Service or
1-Year Periods of Service will be disregarded: (1) during any period for which the Employer did not maintain this Plan or a predecessor plan; (2) if the Counting of Hours Method is used for Vesting purposes, then before the Vesting
Computation Period in which the Participant attains Age 18; and/or (3) if the Elapsed Time Method is used for Vesting purposes, then before the 1-Year Period of Service in which the Participant attains Age 18. The Vesting schedules available in
the Election Form are: 

  

	 	(1)	 100% Full and Immediate. A
Participant's QACA Contribution Account will be 100% Vested upon the Participant entering the Elective Deferral component of Plan and at all times thereafter. 

 

					
	
(2)  2 Year Cliff.
	    	1 Year/Period of Service	    	    0% Vested Interest
		    	2 Years/Periods of Service	    	100% Vested Interest

  

	 	(3)	 Other. A Participant's QACA
Contribution Account will be Vested in accordance with the schedule selected in the Election Form, provided that the Participant's QACA Contribution Account is 100% Vested upon the Participant being credited with at least 2 Years/1-Year Periods of
Service. 

  

	 	(c)	 Usage of Forfeitures. If the QACA
Contribution is subject to a Vesting schedule other than 100% Vested upon the Participant entering the Elective Deferral component of Plan and at all times thereafter, then with respect to any Forfeiture of the non-Vested Interest in a Participant's
QACA Contribution Account, the Administrator may elect to use all or a portion of the Forfeitures to pay administrative expenses incurred by the Plan. The portion that is not used to pay administrative expenses may be used to restore previous
Forfeitures of Participants' Accounts as necessary and permitted pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. As elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form, the portion of the Forfeitures that are not used to pay administrative expenses and
are not used to satisfy the provisions of the previous sentence then either: (1) will be used to reduce any Employer contribution or combination of Employer contributions, as determined by the Administrator; or (2) will be added to any Employer
contribution or combination of Employer contributions, as determined by the Administrator. 

  
 - 32 - 

	 	(d)	 Exemption from ADP Test.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Amendment to the contrary, the Plan will be treated as meeting the ADP Test as set forth in Code §401(k)(3)(A)(ii) in any Plan Year in
which the Plan includes a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement pursuant to PPA §902(a), which added Code §401(k)(13)(A). 

  

	 	(e)	 Limited Exemption from ACP Test.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Amendment to the contrary, the Plan will be treated as having satisfied the ACP Test under Code §401(m)(2) only with respect to the QACA
Matching Contributions in any Plan Year in which the Plan includes a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement pursuant to PPA §902(b), which revised Code §401(m)(12). 

 

	 	(f)	 Limited Exemption from Top Heavy.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Amendment to the contrary, with respect to any Plan Year in which the allocations of the Plan consist solely of (1) Elective Deferrals
under a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement which meets the requirements of Code §401(k)(13); and (2) either (A) QACA Non-Elective Contributions which meet the requirements of Code §401(k)(13), or (B) QACA Matching
Contributions which meet the requirements of Code §401(m)(12), then the Plan will not be treated as a Top Heavy Plan and is exempt from the Top Heavy requirements of Code §416. Furthermore, if the Plan (but for the prior sentence) would be
treated as a Top Heavy Plan because the Plan is a member of either a Required Aggregation Group which is a Top Heavy or a Permissive Aggregation Group which is a Top Heavy, then the QACA Contributions under this Plan may be taken into account in
determining whether any other plan in either the Required Aggregation Group or the Permissive Aggregation Group meets the Top Heavy requirements of Code §416. 

 

	 	(g)	 QDIA. If (1) a Participant or
Beneficiary has the opportunity to direct the investment of the assets in his or her Elective Deferral Account (and/or any other assets in the Participant's Account (or any sub-account) that the Participant or Beneficiary can direct the investment);
(2) any Participant or Beneficiary does not direct the investment of the assets described in clause (1); and (3) the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Election Form that the provisions of Section 2.11 (QDIA) apply to the Plan, then
the assets described in clause (1) will be invested in a QDIA pursuant to Section 2.11 of this Amendment. 

  

	 	(h)	 Permissible Withdrawal. If
(1) a Participant or Beneficiary has the opportunity to direct the investment of the assets in his or her Elective Deferral Account; (2) the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Election Form that the provisions of Section 2.11 (QDIA)
apply to the Plan; and (3) the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Election Form that the provisions of Section 3.5 (Permissible Withdrawal) apply to the Plan, then an Eligible Participant may elect to receive a Permissible Withdrawal
pursuant to Section 3.5 hereof. 

  

	 	(i)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Automatic Contribution Arrangement.
The term "Automatic Contribution Arrangement" means any arrangement under which (A) a Participant may elect to have the Employer make payments as Elective Deferrals under the Plan on
his or her behalf, or to receive such payments directly in cash, and (B) an Eligible Participant is treated as having elected to have the Employer make Elective Deferrals to the Plan, in an amount equal to a specified percentage of Compensation
until such Eligible Participant executes an Automatic Contribution Overriding Election as defined in the administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals; such percentage is set forth in either the administrative policy regarding Elective
Deferrals or such other Plan documentation as permitted by the Plan or law. An Automatic Contribution Arrangement includes a QACA. 

  

	 	(2)	 Eligible Participant. The term
"Eligible Participant" means a Participant who is subject to the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement as described in the administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals. 

 

	 	(3)	 Permissible Withdrawal. The term
"Permissible Withdrawal" means the definition of Section 3.5 of this Amendment. 

  

	 	(4)	 PPA. The term "PPA" means the
Pension Protection Act of 2006. 

  
 -33 - 

	 	(5)	 QACA Contribution. The term "QACA
Contribution" means either a QACA Matching Contribution or a QACA Non-Elective Contribution. 

  

	 	(6)	 QACA Contribution Account. The term
"QACA Contribution Account" means the account to which a Participant's QACA Contributions are credited. 

  

	 	(7)	 QACA Matching Contribution. The
term "QACA Matching Contribution" means a Matching Contribution which meet the requirements of Code §401(m)(12). 

  

	 	(8)	 QACA Non-Elective Contribution. The
term "QACA Non-Elective Contribution" means a Non-Elective Contribution which meet the requirements of Code §401(k)(13). 

  

	 	(9)	 QDIA. The term "QDIA" means the
definition of Section 2.11 of this Amendment. 

  

	 	(10)	 Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term "Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement" means an Automatic Contribution Arrangement that meets all of the requirements set forth in Code §401(k)(13)(B) including, but not limited to,
the applicable Qualified Percentage for the Applicable Plan Year (which terms are defined in the administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals), the required QACA Contributions, and the applicable notice requirements.

  

	3.4	 Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. If elected by the Sponsoring Employer in the
Election Form, then this Section establishes/memorializes an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement in the Plan and is effective as of the date elected in the Election Form, and the Plan is subject to the following:

  

	 	(a)	 Extension of Time for Correcting Failed ADP and/or ACP Test. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Amendment to the contrary, in any Plan Year in which the Plan includes an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement, the excise tax in Code §4979 on
Excess Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions does not apply to the Employer if the Excess Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions (and earnings attributable thereto) are distributed or forfeited (based upon the
Participant's Vested Interest in such Excess Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions) within 6 months after the end of the Plan Year. Any Excess Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions (and earnings attributable thereto) that
are distributed within this 6-month period are treated as earned and received by the Participant in the Participant's taxable year in which the distribution was made. Only income or loss through the end of the Plan Year to which the Excess
Contributions and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions relate must be distributed, without regard to any income or loss during the "gap period" (the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution). 

 

	 	(b)	 Mandatory Directed Investments and QDIA. In order for an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement to be established/memorialized in the Plan, the Plan must give Participants or Beneficiaries the opportunity to direct the investment of his or
her Elective Deferral Account (and may permit Participants or Beneficiaries to direct the investment of other assets in the Participant's Account (or any sub-account of the Participant's Account)). If any Participant or Beneficiary does not direct
the investment of the assets described in the first sentence, then those assets must be invested in a QDIA pursuant to Section 2.11 of this Amendment. 

 

	 	(c)	 Permissible Withdrawal. If the
Sponsoring Employer elects in the Election Form that the provisions of Section 3.5 (Permissible Withdrawal) apply to the Plan, then an Eligible Participant may elect to receive a Permissible Withdrawal pursuant to Section 3.5 of this
Amendment. 

  

	 	(d)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Automatic Contribution Arrangement.
The term "Automatic Contribution Arrangement" means any arrangement under which (A) a Participant may elect to have the Employer make payments as Elective Deferrals on his or her
behalf, or to receive such payments directly in cash, and (b) an Eligible Participant is treated as having elected to have the Employer make Elective Deferrals to the Plan, in an amount equal to a specified percentage of Compensation until such
Eligible Participant executes an Automatic Contribution Overriding Election as defined in the administrative policy regarding Elective 

  
 - 34 - 

	 	 
Deferrals; such percentage is set forth in either the administrative policy regarding Elective Deferrals or such other Plan documentation as permitted by the Plan or law. An Automatic
Contribution Arrangement includes an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. 

  

	 	(2)	 Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term "Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement" means an Automatic Contribution Arrangement that meets all of the requirements of Code §414(w)(3) including, but limited to, a QDIA and the
applicable notice requirements. 

  

	 	(3)	 Eligible Participant. The term
"Eligible Participant" means a Participant who is subject to the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement as described in the Elective Deferral administrative policy. 

 

	 	(4)	 Permissible Withdrawal. The term
"Permissible Withdrawal" means the definition of Section 3.5 of this Amendment. 

  

	 	(5)	 QDIA. The term "QDIA" means the
definition of Section 2.11 of this Amendment. 

  

	3.5	 Eligible Participant's Election for Permissible Withdrawal. If (a) elected by the
Sponsoring Employer in the Election Form and (b) the Plan has an Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement, then this Section is effective as of the date elected in the Election Form. Alternatively, if (a) elected by the Sponsoring
Employer in the Election Form; (b) the Plan has a Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement; (c) a Participant or Beneficiary has the opportunity to direct the investment of the assets in his or her Elective Deferral Account; and (d)
the Sponsoring Employer elects in the Election Form that the provisions of Section 2.11 (QDIA) apply to the Plan, then this Section is effective as of the effective date elected in the Election Form. The Plan permits an Eligible Participant to
elect to receive a Permissible Withdrawal, subject to the following: 

  

	 	(a)	 Includable in Gross Income. The
amount of such Permissible Withdrawal is includible in the gross income of the Eligible Participant for the taxable year of the Eligible Participant in which the distribution is made. 

 

	 	(b)	 No Premature Distribution Excise Tax.
No premature distribution excise tax will be imposed under Code §72(t) with respect to the Permissible Withdrawal. 

 

	 	(c)	 Distribution Restrictions Not Violated. The Plan does not violate the distribution restrictions of Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i) with respect to Elective Deferrals, even though the Plan allows Permissible Withdrawals. 

 

	 	(d)	 Matching Contributions Forfeited.
If a Permissible Withdrawal is made to an Eligible Participant and such Elective Deferrals are matched, then any related Matching Contributions will be forfeited or subject to such other
treatment as the Treasury may prescribe. 

  

	 	(e)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term "Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement" means the definition of Section 3.4 of this Amendment. 

 

	 	(2)	 Eligible Participant. The term
"Eligible Participant" means a Participant who is subject to either the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement or the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement, as applicable, as described in the administrative policy regarding Elective
Deferrals. 

  

	 	(3)	 Permissible Withdrawal. The term
"Permissible Withdrawal" means any withdrawal of Elective Deferrals from either the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement or the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement, as applicable, which meets the following requirements:

  

	 	(A)	 Employee's Election and Timing. The
distribution is made pursuant to an election by an Eligible Participant, and such election is made no later than 90 days after the date of the first Elective Deferral with respect to the Eligible Participant under either the Qualified Automatic
Contribution Arrangement or the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement, as applicable; 

  
 - 35 - 

	 	(B)	 Only Elective Deferrals and Earnings.
The distribution consists of only Elective Deferrals (and earnings attributable thereto); 

 

	 	(C)	 Amount of Distribution. The amount
of the distribution is equal to the amount of Elective Deferrals made with respect to the first payroll period to which either the Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement or the Eligible Automatic Contribution Arrangement, as applicable,
applies to the Eligible Participant and any succeeding payroll period beginning before the effective date of the election pursuant to paragraph (A) (and earnings attributable thereto). 

 

	 	(4)	 QDIA. The term "QDIA" means the
definition of Section 2.11 of this Amendment. 

  

	 	(5)	 Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement. The term "Qualified Automatic Contribution Arrangement" means the definition of Section 3.3 of this Amendment. 

 

	3.6	 Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. If the Plan is (a) a money purchase plan,
(b) a target benefit plan, (c) a 401(k) Plan in which either the Normal Form of Distribution is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or an Optional Form of Distribution is annuities, or (d) a profit sharing plan in which either the
Normal Form of Distribution is a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or an Optional Form of Distribution is annuities, then this Section is effective as of first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2007 and the Plan is to
subject to the following rules and provisions: 

  

	 	(a)	 Election to Waive. Unless a
mandatory cash-out of benefits is permitted and occurs under the Plan, subject to the Spousal consent requirements of the Plan and provided the required written explanations of paragraph (b) are given, each Participant (1) may elect at any time
during the Applicable Election Period to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit or the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity form of benefit (or both); (2) if the Participant elects a waiver under subparagraph
(1) above, may elect the Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity at any time during the Applicable Election Period; and (3) may revoke any such election at any time during the Applicable Election Period. 

 

	 	(b)	 Written Explanations. The Plan will
provide to each Participant, within a reasonable period of time before the Annuity Starting Date and consistent with Regulations, a written explanation of: (1) the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the
Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity; (2) the Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit; (3) the rights of a Participant's Spouse; and (4) the right to
make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. 

  

	 	(c)	 Definitions. As used in this
Section, the following words and phrases have the following meanings: 

  

	 	(1)	 Applicable Election Period. The
term "Applicable Election Period" means the period described in Code §417(a)(6), to wit: with respect to an election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, the period that begins not later than 180 days prior to the Annuity Starting
Date (unless future guidance requires/permits otherwise). 

  

	 	(2)	 Applicable Percentage. The term
"Applicable Percentage" means the following: (A) if the Survivor Annuity Percentage is less than 75%, then the Applicable Percentage is 75%; and (B) if the Survivor Annuity Percentage is greater than or equal to 75%, then the Applicable
Percentage is 50%. 

  

	 	(3)	 Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.
The term "Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity" means an annuity (A) for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant's Spouse which is equal to
the Applicable Percentage of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant's Spouse; and (B) which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the Participant. Such
term also includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity described in this Section. 

  

	 	(4)	 Survivor Annuity Percentage. The
term "Survivor Annuity Percentage" means the percentage which the survivor annuity under the Plan's Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity bears to the annuity payable the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant's Spouse.

  
 - 36 - 

 AMENDMENT 
 TO THE 
 TECH DATA CORPORATION 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN 

(as amended and restated effective January 1, 2006) 
 For the Final Treasury Regulations Issued under Code Section 401(a)(9) 
 WHEREAS, Tech Data Corporation, by written agreement, established a certain qualified retirement plan named the Tech Data Corporation 401(k) Savings Plan (the “Plan”) for its eligible
employees effective January 1, 2000, and 
 WHEREAS, the Tech Data Corporation Retirement Savings
Plan and the Tech Data Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan were merged into the Plan as of January 1, 2000; and 
 WHEREAS, the Plan has thereafter been amended from time to time, was last restated effective January 1, 2006 and was thereafter amended; and 

WHEREAS, the Plan was submitted to the IRS for a compliance statement under the Voluntary Compliance Program of
Revenue Procedure 2008-50; and 
 WHEREAS, the IRS has requested that the Plan be further amended for the
final Treasury Regulations issued under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code’s Required Minimum Distribution rules; and 
 WHEREAS, it is now deemed desirable to further amend said Plan for the final Treasury Regulations issued under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed by the undersigned that the said Plan is hereby amended in the following manner:

  

	 	 4.
	 Paragraph (a)(4) of Article VIII (“PAYMENT OF BENEFITS”) shall be amended, in its entirety, to read as follows:

 (4) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any distribution paid to a
Participant (or, in the case of a death benefit, to his beneficiary or beneficiaries) pursuant to this paragraph shall commence not later than the earlier of: 

(A) the 60th day after the last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant’s employment is
terminated or, if later, in which occurs the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, provided the Participant or his beneficiary(ies) consents to such distribution; or 

  
 XIII-18

 (B) as required under the required minimum distribution
rules of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and under paragraph (j) of this Article VIII. 
  

	 	 5.
	 Article VIII (“PAYMENT OF BENEFITS”) shall be amended, by adding a new paragraph (j), as follows: 

(j) Required Minimum Distributions. All distributions from the Plan will be determined and made in
accordance with the final and temporary Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code on April 17, 2002. Pursuant to those Treasury Regulations, all distributions will be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 (1) General Rules. All distributions under this section will be made in accordance with
these general rules: 
 (A) Effective Date. The provisions of this Section will apply for
purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year. 
 (B) Precedence. The requirements of this Section will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan and any prior Plan amendments. 

(C) Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this
Section will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. 
 (D) TEFRA §242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Tax
Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) §242(b)(2) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to TEFRA §242(b)(2). 
 (2) Time and Manner of Distribution. All required minimum distributions will be made from the Plan in the following time and in the following manner: 

(A) Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin
to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. 

  
 XIII-19

 (B) Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin.
If the Participant dies before distribution begins, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed (or begin to be distributed) not later than as follows: 

(i) 5-Year Rule Applies to All Distributions to Designated Beneficiaries. If the Participant dies
before distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participant’s death. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving Spouse begin, this
subparagraph will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant. This subparagraph also applies to all distributions. 
 (ii) Date Distributions Are Deemed To Begin. For purposes of this subparagraph (2)(B) and paragraph (4), distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning
Date. If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date, then the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions
actually commence. 
 (C) Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is
distributed as an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with paragraphs (3) and (4). If the
Participant’s interest is distributed as an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations. 

(3) Required Minimum Distributions During the Participant’s Lifetime. The amount of required
minimum distributions during a Participant’s lifetime will be determined as follows: 
 (A)
Amount of Required Distribution for Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of (i) the quotient obtained by
dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the distribution period in the “Uniform Lifetime Table” as set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in
the Distribution Calendar Year; or (ii) if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant’s Spouse, then the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by
the number in the “Joint and Last Survivor Table” set forth in Treasury Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and Spouse’s birthdays in the
Distribution Calendar Year. 
 (B) Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of
Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this paragraph (3) beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death.

  
 XIII-20

 (4) Required Minimum Distributions After the
Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be made after a Participant’s death in accordance with the following provisions: 

(A) Death On or After Date Distribution Begins. If a Participant dies on or after the date
distribution begins, then the amount of a required minimum distribution will be determined as follows: 
 (i) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, then the minimum amount that will be
distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant or the
remaining Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary, determined in accordance with the following provisions: 
  

	 	 a.
	 Calculation of Remaining Life Expectancy. The Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using his or her age in the year of
death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

	 	 b.
	 Surviving Spouse Is the Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated
Beneficiary, then the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s birthday in that
Distribution Calendar Year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the surviving Spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s
birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. 

  

	 	 c.
	 Surviving Spouse Is the Not Sole Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole
Designated Beneficiary, then the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 (ii) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after
the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, then the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the
year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account balance by the Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one
each subsequent year. 

  
 XIII-21

 (B) Death Before the Date Distribution Begins. If a
Participant dies before the date distribution begins, then the amount of a required minimum distribution will be determined as follows: If a Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of
September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of such death.

 (5) Other Plan Provisions Control. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section,
to the extent that a Plan provision which is not contained in this Section requires that a Participant or beneficiary receive a distribution (A) on a date that is earlier than the date required by this Section or (B) in a form of
distribution other than the form of distribution provided under this Section, such other Plan provision will control the time and form of distribution to the Participant or beneficiary so long as the time of the distribution is not later than the
date that is required by Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and this Section and the amount of the distribution is not less than the required minimum distribution of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and this Section. 

(6) Definitions. For purposes of Section VIII(j), the following definitions shall apply:

 (A) Designated Beneficiary. The term Designated Beneficiary means, for purposes of
required minimum distributions, the individual who is designated as the beneficiary pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and is the Designated Beneficiary under Code Section 401(a)(9), the previously final Treasury Regulation
§1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, and the final Treasury Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-4. 
 (B)
Distribution Calendar Year. The term Distribution Calendar Year means, for purposes of required minimum distributions, a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s
death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. 

(C) Life Expectancy. The term Life Expectancy means, for purposes of required minimum
distributions, life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Treasury Regulation §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q&A 1. 

(D) Required Beginning Date. The term Required Beginning Date means, with
respect to a Participant who is a 5% owner as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i), April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant reaches Age 70 1/2. With respect to Participants who are not 5% owners, Required
Beginning Date means April 1st of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant reaches Age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which the Participant actually retires, subject to paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) below: 

(i) Election to Defer Distribution. Any Participant (other than a 5% owner) who
attains Age 70 1/2 in years after 1995 may elect by
April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant attains Age 70 1/2 (or by December 31, 

  
 XIII-22

 
1997 in the case of a Participant who attains Age
70 1/2 in 1996), to defer distributions until
April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. If no such election is made, the Participant will begin receiving distributions by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which
the Participant attains Age 70 1/2.

 (ii) Election to Suspend Distribution. Any
Participant (other than a 5% owner) who attains age 70 1/2 in years prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions and then recommence such distributions by April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires. In such an
event, the Plan Administrator may, on a uniform non-discriminatory basis, elect that a new Annuity Starting Date will begin upon the Participant’s distribution recommencement date. 

(iii) Elimination of Pre-Retirement Age 70 1/2 Distribution Option. The pre-retirement Age 70 1/2 distribution option will only be eliminated for Employees who reach Age 70 1/2 in or after a calendar year that begins after the later of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of this amended Plan. The pre-retirement Age 70 1/2 distribution option is an optional form of benefit under which
benefits payable in a particular distribution form (including any modifications that may be elected after benefit commencement) begin at a time during the period that begins on or after January 1st of the calendar year in which an Employee
reaches Age 70 1/2 and ends April 1 of the
immediately following calendar year. 
 (E) Spouse. The
term Spouse means the person to whom a Participant is legally married, provided however that the Participant must be married to such person throughout the one year period ending on the earlier of the Annuity Starting Date or the Participant’s
death in order for the person to be considered the Participant’s Spouse. Furthermore, a former Spouse will be treated as the Participant’s Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as
described in Code Section 414(p). 
 (7) 2009 Required Minimum Distributions. A
Participant or beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H) (the “2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by
receiving distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life
expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s designated beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years, will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the
Participant or beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. 

  
 XIII-23

	 	 6.
	 In all other respects, except as hereinbefore modified, the said Plan is hereby ratified and confirmed, the within amendment to be immediately
effective. 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TECH DATA CORPORATION has caused this instrument to be duly
executed as of the 22nd day of December, 2010. 
  

			
	 TECH DATA CORPORATION

	
	 /c/    Caryl N.
Lucarelli        

	 By:
	 	
	 Name:
	 	 Caryl N. Lucarelli

	 Title:
	 	 V.P. Human Resources

  
 XIII-24

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00201-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00201-of-00352.parquet"}]]